Entered  as  second-class  matter  August  a,  19x3,  at  the  Post  Office  at  Albany,  N.  Y. 
under  the  act  of  August  24,  1913 

Published  fortnightly 


No.  63 1 


ALBANY,  N.  Y. 


JANUARY  15,  1917 


GENERAL  PLAN  AND  SYLLABUS  FOR  PHYSICAL 
TRAINING  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  AND  SECOND- 
ARY SCHOOLS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 


AS  ADOPTED  BY  THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK  UPON  THE  REPORT  AND  RECOM^ 

MENDATION  OF  THE  MILITARY  TRAINING  COMMISSION  OF  THE 

STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  THE   STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 

ALBANY 

1917 


'H  l£J 

»  / 

GENERAL  PLAN  AND  SYLLA- 
BUS FOR  PHYSICAL  TRAINING 
IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  AND 
SECONDARY  SCHOOLS  OF  THE 
STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 


AS  ADOPTED  BY  THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK  UPON  THE  REPORT  AND  RECOM- 
MENDATION OF  THE  MILITARY  TRAINING  COMMISSION  OF  THE 
STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 


Reported  to  the  Legislature  by  the  State  Department  of  Education 


THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   THE    STATE    OF    NKW    YORK 

ALBANY 

1917 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

A  personal  word  to  the  teachers  —  John  H.  Finley 5 

Action  by  the  Board  of  Regents 12 

General  plan 13 

Requirements  in  physical  training  (summarized) 27 

Physical  training  A :  individual  health  examination  and  personal 
health  instruction.     (Correlation  with  medical  inspection) . .      31 

Physical  training  B  :  setting-up  drills 45 

Physical    training    D :     organized,     supervised    games,     play, 
athletics  and  their  equivalents  (supervised  recreation) 145 

Physical  training  E :  gymnastic  drills  and  marching 199 

Military   training   law 284 

Physical  training  law 289 

Physical  training  C :  recitations  in  hygiene.    Syllabus  to  be  supplied 
for  use  in  term  beginning  in  September  1917 

[3] 


The  general  plan  for  physical  training  con- 
tained in  the  following  pages  was  prepared  by  the 
Military  Training  Commission  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of 
chapter  566  of  the  Laws  of  1916.  This  Commis- 
sion is  constituted  as  follows :  the  major  general 
commanding  the  National  Guard  ex  officio  as 
chairman,  a  member  appointed  by  the  Board  of 
Regents  of  The  University  of  the  State  of  New 
York,  and  a  member  appointed  by  the  Governor. 
The  tenure  of  appointment  is  four  years. 

Major  General  John  F.  O'Ryan  by  virtue  of 
his  office,  thus  became  chairman ;  John  H.  Finley, 
Commissioner  of  Education,  was.  appointed  by 
the  Regents  on  May  25,  1916;  George  J.  Fisher, 
M.  D.,  secretary  of  the  physical  department, 
International  Committee  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association,  was  appointed  by  the  Governor  on 
June  22,  1916. 

This  general  plan  was  formally  adopted  and 
incorporated  in  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
State  Department  of  Education  by  action  of  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  The  University  of  the  State 
of  New  York,  on  October  19,  1916,  in  con- 
formity with  the  provisions  of  chapter  567  of 
the  Laws  of  1916. 

[4] 


A  Personal  Word  to  the  Teachers  of  the  State 

When  i  came  to  take  the  headship  of  a  school  in  New  York  City, 
I  employed  a  physical  training  teacher  to  spend  several  hours  with  me 
every  week  in  helping  me  to  get,  in  the  minimum  time,  the  exercise 
I  needed  for  doing  my  work.  Before  long  I  became  aware  that  the 
boys  in  the  school,  two  thousand  or  more  in  number,  had  themselves 
no  instruction  or  training  whatever  as  to  health  or  the  care  of  their 
bodies  nor  even  five  minutes  a  day  of  systematic  exercise  in  the  school. 
This  made  me  so  uncomfortable  that  I  arranged  to  have  my  teacher 
give  to  the  boys  as  much  time  as  he  was  accustomed  to  give  to  me. 
A  few  pieces  of  apparatus  were  gathered,  the  free  use  of  an  abandoned 
armory  was  had,  and  as  many  boys  as  could  be  cared  for  were  given 
some  training. 

In  that  institution,  maintained  wholly  at  the  expense  of  the  city, 
there  is  now  a  most  efficiently  organized  department  of  physical  train- 
ing and  hygiene,  and  every  student  is  required  before  graduating  not 
only  to  undergo  frequent  medical  examination  but  also  to  take  courses 
intended  to  promote  health  and  bodily  as  well  as  moral  discipline. 

This  splendid  provision  did  not  grow  out  of  the  meager  exercises 
of  my  own  initiative,  but  it  followed  closely  after  them  and  illustrates 
what  has  been  recently  done  by  the  city  for  thousands  of  its 
boys,  not  only  in  that  school  but  in  scores  of  others.  I  refer  to  this 
particular  provision  because  since  coming  into  the  commissionership 
for  the  State,  I  have  said  again  and  again  that  I  wished  something  like 
this  in  kind  could  be  done  for  all  the  boys  and  girls  in  the  State, 
both  in  the  country  and  city,  and  especially  in  the  country  where  it  is 
erroneously  assumed  there  is  no  need  for  such  systematic  instruction 
or  training. 

And  now,  that  which  was  my  first  desire  for  all  the  boys  and  girls  — 
the  desire  for  their  health  and  happiness  as  they  undergo  the  mental 
and  moral  training  which  the  'State  deems  essential  to  its  life  —  has 
with  unexpected  quickness  been  put  into  the  general  law  of  the  State. 
By  an  almost  unanimous  vote  of  both  branches  of  the  Legislature  and 
upon  the  recommendation  and  approval  of  the  Governor,  the  State, 
in  an  act  requiring  just  such  provision,  has  given  expression  to  its 
concern  for  the  physical  well-being  of  every  child  within  its  borders, 
native-born  or  alien.  It  remains  only  to  give  that  desire  and  purpose, 
now  expressed  in  law,  its  full  and  universal  effect  so  that  the  boy 
of  sore  eyes  and  face  whom  I  found  one  winter  morning  in  the  snows 
of  a  mountain  valley  may  have  at  least  as  much  attention  as  the 
alien-born  boy  or  girl  in  a  congested  block  in  New  York  City.  It  is  the 
most  notable  constructive  program  of  health  education  as  yet  under- 
taken by  a  state. 

I  think  of  this  not  as  something  added  to  our  elementary  and  second- 
ary programs,  though  it  will  mean  ultimately  a  longer  school  day, 
because  it  will  include  some  of  the  play  day,  but  as  something  on 
which  all  their  disciplines  must  rest  and  in  which  they  must  be  enveloped. 

I  think  of  these  series  of  prescribed  exercises,  not  chiefly  as  a 
means  of  physical  development,  important  as  that  is,  but  as  a  medium 

[5] 


through  which  the  fundamental  purpose  and  ideal  of  the  school  is 
to  be  most  simply  and  effectively  and  universally  expressed  and 
practically  illustrated:  namely,  the  purpose  of  helping  the  individual  to 
a  realization  of  his  obligation  to  the  society  in  which  he  lives,  and  to 
a  readiness  of  spirit  and  body  to  meet  that  obligation  in  his  daily 
life.  On  the  State  both  the  community  and  the  nation  depend  in  large 
measure  for  this  early  tuition;  and  it  is  gratifying  that  this  State  has 
taken  the  lead  in  this  national  educational  service. 

I  find  myself  wishing  that  there  were  songs  or  civic  and  patriotic 
rhythms,  instead  of  numbers,  to  which  these  daily  exercises  could  be 
performed  —  that  the  boys  and  girls  could  be  made  conscious  that  it 
is  not  for  themselves  alone  that  they  go  through  these  motions,  but 
for  themselves  as  happier,  healthier,  more  efficient  members  of  what 
the  philosopher,  William  James,  has  called  a  "  collectivity "  (whether 
it  be  community,  city,  state  or  country)  superior  in  some  respects  to 
their  individual  selves. 

This  is  to  be  the  supreme  value  of  this  program  if  it  is  rightly  used  — 
a  program  which  is  worth  while  as  a  health  program,  lengthening  the 
lives  of  these  millions  of  children  as  men  and  women,  the  State's 
most  precious  asset  —  but  it  is  to  be  worth  more  as  a  program  of  moral 
discipline  and  of  social  and  patriotic  service. 

In  an  article  which  I  wrote  a  few  months  ago,  telling  how  when 
the  Great  War  came  on  in  Europe,  men  with  whom  I  traveled  went  to 
certain  places  to  find  their  uniforms  in  which  they  were  to  serve  their 
country  in  its  time  of  peril,  I  suggested  that  every  man,  every  woman, 
should  have,  in  peace,  an  invisible  uniform  always  ready  in  home,  office, 
factory  or  public  locker,  to  put  on  when  he  or  she  was  called  to  perform 
a  public  service  of  any  kind,  great  or  small;  and,  I  added  that  the 
weaving  of  this  uniform  should  be  begun  in  childhood  —  that  is,  the 
preparation  for  such  service  should  begin  in  the  school  days.  I  pre- 
pared this  article  for  grown  people,  but  in  the  midst  of  writing  this 
preface,  a  letter  came  telling  how  a  group  of  children  had  translated 
its  suggestion  into  their  own  language  and  in  their  summer  camp 
play  had  shown  this  "  magic  uniform,"  as  it  was  called,  in  use  in  the 
home,  in  business,  in  society.  If  this  idea  can  be  translated  into  the 
everyday  work  and  play  of  the  boys  and  girls  of  this  entire  State, 
through  the  help  of  this  program,  it  will  give  a  civic  asset  even  more 
valuable  than  the  physical  vigor  and  lengthened  life  of  its  children 
in  manhood  and  womanhood. 

This  program  and  the  syllabus  through  which  the  teacher  is  to  be 
helped  to  translate  it  into  the  lives  of  the  boys  and  girls,  are  designed 
to  be  suggestive  rather  than  restrictive,  for  it  is  wished  to  give  as 
wide  range  as  possible  to  the  initiative  and  ingenuity  of  the  teachers, 
who  after  all  are  the  vital  factors  in  this  great  educational  undertaking 
on  the  part  of  the  State  and  its  schools.  The  outlines  present  the  best 
expert  advice  that  can  be  had  in  this  great  enterprise,  for  the  first 
time  undertaken  on  such  a  scale,  but  it  is  hoped  that  as  a  result  of  the 
year's  experience  we  shall  together  be  able  to  enrich  the  program  for 
the  next  year  and  to  make  possible  the  fuller  realization  of  that  feature 
of  the  plan  which  not  only  brings  play  into  the  school  program  but  cor- 
relates the  recreational  activities  of  the  home  and  the  community  with 
the  tuitions  of  the  school.  JOHN  H.  FINLEY 

[6] 


LETTE&  FROM  MILITARY  TRAINING  COMMISSION 

The  following  letter  from  the  State  Military  Training  Commis- 
sion, accompanying  the  general  plan  for  physical  training  proposed 
to  the  Board  of  Regents  September  16,  1916,  was  submitted  to  the 
Board  under  date  of  September  12,  1916: 

September  12,  1916 
To  The  Honorable 

The  Regents  of  The  University  of  the  State  of  Neiv  York 

SIRS:  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  chapter  566  of  the 
Laws  of  1916,  creating  the  Military  Training  Commission  and 
directing  it  "  to  advise  and  confer  with  the  Regents  of  The  Univer- 
sity of  the  State  of  New  York  as  to  courses  of  instruction  in  phys- 
ical training,  to  be  prescribed  for  the  elementary  and  secondary 
schools,"  as  provided  in  the  amendment  to  the  Education  Law  by 
chapter  567  of  the  Laws  of  1916,  the  commission  respectfully  sub- 
mits herewith  its  recommendations. 

The  commission  is  composed,  under  the  act  establishing  it,  of  the 
Major  General  of  the  National  Guard,  who  is  chairman,  a  member 
appointed  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  and  a  member  appointed  by 
the  Governor.  The  commission  was  not  fully  constituted  until 
June  22,  when  the  Governor  appointed  the  third  member.  It  then 
met  immediately  and  sevtral  sessions  were  held  before  General 
O'Ryan  left  for  the  Mexican  border.  One  of  its  first  acts  was  to 
appoint  a  physical  training  inspector,  in  order  that  his  advice  might 
be  had  in  the  preparation  of  the  program  for  physical  training  to 
be  recommended  to  the  Board  of  Regents.  To  this  position  the 
commission  unanimously  appointed  Thomas  A.  Storey  Ph.D. 
M.D.,  professor  of  hygiene  in  the  College  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  a  man  eminently  equipped  for  this  service.  To  his  able  and 
continuous  work  upon  this  program  during  the  past  two  months 
it  is  due  that  the  commission  is  able  to  make  its  report  at  this  time. 

Before  the  transmission  to  the  Regents  of  the  original  report  of 
the  Military  Training  Commission  drafted  under  date  of  August 
25,  1916,  many  conferences  were  held,  many  of  the  highest  authori- 
ties in  the  United  States,  both  in  military  and  physical  training  and 
in  general  education,  were  consulted,  and  the  commission  is  grati- 
fied to  be  able  to  report  that  all  who  were  consulted  expressed 

[71 


approval  of  the  plan  proposed,  in  its  general  features.  The  second 
and  third  members  of  the  commission  had  the  benefit  of  General 
O'Ryan's  advice  in  the  initial  steps  and  received  his  full  approval, 
both  by  letter  and  telegram,  of  the  program  as  submitted. 

The  original  report,  which  presented  a  program  following  closely, 
both  in  its  general  features  and  details,  the  program  recommended 
by  Doctor  Storey  in  his  report  to  the  commission  under  date  of 
July  29,  1916,  was,  by  authorization  of  the  Chancellor  of  the  Uni- 
versity, submitted,  as  a  confidential  document,  to  the  city,  village 
and  district  superintendents  of  the  State,  with  a  request,  first,  for 
their  opinion  as  to  the  general  features  of  the  proposed  plan,  and, 
second,  for  their  advice  as  to  the  extent  to  which  the  program 
could  immediately  be  put  into  effect. 

The  responses  to  these  requests  have  been  placed  in  the  hands  of 
the  commission  and  have  received  the  very  serious  consideration 
which  their  counsel  deserves.  While  there  is  almost  unanimous 
approval  of  the  main  features  of  the  plan,  but  few  express  a  phy- 
sical readiness  to  undertake  at  once  the  whole  program.  It  is  clear 
that  for  the  great  majority  of  the  schools  it  will  be  an  impossibility 
to  provide  teachers,  necessary  apparatus  and  rooms  or  grounds,  to 
carry  into  immediate  operation  the  entire  program.  The  recom- 
mendations of  the  original  report  have,  therefore,  been  modified 
to  make  immediately  mandatory  only  those  features  of  the  program 
which  can  reasonably  be  required  for  this  year;  and  these  recom- 
mendations for  the  school  year  1916-17,  it  is  to  be  noted,  meet  only 
the  minimum  time  requirement  as  fixed'  by  the  law.  The  commis- 
sion urges,  however,  the  adoption  of  the  entire  program  in  its  main 
features  for  the  school  year  1917-18,  and  its  immediate  introduc- 
tion where  the  communities  are  now  prepared  to  give  it  support. 
Respectfully  submitted 

JOHN    F.   O'RYAN 
JOHN  H.  FINLEY 
GEORGE    J.    FISHER 

Commission 


rsi 


LETTER  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION 

The  letter  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education  to  the  Regents  of 
The  University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  accompanying  the 
report  of  the  Military  Training  Commission,  was  as  follows : 

To  The  Honorable  The  Board  of  Regents: 

The  program  presented  to  you  today  is  probably  the  most  com- 
prehensive program  of  health  education  and  physical  training  for 
school  children  ever  authorized  by  the  government  of  any  state  or 
country,  and  if  adopted  and  put  into  effective  operation  it  will 
without  doubt  determine  the  lines  along  which  physical  education  is 
to  proceed  in  this  country  where  the  states  must  meet  the  nation's 
needs  in  training  for  the  responsibilities  of  citizenship. 

Every  phase  of  this  program  has  been  in  successful  operation  in 
some  of  the  most  progressive  schools  of  this  or  other  states,  but 
here  for  the  first  time,  in  this  country  at  any  rate,  have  they  been 
brought  under  state  prescription  into  one  systematic  program  for 
practical  operation. 

It  is  to  touch  every  child,  boy  and  girl,  over  eight  years  of  age, 
in  public  and  private  school,  and  is  the  first  determination  of  a 
state,  expressed  in  law,  and  enacted  as  a  nonpartisan  measure,  to 
make  the  sound  health  and  physical  vigor  of  the  child,  in  the  city 
and  country  alike,  of  fundamental  concern  to  the  state  in  its 
education. 

To  recommend  to  the  Board  of  Regents  such  a  program  was 
made  the  first  duty  of  the  Military  Commission  by  the  act  which 
created  it.  That  a  commission  of  this  title  was  required  to  per- 
form such  a  service  intimates  that  the  program  of  physical  train- 
ing and  discipline  was  to  have  in  view  not  only  the  health  and 
strength,  and  so  the  happiness  and  industrial  efficiency,  of  the  indi- 
viduals, but  their  civic  obligation  as  well  and  their  universal 
patriotic  service.  The  commission  has  recommended  a  program 
basic  to  every  such  obligation. 

The  commission  is  charged  with  another  responsibility,  that  of 
prescribing  a  program  of  military  training,  but  that  is  to  lie 
entirely  outside  of  the  schools  and  need  not  be  discussed  here. 
What  is  here  presented  is  a  simple,  practicable  program  for  uni- 
versal basic  physical  training,  health  education  and  conservation 
and  patriotic  discipline.  [9] 


lo  PHYSICAL  TRAINING  SYLLABUS 

It  is  a  program  for  strengthening  the  physical  foundations  in 
which  our  higher  intellectual  and  spiritual  curriculums  are  to  find 
support- 
It  is  appreciated  that  the  most  vital  factor  in  the  program  is  after 
all  the  teacher  or  supervisor  to  whom  this  important  work  is 
intrusted.  It  is  hoped  that  it  will  in  time  be  possible  to  have  a 
trained  man  as  supervisor  not  only  in  every  city,  every  village  of 
five  thousand  or  more  population  and  every  union  free  school  dis- 
trict, as  a  center  with  the  country  schools1  about  it  where  feasible, 
but  also  even  in  each  town  which  does  not  contain  a  high  school. 
One  such  man,  of  adequate  training,  of  zealous  interest  and  of 
faculty  for  this  work,  in  each  district,  would  do  more  to  develop 
wholesome  recreational  and  civic  activities  in  the  communities  than 
any  other  possible  agency.  It  will  take  time  of  course  to  prepare 
such  a  body  of  leaders ;  the  way  is  now  open  for  such  service. 

A  feature  of  the  program,  which  is  most  promising  in  its  pos- 
sibilities, is  one  which  must  in  large  measure  be  postponed  to 
another  year,  that  of  supervised  recreation  for  which  home  and 
club  activities  may  be  exchanged.  Not  only  will  the  opportunity 
come  in  the  highest  degree  through  this  supervised  recreation,  for 
developing  those  qualities  which  are  most  desirable  in  -American 
men  and  women,  but  through  it  will  come  also  the  opportunity  of 
encouraging  health  activities  in  the  home  and  other  centers  of 
social  life,  and  of  bringing  home  and  school  closer  together  in  their 
interests. 

As  interpreted  by  the  Military  Training  Commission,  physical 
training  covers  medical  inspection,  talks  and  recitations  in  hygiene, 
and  all  forms  of  healthful  physical  exercise,  such  as  setting-up 
drills,  gymnastic  exercises,  supervised  recreation,  organized  play, 
athletics,  and  a  great  variety  of  individual  recreational  activities. 

New  York  City  has  all  the  elements  of  this  program  in  one 
form  or  another  in  or  related  to  her  public  schools.  A  new  sylla- 
bus on  hygiene  was  adopted  in  the  early  part  of  this  calendar  year. 
Setting-up  drills  have  been  in  operation  for  a  long  time.  Gymnastic 
exercises  have  been  required  for  a  number  of  years.  After  school, 
supervised  play,  recreation  centers,  summer  playgrounds,  and  the 
Public  Schools  Athletic  League  have  been  more  or  less  completely 
a  part  of  the -school  system  in  New  York  City  for  a  decade  or  more. 
This  new  state  requirement  recognizes  all  these  activities  as  legiti- 
mate parts  of  the%school  program  for  the  health  education  of  school 
children. 


PROGRAM  I I 

Health  habits  will  be  emphasized.  Natural  play  will  be  fostered. 
Refreshing,  invigorating  and  healthful  exercise  will  neutralize  the 
degenerative  effects  of  prolonged  sedentary  curriculum  require- 
ments. The  educational  values  of  interesting  play  will  be  recog- 
nized and  used.  Under  this  physical  training  requirement,  games 
and  play  will  serve  as  attractive  sources  of  educational  develop- 
ment, promoting  happiness,  interest,  sharper  wits,  obedience,  cor- 
rect posture  and  bearing,  alert  response,  respect  for  rules,  orderly 
conduct,  courtesy,  self-restraint,  love  of  fair  play  and  a  habit  of 
playing  fair,  loyalty,  honesty,  a  sense  of  justice  and  duty,  and  a 
spirit  of  cooperation  under  leadership. 

The  possibilities  of  this  program  of  physical  training  will  not  be 
realized  rapidly.  Thousands  of  schools  will  be  unable  to  apply  at 
once  the  plan  proposed  for  ultimate  adoption,  but  all  should  and 
undoubtedly  will  be  able  to  meet  the  minimum  requirement  set  for 
this  year.  All  schools  can  cooperate  more  intimately  with  the  state 
or  municipal  medical  inspection.  All  will  be  able  to  give  talks  and 
recitations  in  hygiene  as  now ;  and  all  will  be  able  to  carry  out  a 
part  at  least  of  the  requirement  in  physical  exercises.  The  setting- 
up  drills  are  easily  applied  by  any  teacher  in.  any  school.  The 
supervised  recreational  requirement  will  be  made  more  easily  in 
many  schools  through  the  substitution  of  equivalents  suggested  by 
the  Military  Training  Commission.  These  equivalents  may  be 
athletics  (under  the  supervision  of  the  school),  with  field  work  in 
botany  or  geology  and  the  like,  walking  to  school,  delivering  milk, 
membership  in  an  active  club  or  other  organization  in  which  there 
is  a  recreational  equivalent,  and  so  on.  The  gymnastic  requirement 
will  encounter  the  greatest  amount  of  difficulty.  In  the  winter 
months  and  during  inclement  weather  only  those  schools  with 
indoor  space  for  gymnastic  activities  will  be  able  to  meet  this 
requirement,  but  at  other  times  the  school  yard  should  afford  most 
of  the  opportunities  of  an  outdoor  gymnasium.  In  the  course  of 
time  all  school  buildings  should  be  provided  with  such  space  as 
will  not  only  serve  for  gymnastics  and  drills,  but  for  play,  games, 
competitions,  entertainments  and  community  gatherings,  especially 
in  the  rural  districts  of  the  State. 

Pupils  and  teachers  must  benefit  by  the  rational  application  of  the 
plan  and  its  translation  into  the  daily  life  of  the  school  and  the 

community. 

Respectfully  submitted 


12  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


ACTION  BY  THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

The  Board  of  Regents,  at  a  meeting  in  Syracuse  on  September  14, 
1916,  unanimously  voted  their  approval  of  the  report  of  the  Military 
Training  Commission  as  presented  under  date  of  September  12, 
1916,  and  on  the  I9th  of  October,  1916,  took  the  following  action 
after  conference  with  the  Commission: 

Voted,  That,  after  the  first  of  September,  1916,  all  male  and 
female  pupils  above  the  age  of  eight  years  in  all  elementary  and 
secondary  schools  shall  receive  as  part  of  the  prescribed  course  of 
instruction  therein  such  physical  training  as  is  provided  for  in  the 
recommendations  which  appear  in  the  report  in  amended  form  sub- 
mitted by  the  Military  Training  Commission  at  the  conference  of 
the  commission  with  this  Board  just  held. 

Voted,  That  the  report  of  the  Military  Training  Commission 
be  adapted,  and  that  the  provisions  of  the  program  so  recommended 
and  adopted  be  made  the  rules  of  the  Regents  required  to  be  adopted 
by  them  under  sections  696  and  697  of  chapter  567  of  the  Laws 
of  1916,  the  rule  relating  to  the  certification  of  teachers  of  physical 
training  being  already  in  force  under  section  281  of  the  Regents 
Rules. 


GENERAL  PLAN 

The  following  general  plan  for  physical  training  for  the  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  schools  of  the  State  was  prepared  by  the  Mili- 
tary Training  Commission  and  reported'  by  the  commission  to  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  The  University  of  the  State  of  New  York.  It 
was  adopted  by  the  Regents  September  12,  1916.  The  plan  as 
revised  by  joint  action  of  the  Military  Training  Commission  and 
the  Board  of  Regents  and  adopted  in  its  revised  form  by  the 
Regents,  October  19,  1916,  contemplates : 

First:  That  physical  training  as  provided  by  these  bills  1  be  con- 
strued as  covering:  (i)  individual  health  examination  and  personal 
health  instruction  (medical  inspection)  ;  (2)  instruction  concerning 
the  care  of  the  body  and  concerning  the  important  facts  of  hygiene 
(recitations  in  hygiene)  ;  and  (3)  physical  exercise  as  a  health 
habit,  including  gymnastics,  elementary  marching,  and  organized, 
supervised  play,  recreation  and  athletics. 

Second:  (i)  That  the  class  teacher  assist  in  the  individual  health 
examination  and  personal  health  instruction  of  pupils  through  (a) 
rapid  inspection  of  all  pupils  at  the  beginning  of  each  day's  ses- 
sion (after  some  experience  the  teacher  will  be  able  to  note  signs 
of  abnormal  health  conditions  at  the  expense  of  no  more  than  a  few 
seconds  of  time)  ;  (b)  reference  to  the  proper  authority  of  all  chil- 
dren showing  need  of  personal  examination  and  advice;  (c)  appro- 
priate exercise  and  recreational  provision  for  all  pupils  reported 
by  the  medical  inspector  as  organically  unfitted  for  regular  physical 
exercise;  and  (d)  the  following  up  of  all  health  advice  that  can  be 
followed  up.  This  assistance  from  the  regular  class  teacher  is  not 
to  take  the  place  of  the  work  of  the  medical  inspector  or  school 
nurse. 

(2)  That  plans  for  the  individual  health  examination,  personal 
hygienic  instruction  and  the  following  up  of  advice  be  further 
organized  by  the  division  of  medical  inspection  in  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education,  emphasizing:  (a)  examination  of  all  pupils 
each  year,  (b)  careful  personal  advice  to  each  child  examined,  (c) 
parental  cooperation,  (d)  effective  following  up  of  advice,  (e) 
recognition  of  severe  organic  weakness  disqualifying  children  for 


1  Chapters  566  and  567  of  the  Laws  of  1916. 

[13] 


14  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

vigorous  exercise,  (/)  more  frequent  examinations  for  children 
with  serious  organic  weaknesses,  (g)  cooperation  with  the  organ- 
ized medical  and  dental  professions  and  with  local  or  general 
organized  health  agencies,  (h)  the  examination  of  all  pupils  before 
admission  to  school  for  the  first  time,  and  (i)  the  presentation  of 
a  health  record  from  the  school  previously  attended  by  a  pupil  on 
transferring  to  a  new  school.  (Such  health  certificate  must  not  be 
accepted  as  a  substitute  for  the  examination  required  in  article  h 
above.) 

(3)  That  concise  annual  reports  on  this  phase  of  physical  train- 
ing be  prepared  by  all  school  superintendents  and  transmitted  to 
the  University,  with  a  copy  for  the  State  Military  Training  Com- 
mission. 

(4)  That   the   Board   of   Regents   cause   to   be  prepared  more 
detailed  instructions  for  the  teacher  to  follow  in  the  above  activities. 

Third:  (i)  That  class  instruction  concerning  the  care  of  the 
body  and  the  important  facts  of  hygiene  be  given  by  the  class 
teacher,  except  in  schools  in  which  special  teachers  are  appointed; 
(2)  that  at  least  two  periods  of  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  each  be 
devoted  weekly  to  this  instruction  during  each  and  every  term  by 
these  acts;  (3)  that  this  instruction  be  coordinated  with  or  that  it 
include  the  instructions  already  given  in  physiology  or  hygiene ;  (4) 
that  appropriate  tests  and  examinations  be  given  the  pupil  covering 
this  instruction  and  that  the  progress  of  the  pupil  from  grade  to 
grade  depend  upon  the  quality  of  the  work  accomplished;  and  (5) 
that  the  present  syllabus  on  physiology  be  revised  and  become 
operative  in  September  1917;  and  include  such  subjects  as  the 
following : 

a  General 

1  Hygiene  of  the  teacher 

2  Sanitation  of  the  schoolroom  and  playground 

3  Hygiene  of  the  janitor 

4  The    use    of    pupils    as    "  health    officers "    or    "  sanitary 

inspectors  " 

b  Syllabus  for  elementary  grades,  the  central  topics  being  cleanli- 
ness, posture  (care  of  the  bones  and  joints),  cheerfulness  (care  of 
the  emotions),  care  of  the  skin,  care  of  the  digestion,  care  of  the 
muscles,  care  of  the  eyes,  care  of  the  ears,  nose  and  throat,  care 
of  the  teeth,  care  of  the  heart  and  circulation,  care  of  the  lungs, 
care  of  the  nervous  system. 


PROGRAM  15 

c  Syllabus  for  secondary  schools,  the  central  topics  being  the 
laws  of  health,  the  causes  of  poor  health  and  disease,  the  carriers 
of  disease,  the  contributory  causes  of  poor  health,  the  defenses  of 
health,  personal  hygiene,  domestic  hygiene,  and  community  hygiene. 

Fourth:  (i)  That  the  instruction  in  physical  exercise  include 
practice  in  such  activities  as  gymnastics,  marching,  play,  recrea- 
tional exercise,  and  athletics,  and  that  reasonably  and  approxi- 
mately equivalent  activities  in  the  home  or  community  life  of  the 
child  be  accepted  as  substitutes  for  part  of  this  requirement;  (2) 
that,  in  the  elementary  schools,  a  minimum  of  two  minutes  at  the 
beginning  of  each  school  period  or  a  minimum  of  four  such  periods 
in  every  school  day  be  devoted  to  setting-up  drills  and  marching; 
and  that  a  minimum  of  sixty  minutes  a  week  be  required,  pre- 
ferably in  two  periods  of  thirty  minutes  each,  either  in  gymnastic 
drills  and  marching  or  in  supervised  recreation  (organized  play, 
games,  group  competitions).  In  those  schools  in  which  there  are 
no  gymnasiums  or  other  adequate  space  provisions,  gymnastic  drills 
and  marching  may  be  given  in  the  classroom  in  five-minute  or  ten- 
minute  periods  distributed  through  the  week ;  or  appropriate  recrea- 
tional activities  may  be  selected  for  use  in  the  classroom,  school 
yard,  or  other  available  school  space;  (3)  that  in  the  secondary 
schools  a  minimum  of  two  minutes  at  the  beginning  of  each  school 
hour,  or  at  least  four  such  periods  a  school  day,  be  devoted  to 
setting-up  drills ;  and  that  a  minimum  of  sixty  minutes  a  week  be 
required,  preferably  in  two  periods  of  thirty  minutes  each,  either  in 
gymnastic  drills  and  marching  or  in  supervised  recreation  (organ- 
ized play,  games,  group  competitions).  In  those  schools  in  which 
there  are  no  gymnasiums  or  other  adequate  space  provisions, 
gymnastic  drills  and  marching  may  be  given  in  the  classroom  in 
five-minute  or  ten-minute  periods  distributed  through  the  week ;  or 
appropriate  recreational  activities  may  be  selected  for  use  in  the 
classroom,  school  yard,  or  other  available  school  space;  (4)  that 
on  or  before  the  beginning  of  the  school  term  in  September  1917, 
three  additional  hours  of  supervised  recreation  be  required  each 
week  in  all  classes  and  in  all  schools  covered  by  this  law,  which 
requirement  may  be  met  either  through  provision  in  the  school 
program  or  by  equivalents  accepted  from  sources  outside  the  school 
as  provided  below,  but  that  in  all  schools  in  which  there  is  adequate 
space  and  equipment  for  such  activities  there  be  required  each 
week  after  September  i,  1917,  in  all  classes  covered  by  this  law,  a 
minimum  of  two  periods  of  thirty  minutes  each  in  gymnastic  drills, 
and  a  minimum  of  four  hours  a  week  in  supervised  recreation; 


1 6   '  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

one  of  these  four  hours  to  be  satisfied  by  activities  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  regular  school  officials,  the  other  three  hours  to  be 
covered  in  the  school  or  to  be  satisfied  by  the  substitution  of  equiva- 
lent recreational  activities  in  the  home  or  in  the  community  accept- 
able to  the  local  school  authorities;  (5)  that  the  Board  of  Regents 
be  urged  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  meeting  these  needs  for 
adequate  space  and  adequate  equipment  in  all  schools  with  as  much 
insistence  as  can  be  legitimately  and  reasonably  exercised  by  that 
body. 
I  In  elementary  schools 

1  Setting-up  exercises 

a  Drills  of  at  least  two  minutes'  duration  to  be  given  at 
the  beginning  of  each  class  hour  or  a  minimum  of 
four  times  in  each  school  day.  Boys  to  be  grouped 
in  front  of  the  room  and  girls  in  the  rear.  Capable 
pupils  to  be  selected  as  leaders 

b  Variations  to  be  introduced  at  intervals 

c  Emphasis  on : 

(1)  Posture,  through  postural  exercises 

(2)  Discipline,   through   orderly,   alert   and   active 

response  to  command 

(3)  Health,    through    exercise    of    larger    muscle 

groups,  breathing  exercises  and  the  habit  of 
exercise 
d  Syllabus  to  be  prepared  by  the  Board  of  Regents 

2  Gymnastic  drills,  same  regulations  as  those  outlined  below 

under  "  Secondary  schools  " 

3  Supervised  recreation   (games  and  group  dances,  etc.) 

a  Minimum  of  sixty  minutes  a  week  may  be  covered  in 
recess  periods  or  in  the  regular  schedule  or  after 
the  work  of  the  day  in  other  subjects  has  been 
finished 

(1)  Not  to  take  place  of  lunch  period 

(2)  Should  not  be  given  within  one  hour  after  the 

lunch  period 

(3)  May  take  the  place  of  gymnastic  drills  (see  2 

page  15) 

(4)  Syllabus    to    be    provided    by    the    Board    of 

Regents 

b  Additional  recreational  requirement,  to  go  into  effect 
not  later  than  September  1917.  See  (4)  and  (5), 
pages  15  and  16. 


PROGRAM  17 

II  In  secondary  schools 

1  Setting-up  drills 

Exercise  periods  of  at  least  two  minutes'  duration  at  the 
beginning  of  each  class  period  or  a  minimum  of  four 
times  each  school  day,  emphasizing  good  posture  and 
stimulating  the  heart,  lungs  and  circulation  through  the 
exercise  of  the  larger  muscle  groups.  Boys  to  be 
grouped  in  the  aisles  in  front  of  the  classroom  and  girls 
at  -the  rear.  Capable  pupils  to  be  selected  as  leaders. 
Syllabus  to  be  provided  by  the  Board  of  Regents 

2  Gymnastic  drills 

a  Minimum  of  sixty  minutes  a  week  of  actual  work  on 
the  floor,  not  to  include  time  spent  in  preparation 
for  exercise  or  for  return  to  a  following  recitation 

b  Uniforms  urged  —  sleeveless  white  shirt,  white  knee 
running  trousers,  socks  and  soft-soled  shoes 
(sneakers)  for  boys,  and  a  simple  bloomer  outfit 
for  girls 

c  Drills  should  be  followed  by  a  bath  where  possible 

d  Pupils  should  take  physical  training  appropriate  to 
their  grade.  The  child  should  not  work  in  one 
group  one  day  and  another  group  another  day. 
Unless  there  are  serious-  reasons  to  the  contrary, 
classes  should  be  scheduled  intact 

e  No  class  ought  to  meet  within  one  hour  after  its  lunch 
period 

/  Emphasis  to  be  laid  on  (i)  posture,  (2)  discipline, 
(3)  health 

g  Marching  tactics  to  conform  to  such  parts  of  the 
United  States  Manual  of  Infantry  Drill  as  are 
reasonably  applicable 

h  Gymnastic  drills  for  postural,  hygienic  and  dis- 
ciplinary effects  to  be  applied  through  the  eight 
terms  of  the  high  school 

i  Boys  and  girls  to  be  segregated  for  these  exercises 

j  Supervised  recreation  (see  3^  below)  may  be  sub- 
stituted 

k  Syllabus  to  be  provided  by  the  Board  of  Regents 

3  Supervised  recreation  (organized  play,  games,  folk  dances) 

a  Minimum  requirement 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS. 

(1)  Sixty    minutes    a    week;    may   be    covered   in 

recess  periods  or  in  the  regular  schedule,  or 
after  the  work  for  the  day  in  other  subjects 
has  been  finished 

(2)  Not  to  take  place  of  setting-up  drill,  or  lunch 

period,  but  gymnastic  drills  may  be  sub- 
stituted (see  2  (page  15)  above) 

(3)  Should  not  follow  within  one  hour  after  the 

lunch  period 

(4)  Boys    and    girls    to   be   segregated    for  these 

exercises 

(5)  Syllabus    to    be    provided    by    the    Board    of 

Regents 

b  Additional  recreational  requirements,  to  go  into  effect 
not  later  than  September  1917.     See  (4)  and  (5), 
pages  15  and  16. 
4  Organized*  supervised  athletics 

a  No  athletic  organization  or  enterprise  may  exist  in  the 
schools  of  the  State  without  the  approval  of  the 
local  school  authorities,  but  no  school  is  under  obli- 
gation to  operate  the  rules  presented  below  unless 
that  school  proposes  to  use  its  athletic  activities  for 
credited  equivalents  to  some  part  of  or  all  the  State 
requirement  in  supervised  recreation.  In  any  case 
the  school  is  responsible  for  the  activities  and  stand- 
ards of  its  athletic  organizations 

b  The  principal  or  teacher  in  charge  of  a  given  school 
may  accept  active  participation  in  athletics  as  satis- 
fying the  State  requirement  in  supervised  recreation 
on   recommendation   of   the   teacher   in   charge   of 
physical    training    in    that    school,    provided    the 
athletic  activities  of  the  school  are  organized  and 
conducted  in  conformity  with  the  following  rules : 
(i)   No  athletic  organization  or  enterprise  shall 
be   recognized  as  a   source   of   acceptable 
recreational  equivalents  unless  the  school 
has  first  provided  a  competent  teacher  with 
such  qualified  assistants  as  may  be  needed 
to  safeguard  the  pupils  and  to  operate  a 
type     of     athletic     instruction     that     will 
develop  good  health,  good  character  and 
.sportsmanly  conduct 


PROGRAM  IQ 

(a)  Such  teachers  must  know  how  to 
prepare  their  pupils  and  direct 
their  activities;  how  to  organize 
and  operate  athletic  meets;  and 
how  to  supervise  the  business 
enterprises  connected  with  such 
activities 

(2)  Participation  in  athletic  competitions  must  be 

limited  to  those  children  physically  fit 

(3)  Must    be    under    the    control    of    the    school 

authorities 

(4)  Boys  and  girls  ought  to  be  organized  into  clubs 

or  associations  and  given  as  much  initiative 
and  independence  in  their  athletic  affairs  as 
is  consistent  with  good  business  management 
and  the  safety  of  sportsmanly  ideals 

(5)  An  athletic  committee  of  five  may  be  formed 

for  each  union  free  school  district  and  village 
or  city  school  system ;  in  those  school  systems 
in  which  the  size  of  the  system  justifies  it, 
there  may  be  a  central  athletic  committee 
with  subordinate  committees  for  the  various 
divisions  of  the  whole  school  system.  The 
following  type  of  committee  organization  is 
suggested.  See  also  the  "Amateur  Athletic 
Federation  of  Rochester,"  organized  by 
H.  J.  Norton 

(a)  The  supervisor  of  physical  training  to 

be  one  member.  The  other  mem- 
bers to  be  appointed  by  the  super- 
intendent, two  from  the  teaching 
force  and  two  from  the  school 
community 

(b)  Members  of  the  committee,  save  the 

supervisor  of  physical  training,  to 
serve  for  one  year ;  they  may  be  re- 
appointed 

(c)  The  committee  to  select  its  chairman 

(d)  The   committee   to  be  in   responsible 

charge  of  athletic  organizations 
(but  not  of  athletic  instruction)  in 


2O  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

all  the  schools  in  the  district,  sub- 
ject only  to  the  local  school  authori- 
ties, who  shall  have  veto  power 

(6)  The  organization  and  regulation  of  competitive 

sports  to  conform  to  the  highest  ideals  of 
fair  play,  sportsmanly  conduct,  and  healthful 
recreation 

(7)  Medical  examinations  required  of  each  pupil  at 

the  beginning  of  each  athletic  season  and 
before  the  pupil  is  admitted  to  the  team 
squad  for  training.  These  examinations 
should  be  made  by  the  school  physician 

(8)  No  pupil  permitted  to  try  for  a  place  on  a  team 

without  first  receiving  permission  from  (a) 
his  parents,  (b)  a  registered  physician,  (c) 
the  principal  of  the  school,  and  (id)  the 
supervisor  or  teacher  in  charge  of  physical 
training  for  the  school.  The  permission  of 
the  principal  of  the  school  and  the  super- 
visor or  teacher  of  physical  training  will  be 
based  largely  on  the  quality  of  class  work 
done  by  the  applicant.  No  pupil  who  is  not 
doing  full  work  in  school  or  whose  school 
work  is  unsatisfactory  may  participate  in 
school  athletics 

(9)  Training  must  not  be  excessive 

(a)  Must  not  consume  more  than  six  hours 

a  week 

(b)  Athletics  to  be  substituted  for  play  only 

on  the  basis  of  pleasure  and  health 
and  not  primarily  to  win  victories  or 
make  records 

(c)  Pupil  not  to  be  admitted  to  membership 

on  more  than  one  special  athletic  team 
at  a  time,  if  such  teams  are  preparing 
for  or  engaging  in  competitions  with 
other  teams  outside  the  school.  Mem- 
bership on  several  teams  should  be 
permitted  only  in  schools  where  a 
small  number  of  pupils  are  enrolled  or 
where  the  competitions  are  between 
groups,  classes  or  grades  within  the 


PROGRAM  21 

school,  or  where  the  contests  are  gen- 
eral or  all-around  'in  character 

(10)  School  authorities  are  urged  to  emphasize 
competitions  between  classes  and  grades  as 
well  as  between  schools  of  the  district,  and 
to  limit  competitions  outside  their  districts 
to  one,  or  at  most  two,  such  competitions  a 
month  for  each  team.  As  a  rule,  competi- 
tions involving  overnight  absence  from 
home  should  not  be  permitted.  (In  villages 
and  cities  the  word  "  district  "  has  the  mean- 
ing of  school  "  system") 

(n)  The  teachers  of  athletics  ("coaches," 
"trainers"  etc.)  must  be  teachers  in  the 
schools.  No  outside  instruction  may  be  em- 
ployed 

(12)  The  athletic  organization  in  any  school  com- 

munity to  be  recognized  should  if  possible 
include  provisions  for  the  girls,  as  well  as 
for  the  boys.  In  school  communities  that 
are  large  enough  these  organizations  should 
be  separate,  with  separate  athletic  com- 
mittees in  charge  of  their  administration 

(13)  In  schools   where   "athletics"   are   instituted 

for  girls,  the  instruction  should  if  possible  be 
in  the  hands  of  competent  women  teachers ; 
the  athletic   instruction   of  boys   should   if 
possible  come  from  men  teachers 
5  Other  equivalents  for  supervised  recreation 

a  Must  be  approximately  equivalent,  qualitatively  and 

quantitatively 

b  May  be  substituted  for  as  many  as  three  hours  of 
supervised  recreation  a  week,  but  not  for  periods 
scheduled  in  school  time 

c  Such  home  and  community  substitutes  as  the  follow- 
ing are  suggested: 

(i)  Active  out-of-door  clubs  with  such  objects  as 
the  following  in  view:  (a)  Walking  or 
"  hiking  "  ;  (b)  field  work  in  botany,  wood- 
craft, forestry,  horticulture,  zoology, 
biology,  sanitation,  surveying,  health  serv- 
ice, first  aid,  life  saving,  street  cleaning, 


22  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

scouting,  rifle  practice,  camping  and  camp 
construction,  wall  scaling,  wall  building, 
fence  making,  bridge  building,  etc.  Such 
clubs  must  be  organized  under  reliable 
mature  direction,  a  teacher  in  the  school  or 
some  competent  public-spirited  citizen. 
Clubs  must  meet  regularly,  give  an  equiva- 
lent physical  activity,  and  supply  regular 
reliable  reports  to  the  supervisor  or  teacher 
of  physical  training.  Other  equivalents 
may  be  added 

(2)  Well-established  community,  state  or  national 

organizations  that  offer  equivalent  recrea- 
tional exercise  from  which  regular  and 
reliable  records  of  pupil's  activity  may  be 
easily  secured  by  the  supervisor  or  teacher 
of  physical  training  or  other  school 
authority  charged  with  this  relationship 

(3)  Personal    activities    which    may    serve    as 

equivalents 

(a)  On  recommendation  of  the  teacher 

in  charge  of  physical  training 
the  principal  of  the  school  may 
excuse  pupils  from  a  part  of  the 
recreational  requirement  when,  in 
his  judgment  their  activities  out- 
side the  school  include  an  ap- 
proximate recreational  equivalent 

(b)  Such  substitution  should  not  be  per- 

mitted for  more  than  three  hours 
each  week  in  supervised  recrea- 
tion 

(c)  Among  the  activities  that  may  be  so 

substituted  are  walking,  skating, 
swimming,  horseback  riding, 
plowing,  haying,  gardening,  wood- 
chopping  (out-of-doors),  road 
work,  surveying,  and  various 
home  projects 

6  No  substitute  for  or  equivalent  to  the  recreational  require- 
ment may  be  accepted  which  would  lead  to  the  inactivity 
of  pupils  during  periods  scheduled  within  the  regular 


PROGRAM  23 

session.  As  a  rule,  such  substitutes  or  equivalents  may  be 
balanced  only  against  periods  scheduled  at  the  end  of  the 
school  day  when  the  other  work  of  the  day's  session  has 
been  finished 

"  7  The  recreational  requirement  may  be  included  in  the  daily 
schedule  with  the  regular  recitation  periods  or  it  may  be 
covered  in  morning  or  afternoon-  intermissions  or  both, 
or  it  may  be  covered  in  a  period  added  as  a  continuation 
of  the  day's  schedule 
Fifth:  (i)  That  in  those  schools  in  which  but  one  teacher  is 

employed,  instruction  of  pupils  in  the  several  phases  of  physical 

training  be  a  function  of  that  teacher. 

(2)  That  in  schools  in  which  two  or  more  teachers  are  employed : 
(a)  each  teacher  will  inspect  the  health  conditions  of  the  children 
in  every  class  he  meets,  and  the  sanitary  condition  of  every  room  in 
which  he  carries  on  school  work;   (b)   each  teacher  will  direct  a 
setting-up  drill  at  the  beginning  of  each  period  in  which  he  meets  a 
class,  or  at  least  four  times  in  each  day's  session;   (c)   if  special 
teachers  are  not  -employed  for  the  purpose,  the  principal  shall  desig- 
nate one  teacher,  who  must  have  had  special  training  in  such  serv- 
ice, with  such  other  teachers  as  may  be  needed  to  act  as  assistants 
to  direct  the  gymnastic  drills  and  elementary  marching  and  take 
charge    of    the    instruction    in    hygiene    and    the    supervision    of 
recreation. 

(3)  That  whenever  it  is  reasonably  possible  to  do  so  the  more 
capable  pupils  be  trained  to  lead  squads  or  groups  or  classes  in  the 
setting-up  drills,  recreational  activities  and  gymnastic  periods.  Such 
leadership  must  always  remain  under  the  close  supervision  of  the 
teacher  in  charge  and  must  not  be  used  to  relieve  the  teacher  of 
direct  and  immediate  command  of  any  of  these  activities. 

(4)  That  the  teacher  in  charge  of  physical  training  report  the 
work  done  in  physical  training  under  his  direction  at  the  end  of 
each  year  in  conformity  with  blanks  and  directions  furnished  for 
the  purpose.     Such  reports  are  to  be  made  to  The  University  of  the 
State  of  New  York  by  the  school  superintendent  and  copies  supplied 
to  the  Military  Training  Commission. 

(5)  That  in  schools  in  which  two  or  more  teachers  are  employed, 
schedule  adjustments  should  be  made  so  that  no  one  teacher  shall  be 
given  a  disproportionate  amount  of  additional  work. 

(6)  That  expertly  trained  teachers  should  be  selected  to  direct 
the  gymnastic  drills  and  marching  and  to  supervise  and  instruct  in 
organized  recreation  and  athletics. 


24  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(7)  That  the  class  teacher  shall  report  to  the  special  teacher  of 
physical  training  once  each  week,  or  at  such  intervals  as  may  be 
determined  by   the  school   authorities,   for  instruction  and   advice 
concerning  the  work  in  physical  training. 

(8)  In  those  districts  for  which  supervisors  of  physical  training 
have  been  appointed  all  class  teachers  concerned  and  all   special 
teachers  of  physical  training  shall  report  regularly  to  the  supervisor 
for  instruction   and  advice  as   directed  by  the  authorities  of  the 
school. 

Sixth:  That  a  supervisor  of  physical  training  be  appointed  for 
each  union  free  school  district  in  which  provision  is  made  for  phy- 
sical training,  and  that  such  supervisor  be  selected  with  special 
reference  to  his  .capacity  for  organization  and  supervision,  his  good 
character,  and  his  knowledge  and  experience  in  physical  training. 

Seventh:  That  in  applying  the  proposed  course  o-f  study  in  phy- 
sical training,  the  courses  already  in  operation  in  the  various  schools 
of  the  State  be  examined  with  a  view  to  their  approva.1  with  as  little 
disturbance  as  is  reasonably  possible. 

Under  the  recommendations  outlined  above,  the  schedule  for 
physical  training  irr  the  schools  of  the  State  would  be  as  follows : 

Elementary  Schools  and  Secondary  Schools 

1  Physical  training  A :  correlation  with  school  medical  inspection, 

daily  inspection  of  every  class  by  the  regular  class  teacher 

2  Physical  training  B :  setting-up  drills  of  at  least  two  minutes' 

duration  at  the  beginning  of  each  class  period,  or  at  least  four 
times  every  school  day,  under  the  direction  of  the  regular  class 
teacher 

3  Physical  training  C :  talks  on  hygiene,  two  ten-minute  or  fifteen- 

minute  periods  a  week,  under  the  regular  class  teacher  or  a 
teacher  appointed  for  this  special  work 

4  Physical  training  D :  supervised  recreation,  organized  play,  and 

athletics 

a  Immediate  requirement  —  physical  training  E  may  be  substi- 
tuted ( i )  Sixty  minutes  each  week  under  the  regular  class 
teacher,  a  special  teacher,  or  both 

b  Additional  recreational  requirement,  to  go  into  effect  not 
later  than  September  /p//.  See  (4)  and  (5),  pages  15 
and  16. 

5  Physical  training  E :  gymnastic  drills,  sixty  minutes  a  week  under 

direction  of  special  teacher  of  physical  training 


THE  SYLLABUS 

The  Syllabus  on  Physical  Training  covered  in 
the  following  pages  was  prepared  by  the  Military 
Training  Commission  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
This  syllabus  was  published  in  a  tentative  form  by 
the  commission  under  date  of  September  29, 
1916,  and  three  thousand  copies  were  sent  to 
school  superintendents,  school  principals  and  to 
other  educational  authorities  for  suggestions  and 
advice.  This  revised  syllabus  is  a  product 
of  cooperative  advice  from  these  various  sources. 
This  syllabus  was  adopted  by  the  Regents  of  The 
University  of  the  State  of  New  York  on  October 
19,  1916,  under  the  following  resolution : 

Voted,  That  the  syllabus  in  physical  training 
as  recommended  by  the  Military  Training  Com- 
mission be  approved,  and  that  the  Commissioner 
of  Education  be  empowered  to  make  such  modi- 
fication of  detail  as  is  necessary  in  applying  the 
general  program  to  meet  'the  varying  conditions 
throughout  the  State,  and  to  accept  in  lieu  of  the 
specific  exercises  prescribed  or  recommended  in 
this  syllabus  such  exercises  as  may  be  determined 
by  him  to  be  the  full  equivalent. 
[25] 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

The  labor  of  organizing  and  compiling  the 
contents  of  this  syllabus  has  been  lightened 
because  of  the  excellent  examples  furnished  in 
the  syllabuses  now  being  used  in  various  schools 
in  this  and  other  states.  The  publishing  com- 
panies that  edit  books  along  these  lines  have  been 
generous  without  exception.  Individual  criticism 
has  been  given  kindly  and  helpfully  by  experts  in 
all  phases  of  physical  training.  The  suggestions  of 
Dr  George  J.  Fisher,  secretary  of  the  physical  de- 
partment of  the  international  committee  of  the 
Young  Men's  Christian  Associations,  Dr-C.  Ward 
Crampton,  director  of  physical  training  in  the 
public  schools  of  New  York  City,  and  of  Dr 
William  A.  Howe,  State  Medical  Inspector,  were 
of  especial  value.  Particularly  useful,  also,  have 
been  the  advice  and  services  of  Frederic  A.  Woll, 
assistant  professor  of  hygiene,  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York,  Miss  Jessie  H.  Bancroft, 
assistant  director  of  physical  training  of  the 
public  schools  of  New  York  City,  and  of  Mr 
Daniel  Chase  and  Mr  Herman  J.  Norton,  assist- 
ant state  inspectors  of  physical  training. 

THOMAS  A.  STOREY 

[26] 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PHYSICAL  TRAINING 

For  elementary  and  secondary  schools 

1  Physical    training    A:      correlation    with    school    medical 

inspection,  daily  class  inspection  by  regular  class  teacher 

2  Physical    training   B:    a    setting-up    drill  of   at   least  two 

minutes'  duration  at  the  beginning  of  each  class  period, 
or  at  least  four  times  every  school  day,  directed  by  regu- 
lar class  teacher 

3  Physical  training  C:  talks  on  hygiene,  two  ten-minute  or 

fifteen-minute  periods  a  week,  under  regular  class  teacher 
or  a  teacher  especially  assigned  to  this  work  (to  go  into 
effect  September  1917) 

4  Physical  training  D :     supervised  recreation. 

a  Immediate  requirement:  (physical  training  E  may 
be  substituted)  sixty  minutes-  each  week,  under 
the  regular  class  teacher,  or  special  teacher,  or  both 

b  Recreational  requirement,  to  go  into  effect  not  later 
than  September  1917 

(1)  For  schools  with  adequate  equipment,  a 
minimum  of  four  hours  a  week,  at  least  one  of 
which  must  be  under  the  direct  supervision  of 
the  regular  school  officials ;  the  other  three  hours 
may  be  satisfied  by  equivalents  accepted  by  the 
school  from  the  home  or  community  activities  of 
the  child 

(2)  For  schools  without  adequate  equipment 
for  supervised  recreation,  a  minimum  of  three 
hours  a  week  will  be  required,  all  of  which  may 
be   covered  by  equivalents   accepted   from  the 
home  or  community  activities  of  the  child.    This 
requirement   for  inadequately  equipped  schools 
must  not  be  regarded  as  permanent  or  satisfac- 
tory.    All  schools  should  eventually  make  pro- 
vision for  meeting  the  requirement  as  outlined 
above  in  paragraph  i 

5  Physical  training  E :    gymnastic  drills,  sixty  minutes  a  week 

under  special  teacher  of  physical  training 
[27] 


28  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

a  Immediate  requirement  —  may  substitute  the  imme- 
diate requirement  in  physical  training  D  (super- 
vised recreation),  sixty  minutes  a  week,  for  this 
requirement  in  gymnastic  drills 

b  Requirement  to  go  into  effect  not  later  than  Septem- 
ber 1917.  All  schools  in  which  there  is  adequate 
space  and  equipment  for  gymnastic  activities  will 
provide  a  minimum  of  sixty  minutes  each  week 
distributed  into  at  least  two  periods  a  week 


SUMMARY  OF  TIME  REQUIREMENT 

For  the  present  school  year,  1916 

1  Physical  training  A :  a  few  seconds  or  minutes  daily. 

2  Physical  training  B :  eight  minutes  a  day,  forty  minutes  a  week. 

3  Physical  training  C:  continuation  of  present  requirement. 
|  Physical  training  D :  sixty  minutes  a  week,  or 

^  Physical  training  E :  sixty  minutes  a  week 
Total  time  requirement,  100  minutes,  plus  A  and  C. 

For  year  beginning  in  September  1917 

1  Physical  training  A:     No  change. 

2  Physical  training  B:     No  change. 

3  Physical  training  C :     Twenty  to  thirty  minutes  a  week. 

4  Physical  training  D: 

a  For  schools  that  are  equipped,  four  hours  a  week 

(1)  Minimum  of  one  hour  a  week  under  direct  super- 

vision of  school 

(2)  Maximum  of  three  hours  a  week  that  may  be  covered 

by  such  home  or  community  activities  as  may  be 
recognized  by  the  school  authorities  as  equivalent 
to  this  recreational  requirement 

b  For  schools  that  are  not  equipped,  three  hours  a  week.  To 
be  covered  by  home  or  community  activities  recognized 
by  the  school  authorities  as  recreational  equivalents 

5  Physical  training  E:     For  schools  that  are  equipped,  minimum 

of  sixty  minutes  a  week. 

[29] 


Physical  Training  Syllabus 

PHYSICAL  TRAINING  A 

The  syllabus  in  physical  training  A  covers : 

1  Correlation  with  the  work  of  the  State  Medical  Inspector  of 
Schools  in  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

2  Daily   health   and   sanitary   inspections   by   the   regular    class 
teacher  in  all  classes  and  in  all  terms  of  the  elementary  and  second- 
ary schools. 

Directions  to  Teachers 

1  Appoint  each  week  or  at  other  appropriate  intervals,  a  sufficient 
number  of  pupils  (two,  four  or  six,  depending  on  the  size  of  the 
class)  to  serve  as  "  health  officers  "  or  "  sanitary  inspectors  "  for 
the  class  and  classroom.    With  a  little  care  in  the  initial  instruction, 
and  subsequent  direction,  these  pupil  health  officers  may  render 
very  effective  service  and  stimulate  a  real  interest  in  the  better 
hygiene  and  sanitation  of  the  school.    These  pupil  officers  should  be 
rated  by  the  teacher  for  quality  of  service  at  the  end  of  each  term  of 
office. 

The  duties  of  pupil  health  officers  may  be 

a  To  open  the  windows  wide  and  air  the  schoolroom  thoroughly 
every  day  before  the  session  begins  and  at  the  end  of  every  class 
period  and  during  the  setting-up  drills. 

b  To  remove  chalk,  scraps  of  paper  and  other  litter  from  the 
floor,  hallways,  stairs,  school  yard  and  sidewalk  at  intervals  desig- 
nated by  the  teacher  (not  to  be  substituted  for  the  work  of  the 
janitor). 

c  To  consult  the  room  thermometer  at  appropriate  intervals  and 
assist  in  securing  a  desirable  temperature  (between  65°  and  68°  F). 

d  To  help  in  the  plans  of  the  school  to  keep  the  school  buildings, 
equipment  and  premises  clean. 

2  The  teacher  should  supervise  the  selection  of  pupil  officers  and 
direct  their  activities.     The  relationship  may  easily  be  of  great 
educational  value.    Habits  of  community  hygiene  will  be  established 
in  young  citizens. 

3  The  windows  of  all  schoolrooms  that  are  in  use  should  be 
opened    daily    before    sessions    and    regularly    during    sessions, 

[31] 


32  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

especially  during  the  setting-up  drills ;  when  the  weather  will  permit, 
the  windows  should  be  open  all  the  time;  keep  the  windows  "  down 
at  the  top."  (These  plans  for  window  ventilation  may  be  altered 
in  those  schools  where  other  systems  of  ventilation  are  in  success- 
ful operation.) 

4  Inspect  children  for  cleanliness  and  neatness,  signs  of  physical 
abnormality  and  injury,  or  illness. 

a  The  most  effective  instructional  results  in  cleanliness  and  neat- 
ness may  be  secured  through  rapid  inspection  and  subsequent  advice. 

b  The  experienced  teacher  is  likely  to  be  the  first  to  detect  devia- 
tions from  the  normal  in  the  appearance  of  school  children.  One 
may  thus  detect  disease  early  and  secure  early  care  with  a  conse- 
quent early  recovery  or  may  save  or  reduce  schoolroom  contagion 
and  epidemics  through  early  and  prompt  attention. 

c  Inspect  your  pupils  for  signs  of  health  disorders  and  physical 
defects  every  day,  the  first  time  you  see  them.  Cultivate  the  habit 
of  rapid  general  observation  of  the  entire  class.  After  some  experi- 
ence, these  inspections  will  take  only  a  few  seconds  of  time.  The 
more  detailed  examination  is  a  duty  of  the  physican,  not  the 
teacher.  Be  always  on  the  alert  to  detect  signs  of  health  disorder. 
Do  not  be  afraid  to  make  mistakes.  Be  quiet  about  your  in- 
spections and  your  judgments  about  your  pupils.  Make  your 
relationship  sympathetic  and  confidential.  When  you  note  that  a 
child  is  showing  signs  of  disordered  health  make  your  further 
investigation  of  those  signs  quietly  so  that  the  attention  of  other 
children  may  not  be  unduly  drawn  to  the  event. 

(i)  Conditions  which  call  for  immediate  attention.  Children 
showing  any  of  the  signs  noted  below,  should  be  sent  home  by  the 
teacher  or  principal,  and  should  remain  out  of  school  until  they  can 
return  with  safety  to  themselves  and  their  schoolmates.  Return  to 
school  should  be  contingent  on  a  formal  health  certificate  by  the 
family  physician,  health  officer  or  school  physician. 

1  Sore  throat  10  Vomiting 

2  Earache  n  Frequent  coughing 

3  Running  nose  12  Convulsions 

4  Sore  eyes  of  any  kind  13  Swollen  glands  in  neck 

5  Dizziness  or  faintness  14  Pufiiness  of  face  and  eyes 

6  Fever  15  Shortness  of  breath 

7  Flushed     face     without  16  Acute  pain 

normal  cause  17  Parasitic  skin  troubles  of 

8  Chills  any  kind 

9  Eruptions 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    A 


33 


(2)   Other  signs  which  are  important  for  the  teacher  to  observe. 


1  Poor     physical    develop- 

ment 

2  Deficient  weight 

3  Underdevelopment 

4  Excessive  fat 

5  Low  endurance 

6  Easy  fatigue 

7  Disinclination  to  play 

8  Pallor 

9  Malnutrition 

10  Mouth  breathing 

11  Nasal  voice 

12  Catarrh 

13  Offensive  breath 

14  Chronic  cough 

15  Deafness     or     discharge 

from  ears 

1 6  Headaches 

17  Squinting 

1 8  Holding    book    too    near 

face 

19  Decayed     or     discolored 

teeth 

20  Marked    clumsiness    in 

using  hands 


21  Twitching  of   eyes,   face 

or  any  part  of  body; 
grimaces 

22  Emotional     disturbances, 

tears       or      hysterical 
laughter 

23  Habitual  inattention 

24  General  nervousness 

25  Awkward    or    stumbling 

gait 

26  Stammering 

27  Irritability  or  temper  fits 

28  Frequent  requests  to  go 

out 

29  Lack  of  concentration 

30  Slow  mentality 

31  Blank  expression 

32  Slow  progress  in  study 

33  Cruel  or  abnormal  dispo- 

sition 

34  Stooping        and      round 

shoulders 

35  Peculiar    or    faulty    pos- 

tures 

36  Pigeon-toed  gait 

37  Knock-knees  or  bowlegs 


(a)  The  presence  of  such  signs  should  be  reported  to  the  child's 
parents  or  guardian,  either  directly  by  the  teacher  or  principal,  or 
by  way  of  the  school  nurse  or  other  specially  qualified  school  official. 

(b)  Effort  should  be  made  to  inform  the  parents  accurately  con- 
cerning the  importance  of  wise  health  supervision  and  the  child 
should  receive  such  health  instruction  as  may  help  him  take  intelli- 
gent care  of  his  body  and  its  organs. 

(c)  Each  case  should  be  followed  up  and  a  record  made  of  what 
is  done  and  of  the  benefit  secured  for  the  child. 

(3)  Signs  of  disordered  health  for  which  children  should  be  kept 
at  home  by  their  parents  and  the  school  notified.  After  such 
absence  the  child's  return  to  school  should  be  contingent  on  a  cer- 
tificate of  health  from  the  family  physician,  health  officer  or  school 


34  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

physician.  The  signs  to  be  noted  at  home  are  in  general  the  same 
as  those  indicated  above  in  group  ( I )  ;  emphasis  may  be  laid,  how- 
ever, upon  the  following: 

1  Nausea  or  vomiting  6  Running  nose 

2  Chills  7  Sore  throat 

3  Dizziness,     faintness     or  8  Acutely  swollen  glands  in 

unusual  pallor  neck 

4  Rash  of  any  kind  9  Cough 

5  Fever 

5  The  Education  Law  on  medical  inspection  gives  the  teacher 
a  number  of  added  opportunities  to  be  of  increasing  service  to  the 
school  child  and  to  the  community.  The  provisions  of  that  law  are 
covered  concisely  in  the  following  letter  written  by  a  superintendent 
to  his  teachers: 

To  Boards  of  Education,  Trustees,  and  Principals: 

The  new  medical  inspection  law,  enacted  by  the  last  Legislature,  while  ii 
adds  to  your  duties  and  responsibilities,  will  prove  of  great  benefit  to  our 
schools,  if  properly  and  judiciously  enforced.  The  Education  Department 
of  the  State  asks  and  expects  our  hearty  cooperation,  in  putting  this  salutary 
measure  into  operation,  as  promptly  and  as  completely  as  possible. 

That  the  requirements  and  provisions  of  this  new  law  may  be  clearly  and 
correctly  understood,  your  careful  attention  is  hereby  called  to  the  following 
considerations : 

1  The  enforcement  of  this  law  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  school  author- 
ities and  not  of  the  health  authorities   of  the  several  towns  and   villages. 
When   health   officers   are   employed   as   medical   inspectors   by  trustees   and 
boards  of  education,  they  are  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  school, 
authorities  and  not  of  the  health  authorities,  so  far  as  their  duties  as  medical 
inspectors  are  concerned. 

2  This  law  requires  the  school  authorities  of  every  school  district  to  employ 
a  medical  inspector,  who  must  be  a  physician,  properly  licensed  to  practise 
medicine  in  this  State  and  have  had  at  least  two  years  of  practice. 


d  The  medical  inspector  is  authorized  by  this  law  to  examine  all  teachers 
and  janitors  employed  in  the  public  schools,  and  to  make  a  sanitary  inspection 
of  all  school  buildings. 

e  This  law  also  authorizes  the  employment  of  a  district  nurse,  who  must  be 
a  trained  and  registered  nurse,  legally  qualified  to  practise  as  such. 

3  This  law  further  requires  every  child  attending  the  public  schools,  upon 
entering  school  or  within  thirty  days  thereafter,  to  bring  to  the  teacher  a 
health  certificate,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  Education  Department. 

a  These  certificates  must  be  made  by  regularly  licensed  physicians,  within 
thirty  days  before  their  presentation  to  the  teachers. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    A  35 

b  Blank  certificates  in  the  prescribed  form  are  to  be  furnished  by  the  school 
authorities  of  the  several  districts,  at  the  expense  of  the  district,  and  should 
be  in  the  hands  of  all  physicians  who  may  be  called  upon  to  give  these 
certificates. 

c  School  principals  are  required,  by  this  law,  to  notify  all  pupils  who  fail 
to  present  a  proper  health  certificate  within  thirty  days,  that  they  must  do  so 
within  the  next  thirty  days.  All  pupils  who  fail  to  hand  in  the  required  certifi- 
cate within  this  second  period  of  thirty  days  must  be  examined  by  the  district 
medical  inspector. 

d  When  these  required  health  certificates  are  obtained  from  the  family 
physician,  or  from  a  physician  selected  by  the  parent  or  guardian  of  any 
pupil,  the  charge  for  the  certificate  must  be  met  by  the  parent  or  guardian. 
If  the  certificate  is  issued  by  the  district  medical  inspector,  after  an  examina- 
tion of  any  pupil,  no  charge  is  to  be  made  against  the  parent  or  guardian  of 
such  pupil. 

e  Parents  and  guardians  may  waive  their  right  to  have  these  certificates 
issued  by  their  family  physicians,  or  by  physicians  of  their  selection.  In  all 
such  cases,  the  district  medical  inspector  will  make  the  examinations  and 
issue  the  certificates. 

/  School  principals  will  keep  all  health  certificates  on  file  at  the  school,  until 
the  end  of  the  school  year,  when  they  are  to  be  turned  over  to  the  school 
district  clerk. 

g  A  new  health  certificate  must  be  presented  by  each  pupil  at  the  opening 
of  each  school  year. 

5  Under  this  law,  the  school  authorities  are  required  to  make  eye  and  ear 
tests  of  all  pupils,  at  least  once  in  each  year.     These  tests  are  to  be  made 
under  the  general  guidance  of  the  district  medical  inspectors  and   district 
nurses.    Principals  and  teachers,  however,  who  were  supplied  with  test  cards, 
blanks,  and  other  material  for  making  these  examinations,  last  year,  should 
commence  the  work  at  once,  as  the  eyes  and  ears  of  all  pupils  must  be 
examined.    The  filing  of  a  health  certificate  does  not  exempt  any  pupil  from 
these  tests.    Every  school  will  be  supplied  with  copies  of  the  instructions  for 
making  these  examinations,  prepared  by  the  State  Commissioner  of  Health, 
together  with  test  cards,  blanks  and  record  books,  as  soon  as  practicable. 

6  When  pupils  are  found,  upon  examination,  to  be  suffering  from  defective 
sight  or  hearing,  or  from  any  other  physical  disability,  tending  to  prevent  them 
from  receiving  the  full  benefit  of  school  work,  the  teacher  is  required  to  notify 
the  parents  or  guardians  of  such  pupils.     If  the  parents  or  guardians  are 
unable  or  unwilling  to  provide  the  necessary  relief  and  treatment  for  such 
pupils,  this  fact  must  be  reported  to  the  district  medical  inspector,  who  is 
required  to  provide  the  necessary  relief  or  treatment  at  the  expense  of  the 
school  district. 


8  Any  school  district  which  fails  or  refuses  to  enforce  this  medical  inspec- 
tion law  will,  in  the  discretion  of  the   State  Commissioner  of   Education, 
forfeit  its  share  of  public  money. 

9  You  will  note  that  the  health  certificate  calls  for  the  date  of  vaccination. 
This  affords  an  excellent  opportunity   for  enforcing  the  provisions  of  the 
public  health  law  as  to  vaccination. 


36  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

a  Section  22  of  the  public  health  law  provides  that  "  no  child  or  person  not 
vaccinated  shall  be  admitted  or  received  into  any  of  the  public  schools  of  the 
State." 

b  The  school  authorities  of  each  school  district  are  expected  and  required  to 
enforce  the  provisions  of  this  law. 

c  School  authorities  should  adopt  a  resolution,  excluding,  upon  ten  days' 
notice,  all  unvaccinated  persons  from  their  schools. 

d  Parents  and  guardians  who  neglect  or  refuse  to  have  children,  so 
excluded  from  school,  properly  and  promptly  vaccinated,  are  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  the  compulsory  education  law  and  must  provide  lawful  instruc- 
tion for  such  unvaccinated  children,  elsewhere  than  the  public  school,  or  be 
liable  to  the  penalty  for  violation  of  the  compulsory  law. 

In  the  sincere  hope  that  we  may  all  work  together  for  the  betterment  of  our 
schools  by  wisely  enforcing  these  sanitary  laws,  I  remain, 

[Signed],  JAMES  S.  COOLEY,  M.  D. 

District  Superintendent 
Mineola,  N.  Y.t  October  i,  1913 

The  syllabus  on  hygiene  recently  adopted  for  the  schools  of  New 
York  City  contains  the  following  plan  for  routine  class  inspection. 
While  this  method  of  general  class  inspection  takes  more  of  the 
class  room  teacher's  time  than  is  contemplated  by  the  State  Syllabus, 
the  time  consumed  is  fully  justified  in  the  schools  of  New  York 
City  and  in  other  schools  that  present  the  same  problems  in  per- 
sonal hygiene. 

The  following  is  a  typical  method  of  conducting  the  inspection  when  the 
class  is  seated  in  the  classroom : 

NOTE:  Not  all  of  the  following  items  need  be  noted  every  day,  but  none 
should  be  neglected  during  the  week. 

Heads  (of  girls)  should  be  inspected  at  least  three  times  a  week,  when  the 
teacher  should  take  her  place  near  the  window  and  the  class  file  past  her. 
Special  attention  should  be  given  to  chronic  offenders.  There  should  be  a 
daily  inspection  for  acute  contagious  diseases.  It  is  not  essential  that  a 
record  be  kept  of  the  conditions  found. 

A  General  class  inspection 

If  the  principal  desires  to  have  "a  general  class  inspection,"  the  following 
is  a  suggested  method : 

Ready  for  inspection  —  Class  attention:  (Note  any  obvious  signs  of  ill- 
ness.) Coats,  sweaters  and  rubbers  should  be  removed. 

The  teacher  standing  in  the  front  of  the  room  should  note  the  following 
items.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  embarrass  the  delinquents  unnecessarily. 

1  Blouses;  shirts;  dresses;  collars.     Note  cleanliness  and  order. 

2  Ties;  hair1  ribbons;  order  of  hair. 

3  Handkerchiefs. 

4  Individual  toothbrushes.     The  teacher  should  ask  the  children  who  have 
individual  toothbrushes,   to   stand.     The  increased  number    from   day  to 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   A  37 

day  should  be  noted.  Toothbrush  drills  should  be  practiced  in  pantomime 
during  the  hygiene  lesson  on  daily  routine.  Every  effort  should  be  made 
to  have  each  child  possess  a  toothbrush. 

5  Teeth  brushed.     Children  who*  have  brushed  their  teeth  on  the  morning 
in  question  should  be  asked  to  stand. 

6  Nail  biting.     Pupils  who  do  not  bite  their  nails  should  stand. 

7  Shoes  are  inspected  by  one  of  the  following  methods: 

a  One  row  of  children  stands  in  the  aisle.  After  the  pupil  has  been 
inspected  he  seats  himself  quickly  and  quietly,  and  each  in  turn  fol- 
lows suit,  or 

b  The  pupils  remain  seated  but  turned  facing  the  window  with  their 
feet  in  the  aisles,  when  the  inspection  is  made  by  the  teacher  from 
the  head  of  each  aisle. 

B  Special  individual  inspection.  For  cleanliness  and  signs  of  illness  and 
contagion.  Class  at  attention.  Sleeves  are  rolled  up.  Desk  tops  are 
put  down.  Hands  and  arms  are  placed  on  the  desk  palms  down.  Each 
pupil  is  inspected  for  the  following  points  before  the  teacher  passes  on 
to  the  next. 

8  Hands  and  arms  are  inspected  for  cleanliness  and  rash. 

9  Nails  are   carefully   observed   as   to  cleanliness   and   biting.     Children 
should  cut  their  nails  short  and  take  a  pride  in  their  appearance. 

10  Teeth  are  displayed  by  having  the  lips  drawn  well  apart.     Emphasis 
should  be  placed  on  good  mouth  hygiene.     Charts  displaying  a  clean, 
even  healthy  set  of  teeth  may  be  hung  about  the  walls  of  the  classroom. 
The  same  plan  should  be  followed  showing  well-trimmed  finger  nails, 
clean  hands,  shirts,  ties  etc. 

11  Face;   12  Neck;   131  Ears;   14  Head,  are  finally  carefully  observed  as 
the  teacher  passes  from  child  to  child,  up  and  down  the  aisles.     The 
ears  and  neck  are  inspected  by  having  the  child  draw  his  collar  from  the 
neck  and  turn  his  head  first  to  one  side  and  then  to  the  other.    Heads 
are  bent  forward;  the  hair  pulled  up  from  above  and  behind  the  ears, 
braids  are  pulled  up,  uncleanliness  of  the  scalp  and  hair  is  noted.    This 
close  individual  inspection  affords  an  opportunity  for  the  teacher  to  dis- 
cover cases  of  contagion  and  to  refer  them  for  exclusion,  to  the  princi- 
pal, doctor  and  nurse.    The  following  should  be  observed:  head  (pedi- 
culi-nits,  eyes  (discharge),  skin  (rash),  and  the  early  signs  of  general 
illness  or  contagion.      (See  Symptoms  of  illness.)      When  unhygienic 
conditions  are  discovered,  an  endeavor  should  be  made  to  correct  them 
in  such  manner  as  not  to  occasion  embarrassment.    Children  who  show 
evidences  of  extreme  neglect  should  be  referred  to  the  principal  or  to 
the  nurse  for  home  visits. 

NOTE:  The  sounding  of  a  bell  announces  the  arrival  in  the  school  of  the 
doctor  and  nurse,  when  all  contagious  or  suspicious  cases  should  be 
sent  to  the  doctor's  office  for  examination  or  exclusion  if  necessary. 
A  "  Teacher's  reference  slip "  should  be  filled  out  for  each  child  to 
take  with  him  to  the  doctor's  office.  The  principal,  of  course,  will  con- 
tinue to  exclude  children  who  need  immediate  attention. 


38  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Referenced 

The  classification  of  the  signs  of  disordered  health  in  school 
children  noted  above  follow  closely  the  report  of  a  committee  of 
the  Advisory  Council  of  the  Commissioner  of  Health,  New  York 
City,  under  date  of  April  8,  1916.  The  chairman  of  that  committee 
was  Dr  L.  E.  Holt.  For  similar  classifications,  see  also  "  Indica- 
tions of  Health  Disorders  in  Children,  for  Teachers  and  Parents  " 
a  two  page  pamphlet  by  Thomas  J).  Wood  M.  D.,  Teachers  College, 
New  York  City;  and  "  Symptoms* of  Illness  in  School  Children 
Which  Should  Be  Observed  by  School  ^Teachers/'  Syllabus  on 
Hygiene,  Department  of  Education,  New  York  City,  C.  Ward 
Crampton,  M.  D. 

Burgerstein,  Leo.     School  Hygiene 

Dressier,  F.  B.     School  Hygiene 

Hoag,  E.  B.     The  Health  Irjdex  of  Children 

Rapeer,  L.  W.     School  Health  Administrations 

Steven,  E.  Z.     Medical  Supervision  in  Schools 

Terman,  L.  M.     The  Hygiene  of  the  School  Child 

Proceedings  of  the  American  School  Hygiene  Association 

Proceedings  of  the  various  International  Congresses  on  School  Hygiene 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    A 

Figure   i 


39 


Incorrect  posture 
(Weak  or  fatigue 
posture).  The  neck 
and  trunk  form  a  zig- 
zag line. 


Correct  posture 
(Strong,  healthful, 
beautiful  and  effi- 
cient). The  neck  and 
trunk  form  a  straight, 
vertical  line. 


Exaggerated  posture 
(Rigid,  ugly  and  in- 
correct). This  pos- 
ture can  be  held  only 
for  a  short  time  with 
great  effort. 


DRAWINGS    ILLUSTRATING    POSTURE 
From  photographs  furnished  by  the  American  Posture  League,  Inc. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Figure  2 


A  group  of  well-poised  boys 

DRAWINGS    ILLUSTRATE   POSTURE 
From  photographs  by  Bancroft 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    A 


Figure  3 


A    group   of    boys    stretching    informally 


The  same  group  stretching  with  attention  to  form 

DRAWINGS    ILLUSTRATING    POSTURE 
From  photographs  by  Bancroft 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Figure  4 


Upward  stretching  that  distorts  the  posture 


Upward    stretching   that   tends    to    cultivate   good  posture 

DRAWINGS    ILLUSTRATING    POSTURE 
From  photographs  by  Bancroft 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING  A 


43 


Figure  5 


Correct  position 


Incorrect   position 


DRAWINGS    ILLUSTRATING    POSTURE 
From  photographs  by  Bancroft 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING  B 

Setting-up  Drills 
Suggestions  for  the  Teacher 

1  Make  these  setting-up  periods  attractive  and  interesting.     They 
must  be  pleasant  periods  if  they  are  to  accomplish  their  best  results. 
Practise  cheerfulness. 

2  Explain  concisely  to  your  pupils  the  general  purpose  of  these 
drills.      Secure  their   intelligent   cooperation.      Call   attention   fre- 
quently to  the  importance  of  good  posture,  alert  obedience,  and 
regular  exercise. 

3  You  and  your  classes  will  get  as  much  out  of  your  exercise  as 
you  put  into  it.     Put  vigor  into  your  leadership  so  there  will  be 
vigor  in  the  response  from  your  pupils. 

4  Stand  straight!     Watch  your  own  posture!     Give  your  com- 
mands in  a  clear,   stimulating  voice.     Be  enthusiastic,  alert  and 
invigorating. 

5  You  can  get  as  much  out  of  these  exercises  as  your  pupils  do. 
Most  teachers  need  relaxation,  variation  in  occupation  and  exercise. 

6  Do  not  permit  your  pupils  to  sit  absolutely  still  between  drills. 
Encourage  them  to  change  position  often.     This  is  especially  im- 
portant with  younger  children. 

7  Do  not   lose  sight  of   the   fact  that  these   drills   are   health 
measures  and  are  parts  of  a  program  for  the  health  education  of 
school' children.     The  plan  will  succeed  if  the  children  acquire  the 
health  habits  you  teach  them.     Find  out  if  your  pupils  are  exer- 
cising at  home.     Encourage  them  to  practise  these  setting-up  drills 
at  home,   night   or  morning,   or  both.     Ask   them   for   reports   at 
intervals. 

8  Direct  pupil  "  health  officers  "  to  open  all  windows  during  each 
drill.     Secure  a  general  airing  of  the  room ;  remove  litter  that  may 
have  appeared,  and  put  the  room  in  order. 

9  Take  classes  out  of  doors  for  drills,  provided  conditions  are 
favorable.     This  is  especially  desirable  in  those  schools  in  which  out- 
door play  periods  are  not  provided. 

10  March  your  children  out  of  doors  once  each  month  for  a  fire 
drill,  unless   your   schedule  plan   already  provides   for  fire  drills. 
Arrange  to  use  all  the  safe  exits  available  for  such  drills. 

45 


46  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

11  Arrange  that  your  pupils  lead  drills  occasionally.     Ask  for 
criticism  from  pupils  but  insist  that  they  always  "  play  fair."    You 
may  find  it  profitable  to  use  pupil  leaders  regularly,  but  do  not 
neglect  your  own  exercise  because  of  such  help.     Always  give  the 
exercise  orders  yourself.     Do  not  delegate  your  responsibility  or 
real  leadership  to  your  pupils. 

12  As  a  rule,  in  each  drill,  devote  only  a  few  seconds  to  marching 
and  deep  breathing.     Spend  most  of  the  period  in  postural  and 
general  exercise. 

13  Two  minutes  is  the  minimum  length  of  these  setting-up  drills. 
Their  values  will  be  much  greater  if  they  are  continued  for  as  much 
as  four  or  even  five  minutes  each. 

14  When  you  give  a  command,  separate  your  order  for  prepara- 
tion from  your  order  of  execution  by  a  pause,  thus,  "  Class  — 
rise ! "     By  varying  the  length  of  the  pause,  the  pupils  will  be  put 
constantly  on  the  alert. 

15  The  teacher  should  demonstrate  these  movements  but  need 
not  necessarily  do  the  work  with  the  class.     Better  work  will  be 
accomplished,  however,  if  the  teacher  goes  through  the  drill  with 
the  class. 

16  The  teacher  will  place  the  class  in  the  aisles  in  such  position 
as  will  enable  the  pupils  to  perform  the  movements  in  the  drills 
with  the  least  interference  from  desks  or  chairs.     The  need  for 
this  precaution  may  make  it  necessary  to  change  the  position  of 
the  class  from  time  to  time  during  a  given  drill. 

17  Do  not  take  up  a  new  drill  until  the  old  one  has  been  satisfac- 
torily learned  and  profitably  used.     Health  values  are  sacrificed  if 
too  much  time  is  spent  learning  new  drills. 

18  It  will  be  found  advantageous  to  apply  the  "Triple  test  for 
posture"  once  each  month  (see  below).     The  first  test  each  term 
should  be  given  as  early  as  possible.     Compute  clr-ss  percentages, 
record  them,  and  report  the  same  to  the  proper  school  authority 
each  month. 

19  It  may  be  found  that  the  exercises  outlined  for  some  of  the 
following  drills  are  more  easily  applied  in  some  schoolrooms  than  in 
others.     For  instance,  countermarching  is  possible  only  with  wide 
aisles.     The  teacher  will  select  exercises  that  fit  the  conditions  of 
the  particular  schoolroom  in  which  they  are  applied. 

20  The  setting-up  drills  contained  in  this  syllabus  are  to  be  used 
in  all  schools  in  which  other  such  drills  have  not  been  authorized 
by  the  Regents.     School  authorities  desiring  to  plan  and  use  their 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  47 

own    drills    should    submit    their   proposals    to    the    Regents    for 
approval. 

21  The  teacher  of  the  one-room  school  and  the  teacher  in  larger 
schools  with  mixed  grades,  will  select  setting-up  drills  and  recrea- 
tional exercises  from  the  various  divisions  of  this  syllabus  that  more 
nearly  fit  the  pupils  in  the  school  concerned.    In  many  such  schools 
it  will  be  possible  to  divide  the  class  into  two  or  more  groups  for 
setting-up  drills  and  supervised  recreation.     Each  group  should  be 
made  up  of  three  or  four  or  more  individuals  somewhat  alike  in 
age  and  strength.    The  teacher  should  then  select  one  pupil  in  each 
group  who  with  some  special  instruction  may  serve  as  a  leader  for 
his  group  in  setting-up  drills,  games,  competitions,  and  so  on. 

22  In  case  such  a  division  of  the  class  is  not  practical,  the  teacher 
may  select  drills  and  games  that  may  be  used  by  the  whole  class. 
The  more  elementary  setting-up  drills  should  be  used  first. 

RESPONSE    AND    RHYTHMIC    COMMANDS:      EXPLANATION 
AND  DESCRIPTION 

(From  the  Syllabus  on  Physical  Training,  New  York  City  Schools) 

Response  commands 

Examples.     Preparatory   part  Pause  Executive   part 

1  Thrusting  arms  sideways  One ! 

2  Hands  on  hips  Place ! 

1  Preparatory  part 

a  The  preparatory  part  of  the  command  contains  a  brief  description  of 
the  exercise.  Its  purpose  is  to  tell  the  pupils  exactly  what  is  to  be  done. 

b  If  necessary  the  teacher  should  fully  describe  and  demonstrate  a  new 
exercise  before  giving  the  command.  When  the  pupils  know  what  is  to  be 
done  there  should  be  no  further  demonstration ;  the  command  should  be 
sufficient. 

c  The  teacher's  voice  should  be  clear  and  stimulating  and  her  manner 
interested  and  alert. 

d  When  the  exercise  is  well  known  the  preparatory  part  is  omitted  and 
the  commands,  One !  -  -  Two !  -  -  Three !  -  -  Four !  etc.,  are  sufficient. 

2  Pause 

a  After  the  preparatory  part,  the  teacher  should  pause  for  one  or  two 
seconds  before  giving  the  executive  command.  A  breath  taken  at  this  time 
will  prevent  the  neglect  of  the  pause  and  will  add  force  to  the  executive 
command. 

b  The  pause  must  be  varied  in  each  successive  command.  The  pupils 
should  never  know  when  the  executive  command  will  be  given.  A  neglect 
of  this  rule  destroys  alertness  and  inhibition.  The  only  exception  to  this 
rule  is  in  facing  when  the  pauses  may  be  equal,  to  establish  the  rhythm  of 
the  movement. 


48  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

3  Executive  part 

This  is  the  signal  to  move.    It  should  be  clear,  decisive  and  stimulating. 
Purpose 

Response  commands  are  used  in  the  introductory  part  of  the  lesson  and 
for  educational  exercises.  They  should  train  for  alertness,  accuracy  and 
inhibition.  The  teacher  should  see  that  these  results  are  obtained  whenever 
response  commands  are  used. 

Rhythmic  commands 

1  Preparatory  part 

a  The  preparatory  part  of  the  command  contains  a  brief  description  of 
the  exercise.  Its  purpose  is  to  tell  the  pupils  exactly,  what  is  to  be  done. 

b  If  necessary,  the  teacher  should  fully  describe  and  demonstrate  a  new 
exercise  before  giving  the  command.  When  the  pupils  know  what  is  to  be 
done,  the  command  should  be  sufficient. 

c  The  teacher's  voice  should  be  clear  and  stimulating  and  her  manner 
interested  and  alert. 

2  Setting  the  rhythm 

This  is  used  when  teaching  the  rhythm  and  is  necessary  when  the  exercise 
is  new  or  the  class  lacks  the  ability  to  begin  and  execute  the  exercise  in 
unison.  The  counts  should  be  given  once  or  twice  while  the  pupils  mentally 
enact  the  exercise  and  the  teacher  marks  the  rhythm,  indicating  the  move- 
ment or  beating  the  time  as  in  music.  For  the  last  count  the  command, 
"  Begin  !  "  is  substituted  and  the  exercise  and  counting  begin  simultaneously. 
Alert  attack  should  be  practised  until  obtained. 

3  Pause 

When  the  pupils  can  begin  the  exercise  simultaneously  and  continue  in 
unison,  the  teacher  should  omit  the  preliminary  counting  and  proceed  to 
practise  the  exercise,  using  the  second  form  of  command.  The  pupils  should 
then  be  alert  to  start  at  the  command,  "Begin!"  If  the  exercise  is  not 
begun  in  unison,  the  pupils  should  be  recalled  to  position  and  the  exercise 
begun  anew. 

4  Executive  part 

The  command,  "  Begin !  "  should  be  clear,  decisive  and  stimulating. 

5  Counting 

Counting  begins  with  the  initial  movement  and  proceeds  throughout  the 
exercise  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  the  proper  rhythm  and  stimulating 
vigorous  performance.  Counts  for  movements  of  extension,  that  is,  thrust- 
ing and  charging,  and  particularly  those  for  thrusting  arms  upward,  should 
be  emphasized.  Counting  may  be  in  groups  of  two  (1-2,  1-2,  1-2),  of 
four  (1-2-3-4,  1-2-3-4),  or  eight  (1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8). 

Special  Notes  on  Posture  1 

The  health  and  esthetic  values  of  good  posture  are  well  known, 
but  unfortunately  too  little  effort  is  made  to  counteract  the  influ- 
ences that  produce  poor  posture.  The  school  has  many  of  those 
influences. 


1  Taken   largely   from  "  The   Posture   of   School   Children"  by  Jessie  H. 
Bancroft. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    B  49 

The  teacher  should  become  expert  in  the  recognition  and  correc- 
tion of  poor  posture  in  the  sitting,  standing  and  marching  positions. 
The  vertical  line  test  may  be  employed  in  judging  posture. 

The  vertical  line  test.  In  good  posture  the  long  axis  of  the  trunk 
is  a  vertical  line  and  the  long  axis  of  the  neck  and  head  taken 
together  is  also  a  vertical  line.  An  imaginary  line  dropped  from  the 
front  of  the  ear  to  the  forward  part  of  the  foot  will  parallel  the 
long  axes  of  these  segments  of  the  body.  In  poor  posture  these 
axes  do  not  form  one  continuous  vertical  line  but  are  broken  into 
several  zigzag  lines.  (See  plate  I.) 

Sitting  posture.  "  There  are  three  correct  modes  of  sitting,  two  active  and 
the  other  resting.  In  the  active  positions  the  trunk  is  perfectly  erect,  or 
inclined  forward;  in  the  resting  position  it  is  reclined  backward.  Many 
people  make  the  mistake  of  including  in  the  act  of  sitting  a  relaxation  or 
collapsing  of  the  body  forward,  with  a  crease  at  the  waist.  The  interference 
which  such  an  attitude  makes  with  the  position  and  work  of  heart,  lungs, 
and  digestive  organs  is  anything  but  restful. 

"A  fundamental  direction  for  correct  sitting  is  to  push  back  in  the  chair 
as  far  as  possible  before  leaning  backward.  Sliding  down  in  the  seat  tilts 
the  pelvis  into  its  most  harmful  position,  and  should  never  be  allowed. 

"  All  leaning  forward  in  a  sitting  position,  as  in  formal  conversation  or  at 
the  dining  table,  should  be  from  the  hips,  not  from  the  waist. 

"When  one  wishes  to  rest  the  muscles  that  hold  the  trunk  erect  in  the 
sitting  position,  the  entire  trunk  should  be  reclined  backward  against  the 
back  of  the  chair  or  other  support.  This  accomplishes  the  object  without 
any  interference  with  the  broad,  open  chest  if  the  chair  back  be  of  the  right 
shape.  This  reclining  should  be  done  without  sliding  downward  and  forward 
in  the  seat." 

The  Triple  Test  for  Posture 

1  Standing  test.    Inspect  your  class  in  profile" and  judge  the  pos- 
ture of  each  child  rapidly.     Form  two  groups,  group  i  made  up  of 
those  that  have  good  posture  and  group  2  made  up  of  those  that 
have  not. 

2  Marching  test.    Apply  this  test  to  the  pupils  in  group  I  above. 
Have  them  drill  on  marching  tactics  for  a  few  minutes.     "  It  will 
be  found  that  as  the  march  proceeds  old  muscle  habits  will  reassert 
themselves  and  many  pupils  who  could  hold  a  correct  position  for 
a  few  minutes  of  quiet  standing  will   fall  into  habitually  faulty 
attitudes  as  they  march."     (Bancroft)     Pupils  showing  these  faults 
should  be  taken  from  the  line. 

3  Exercise  test.    Apply  this  test  to  the  pupils  that  pass  both  the 
standing  and  the  marching  tests.     Observe  these  pupils  for  a  few 
minutes  while  they  are  going  through  the  setting-up  drill  and  using 


5O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

the  arms  in  upward  positions.  As  the  muscles  of  the  neck, 
shoulders  and  back  weaken,  faulty  postures  will  appear.  As  such 
faults  of  execution  appear,  the  pupils  exhibiting  them  should  be 
dropped  from  the  line. 

The  pupils  passing  all  three  tests  should  be  classed  in  group  i ; 
those  that  do  not,  should  be  recorded  in  group  2. 

"  The  triple  test  standardizes  posture  so  that  it  is  possible  to  rate  a  pupil 
on  this  subject.  Every  pupil  who  successfully  passes  the  triple  test  for 
division  i  may  be  considered  as  passing  on  this  subject,  and  therefore  entitled 
to  at  least  a  passing  mark.  As  before  stated,  the  posture  of  some  of  these 
pupils  may  fluctuate  slightly  at  times,  but  will  be  good  in  the  main.  There 
will  be  others  in  division  i  who  have  habitually  good  posture,  no  matter 
how  they  may  be  occupied.  The  class  teacher  is  the  only  one  who  can  judge 
of  this  habitual  posture.  These  pupils  should  have  the  highest  rating  for  the 
subject  (A).  Some  teachers  have  preferred  to  have  two  sections  in  division 
I,  one  for  A  and  one  for  B  pupils,  and  this  is  unquestionably  an  advantage. 
Each  child  should  keep  his  individual  rating  on  this  subject,  and  the  teacher 
should  have  the  names  of  the  class  listed  with  the  posture  rating  opposite 
each. 

"  Habitual  sitting  positions  are,  of  course,  of  much  importance  in  any  rating 
of  pupils  for  posture.  These  should  be  considered  in  giving  a  pupil  the 
rating  of  A.  Any  pupil  who  can  pass  the  triple  test  for  standing  posture 
could  pass  any  test  for  sitting,  short  of  habitual  positions.  Therefore,  it  is 
the  A  rating  that  should  include  these. 

"  Class  percentages.  The  triple  test  not  only  standardizes  posture  for  the 
individual,  but  furnishes  a  basis  for  standardizing  the  class  as  a  whole,  and 
this  form  is  a  distinct  and  very  important  element  in  these  efficiency  methods. 
This  class  standardization  is  arrived  at  by  figuring  the  percentage  of  pupils 
in  division  i,  dividing  the  number  who  pass  the  test  by  the  total  attendance 
(not  register)  at  the  time  the  test  is  made.  For  instance,  with  forty  pupils 
present  in  a  class,  and  but  ten  passing  the  triple  test,  the  class  percentage  on 
posture  is  but  25  per  cent.  This  does  not  mean  that  each  pupil  of  those  pass- 
ing is  rated  at  25  per  cent,  but  that  25  per  cent  of  the  pupils  passed  the  test. 
It  is  the  class  record  on  the  subject.  Neither  pupils,  teacher  nor  principal 
will  rest  content  with  so  low  a  figure  for  this  or  any  Qther  subject,  and 
unquestionably  an  enormous  amount  of  the  zeal  and  satisfaction  which  these 
efficiency  methods  have  aroused,  has  come  from  this  means  of  estimating 
class  -record  and  progress.  It  is  a  great  satisfaction  to  a  teacher  to  have 
a  concrete  means  of  estimating  the  results  of  her  work,  and  there  is  a  strong 
element  of  justice  involved  in  such  a  method. 

"  Class  record.  The  class  percentage  should  be  figured  each  month  when 
the  triple  test  is  made,  and  a  systematic  record  kept  in  each  class,  both  on 
the  blackboard  and  in  some  permanent  form  in  some  record  book.  This  book 
may  well  be  devoted  exclusively  to  the  posture  record,  or  part  of  some  other 
permanent  record  book  may  be  used.  A  separate  book  is  preferable,  as  it 
gives  room  for  the  names  of  pupils  with  their  individual  ratings  (A,  B  or 
C)  in  addition  to  the  class  schedule.  When  placed  on  the  blackboard,  this 
record  rouses  the  pride  and  interest  of  the  class  so  that  they  work  to  raise 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  51 

the  percentage  from  month  to  month.  Another  form  is  a  bulletin  on  which 
appears,  in  addition  to  the  monthly  percentages,  the  names  of  pupils  in 
division  I,  who  are  classified  as  A  or  B.  The  class  should  always  know  its 
percentage,  and  whether  it  is  gaming  or  losing,  or  marking  time  from  month 
to  month.  To  omit  this  is  to  fail  of  using  one  of  the  most  potent  psycholog- 
ical elements  in  the  situation  —  the  one  that,  coupled  with  personal  desire 
for  promotion  from  division  2  to  division  I,  relieves  the  teacher  of  the 
necessity  for  continual  nagging  about  posture,  and  substitutes  therefor  a 
motive  in  the  child  himself. 

"  It  is  not  at  all  unusual  when  these  methods  are  first  introduced  to  find 
classes  that  are  naught  on  the  first  test ;  that  is,  classes  in  which  not  a  single 
child  is  able  to  pass  the  test.  The  teacher  should  never  hesitate  to  put  down 
these  figures,  nor  should  she  ever  strain  a  point  to  promote  a  child  to  division 
I  before  he  has  actually  achieved  the  posture  that  entitles  :him  to  be  there. 
In  other  words,  it  is 'not  figures,  but  the  facts  they  represent,  that  are 
essential,  and  it  is  unjust  to  a  child  to  lead  him  to  think  he  has  reached  a 
passing  mark  on  this  subject  when  he  still  needs  the  extra  effort  and  atten- 
tion for  posture  that  comes  from  being  in  division  2.  Some  teachers  find 
it  hard  not  to  reward  prolonged  effort  and  marked  improvement  by  promo- 
tion to  division  I  before  the  child  has  enough  endurance  in  a  correct  position 
to  go  through  the  test.  Other  means  for  encouragement  for  such  children 
may  be  found  than  allowing  them  to  think  they  have  arrived  at  the  desired 
standard. 

"A  systematic  record  of  her  .class  percentages  may  serve  the  further  pur- 
pose of  helping  a  teacher  to  find  the  faults  in  her  own  judgment  or  teaching 
on  this  subject.  For  instance,  if  the  percentage  be  very  high,  a  teacher 
should  make  sure  that  her  standard  is  not  too  lenient.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  the  percentage  shows  scarcely  any  advances  from  month  to  month,  the 
teacher  may  at  once  conclude  that  she  is  not  doing  what  she  should  to 
develop  the  posture  of  the  pupils  in  division  2;  that  she  is  failing  in  some 
way  to  get  the  corrective  values  from  her  gymnastic  lesson,  or  otherwise 
missing  the  point  necessary  for  improvement. 

"Reasonable  standards.  Just  what  is  a  reasonable  class  percentage  on 
posture?  Experience  has  shown  that  in  one  year's  use  of  these  efficiency 
methods  85  per  cent  is  an  average  figure,  the  largest  number  of  classes  rang- 
ing from  80  to  89  per  cent,  and  a  /considerable  number  reaching  100  per  cent, 
and  this,  although  it  is  not  at  all  unusual  for  many  classes  to  start  at  zero. 
The  effect  of  the  work  is  cumulative,  and  each  term  sees  an  advance  on  the 
ratings  of  the  previous  term,  as  the  development  of  the  children  progresses 
from  grade  to  grade. 

"The  triple  test,  and  all  else  described  here  in  this  connection  is  merely 
preliminary  to  the  teacher's  real  work  for  posture  —  the  corrective  teaching 
through  which  alone  those  pupils  deficient  in  posture  may  receive  the  develop- 
ment they  need.  This  development  lies  in  two  distinct  lines:  (i)  training 
the  muscular  sense  whereby  the  child  knows  whether  or  not  he  is  in  the 
correct  position  and  is  able  voluntarily  to  assume  it;  (2)  strengthening  by 
exercise  those  muscles  in  which  weakness  allows  lapsing  into  poor  posture. 
Nothing  can  be  done  for  posture  until  the  child  knows  how  it  feels  to 
stand  correctly. 


52  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Elevation  cues  for  posture.  The  "  elevation  cues  "  now  in  use  in 
the  schools  of  New  York  City  are  generally  favored  by  teachers  ?.s 
valuable  cooperative  postural  exercises.  They  are  described  briefly 
in  the  New  York  City  syllabus  as  follows.  (See  also  page  143.) 
The  teacher  may  find  it  advantageous  to  use  these  exercises  in  the 
setting-up  drills. 

"  To  get  good  posture  it  is  necessary  for  the  pupils  to  know  from 
experience  the  exact  positions  desired  in  response  to  elevation  cues.  These 
are  always  to  be  used  while  the  static  contraction  is  held  for  the  purpose  of 
lifting  and  straightening  the  body.  They  should  be  given  with  meaning, 
vigor  and  discrimination. 

"The  following  are  the  best   (see  illustrations  facing  page  144): 

Head  :  —  Up  !  Lift  the  head  ! 

Chest:  — Up!  Lift  the  chest! 

Waist:  — Flat!  Stretch  the  knees! 

Weight :  —  Forward  !  Stretch  the  ankles  ! 

(if  necessary)  Stand  tall! 

"  The  teacher  should  note  with  great  care  the  posture  of  each  pupil  and 
determine  what  improvement  is  necessary. 

"  Each  pupil  should  be  informed  of  his  defects  and  shown  how  to  correct 
them.  This  requires  constant  practice  and  much  individual  attention. 
Every  formal  exercise  should  start  and  finish  in  the  correct  standing 
position. 

"  Good  posture  without  rigidity  should  be  constantly  maintained." 


SETTING-UP  DRILLS;  FOR  GRADES  3  TO  8  INCLUSIVE  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  AND  FOR  ALL  FOUR  YEARS 
OF  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL 

Summary  of  Preceding  Suggestions  for  the  Teacher 

The  setting-up  drills  contained  in  this  syllabus  are  to  be  used  in 
all  schools  in  which  other  such  drills  have  not  been  authorized  by  the 
Regents.  School  authorities  desiring  to  plan  and  use  their  own 
drills  should  submit  their  proposals  to  the  Regents  for  approval. 

Time.  These  drills  are  to  be  given  at  the  beginning  of  each  class 
period,  except  after  an  intermission  or  gymnastic  lesson,  or  at  least 
four  times  in  the  school  day.  They  should  occupy  at  least  two 
minutes  and  four  or  five  may  profitably  be  used. 

Direction.  They  are  directed  by  the  regular  class  teacher,  who 

may  also  take  the  exercise. 

Selected  pupils  may  lead  the  drills  under  the  immediate  direction 
of  the  teacher. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  53 

Purpose.  I  Relief  from  sitting  still. 

2  Good  posture. 

3  Training  in  alertness,  accuracy  of  movement,  rapid 

obedience  and  orderly  response  to  command. 

4  Health.     By  regular  exercise  of  large  muscle  groups 

and  consequent  organic  stimulation. 

5  The  establishment  of  the  healthful  habit  of  regular 

exercise. 

i  Relaxation  exercises. 


ERRATA 

Page  52 
,  the  page  should  be  128.  instead  of  I44 

U 


quieting  effect. 
7  The  posture  test. 

Method,     General 

1  The  purpose  of  the  exercise  should  be  known  and 

made  plain  to  the  pupils  arousing  their  interest  in 
obtaining  results.  Attention  should  be  called  to 
improvement  in  posture,  alertness,  precision  and 
the  like. 

2  The  teacher  should  be  ever  a  model  of  straight  and 

N  erect  posture  and  should  be  alert,  enthusiastic, 
vigorous  and  stimulating.  Corresponding  qualities 
will  be  developed  in  the  class. 

3  The  tone  of  the  period  should  be  cheerful  and  the 

work  consistently  happy  and  interesting. 

4  It  will  profit  the  teacher  greatly  to  take  part  in  the 

exercise.  In  any  event,  the  teacher  should  demon- 
strate the  exercise  while  teaching  it. 

5  These  drills  should  be  used  at  home  night  and  morn- 

ing, to  establish  a  health  habit.  This  should  be 
made  clear  to  the  pupils  by  constant  reference  and 
request  for  reports. 

Setting-up   Drills  Suggested 

Two  sets  of  drills  are  suggested  below.  Either  set  may  be  used, 
or  the  school  may  plan  its  own  setting-up  drills.  (See  specially, 
paragraphs  17,  19,  20  and  21  above).  The  group  of  drills,  pages 


52  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Elevation  cues  for  posture.  The  "  elevation  cues  "  now  in  use  in 
the  schools  of  New  York  City  are  generally  favored  by  teachers  ?.s 
valuable  cooperative  postural  exercises.  They  are  described  briefly 
in  the  New  York  City  syllabus  as  follows.  (See  also  page  143.) 
The  teacher  may  find  it  advantageous  to  use  these  exercises  in  the 
setting-up  drills. 

"  To  get  good  posture  it  is  necessary  for  the  pupils  to  know  from 
experience  the  exact  positions  desired  in  response  to  elevation  cues.  These 
arf  alwavs  to  he  used  while  the  static  contraction  is  held  for  the  purpose  of 
li 


] 

( 

Waist:  —  .blat!  srreicn  me  KUCCS  : 

Weight :  —  Forward  !  Stretch  the  ankles  ! 

(if  necessary)  Stand  tall! 

"  The  teacher  should  note  with  great  care  the  posture  of  each  pupil  and 
determine  what  improvement  is  necessary. 

"  Each  pupil  should  be  informed  of  his  defects  and  shown  how  to  correct 
them.  This  requires  constant  practice  and  much  individual  attention. 
Every  formal  exercise  should  start  and  finish  in  the  correct  standing 
position. 

"  Good  posture  without  rigidity  should  be  constantly  maintained." 


SETTING-UP  DRILLS;  FOR  GRADES  3  TO  8  INCLUSIVE  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  AND  FOR  ALL  FOUR  YEARS 
OF  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL 

Summary  of  Preceding  Suggestions  for  the  Teacher 

The  setting-up  drills  contained  in  this  syllabus  are  to  be  used  in 
all  schools  in  which  other  such  drills  have  not  been  authorized  by  the 
Regents.  School  authorities  desiring  to  plan  and  use  their  own 
drills  should  submit  their  proposals  to  the  Regents  for  approval. 

Time.  These  drills  are  to  be  given  at  the  beginning  of  each  class 
period,  except  after  an  intermission  or  gymnastic  lesson,  or  at  least 
four  times  in  the  school  day.  They  should  occupy  at  least  two 
minutes  and  four  or  five  may  profitably  be  used. 

Direction.  They  are  directed  by  the  regular  class  teacher,  who 

may  also  take  the  exercise. 

Selected  pupils  may  lead  the  drills  under  the  immediate  direction 
of  the  teacher. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  53 

Purpose.  I  Relief  from  sitting  still. 

2  Good  posture. 

3  Training  in  alertness,  accuracy  of  movement,  rapid 

obedience  and  orderly  response  to  command. 

4  Health.     By  regular  exercise  of  large  muscle  groups 

and  consequent  organic  stimulation. 

5  The  establishment  of  the  healthful  habit  of  regular 

exercise. 

Content,  i  Relaxation  exercises. 

2  Postural  exercises. 

3  Exercises  to  response  commands  for  nerve  and  muscle 

training. 

4  Exercises  to  rhythmic  commands  for  health  results. 

5  General  exercises  for  health  results. 

6  Breathing,  for  good  posture  and  for  its  refreshing  and 

quieting  effect. 

7  The  posture  test. 

Method.     General 

1  The  purpose  of  the  exercise  should  be  known  and 

made  plain  to  the  pupils  arousing  their  interest  in 
obtaining  results.  Attention  should  be  called  to 
improvement  in  posture,  alertness,  precision  and 
the  like. 

2  The  teacher  should  be  ever  a  model  of  straight  and 

x  erect  posture  and  should  be  alert,  enthusiastic, 
vigorous  and  stimulating.  Corresponding  qualities 
will  be  developed  in  the  class. 

3  The  tone  of  the  period  should  be  cheerful  and  the 

work  consistently  happy  and  interesting. 

4  It  will  profit  the  teacher  greatly  to  take  part  in  the 

exercise.  In  any  event,  the  teacher  should  demon- 
strate the  exercise  while  teaching  it. 

5  These  drills  should  be  used  at  home  night  and  morn- 

ing, to  establish  a  health  habit.  This  should  be 
made  clear  to  the  pupils  by  constant  reference  and 
request  for  reports. 

Setting-up  Drills  Suggested 

Two  sets  of  drills  are  suggested  below.  Either  set  may  be  used, 
or  the  school  may  plan  its  own  setting-up  drills.  (See  specially, 
paragraphs  17,  19,  20  and  21  above).  The  group  of  drills,  pages 


54  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

54-137,  were  assembled  by  Frederic  A.  Woll,  assistant  professor  of 
hygiene,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York.  The  "  Setting-up  drill " 
and  "Additional  exercises,"  pages  138-42,  were  suggested  by  Dr  C. 
Ward  Crampton,  director  of  physical  training,  public  schools  of 
New  York  City. 

Introductory    Instructions    and    Setting-Up    Exercises    for    all 
Classes  (see  paragraphs  17,  19,  20  and  21  above) 

Arranged  by  Frederic  A.  Woll 

Lesson  i    First  week 

Lessons  I  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  grades  3  to  8  in  the  elementary 
schools  and  to  all  terms  in  the  secondary  schools.  Those  lessons  then  will 
be  in  the  nature  of  review  exercises  during  the  second  term  of  this  year 
(1916-17).  They  should  therefore  be  more  effectively  and  perhaps  more 
rapidly  covered  in  the  second  term  than  in  the  first. 

Preparatory  commands  (may  be    used   by   all    teachers    for   all 
lessons) 

1  Ready  for  exercises ! 

(Pupils  stop  whatever  work  they  are  doing.     May  take  off 
coats  or  sweaters  if  it  is  found  desirable) 

2  Active  —  Position ! 

(Pupils  sit  erect  with  feet  on  floor  under  desk.     Arms  at 
sides) 

3  Class  —  Stand ! 

(Pupils  rise  quickly  and  quietly  and  assume  correct  stand- 
ing position) 

i  Relaxation:  Class,  Stretch  !  Attention  ! 

(Raise  arms  sideward,  upward,  a  little  forward 
of  vertical ;  rise  on  toes  and  stretch.  Another 
relaxation  exercise  te  described  by  Doctor 
Crampton  as  follows :  "  Hands  on  shoulders, 

Place !    Full  breath !    Fist  tight ! Stretch. 

The  pupils  bend  to  side  and  back  and  twist 

slightly  stretching  the  arms  as  they  naturally 

would  stretch  when  tired.")     "Attention  "  or 

"  Position "    should    be    correct    posture  — 

"  chest    high,"    and    arms    hanging    easily    at 

sides. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  55 

2  Exercise: 

a  Shut  fingers   (make  a  fist). 
b  Open  fingers  (forcefully). 

Four  times  with  arms  hanging  at  the  side  of  the  body, 
then  four  times  with  arms  moved  to  front  horizontal,  then 
four  times  with  arms  moved  to  side  horizontal,  then  four 
times  with  arms  moved  to  overhead,  then,  Position ! 

3  Select  pupil  health  officers: 

a  Choose  the  boys  and  girls  who  will  be  of  most  assistance  and 
most  likely  to  have  a  good  influence  over  the  rest  of  your  class. 

b  Assign  and  explain  duties  of  health  officers  and  arrange  that 
those  pupils  open  windows  and  inspect  the  room  without  further 
orders  whenever  a  setting-up  drill  is  announced.  The  time  for  the 
execution  of  their  other  duties  should  be  determined  by  the  teacher, 
The  selection  and  instruction  of  pupil  health  officers  may  consume 
several  two-minute  periods.  Those  pupils  that  are  not  selected  at 
first  may  be  called  on  without  warning.  If  this  is  understood,  all 
the  pupils  will  pay  attention  during  these  two-minute  periods. 

Lesson  2     First  week 
i  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 
2a  Triple  test  (standing,  marching,  exercise) 
See  "  Notes  to  Teacher." 

Inspect  each  pupil  individually  and  be  accurate  as  well  as  rapid  in 
your  judgment.  Ask  one  of  the  pupils  whose  posture  was  good  (or 
better,  the  one  whose  posture  was  the  best)  to  secure  the  names  of 
those  standing  at  the  end  of  the  test. 

b  Post  class  percentage.  (This  lesson  may  consume  several  two- 
minute  periods.) 

Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Explain  importance  of  posture.    (See  Bancroft,  "The  Posture 
of  School  Children";  Goldthwait,  in  Pyle's  "Personal  Hygiene.") 

(This  lesson  may  consume  several  two-minute  periods.) 

Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Correct  the  posture  of  children  who  need  such  correction.    The 
teacher  should  not  limit  corrections  to  these  two-minute  periods. 


56  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

* 

Each  child  should  be  encouraged  to  cultivate  the  habit  of  sitting 
straight,  standing  straight,  and  being  straight.  Good  posture  can 
come  only  from  habit. 

Lesson  5     Second  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Arrange  that  boys  pass  to  the  aisles  in  the  front  of  the  room 
and  girls  to 'the  aisles  in  the  rear  when  such  a  grouping  is  needed 
for  setting-up  drills. 

Select  certain  pupils  to  act  as  u  drill  leaders."  You  may  use 
one  child  to  a  group  or  one  to  each  aisle.  Arrange  to  change 
leaders  with  enough  frequency  to  keep  the  children  interested  in 
competition  for  these  positions. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  'movements  in  response  to  command. 
Hold  each  position  for  a  few  counts. 

(1)  Arms  forward   (to  front  horizontal),  Raise! 

(2)  Arms,  bend!  (flex) 

(3)  Elbows  backward,  swing! 

(4)  Position! 

Repeat  four  times. 

(5)  May  use  also  elevation  cues. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise :  Repeat  "'  a  "  by  doing  the  work  to 
rhythmic  count,  1-2-3-4,  1-2-3-4,  etc. 

c  General  exercise :  Hands  on  hips,  thumbs  behind.  Hop 
on  left  foot;  hop  on  right  foot. 

d  Breathing  exercise :  Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on 
hips. 

(1)  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose) 

(2)  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times, 
or 

1 i )  Arms  sideward  upward ;  inhale  !  Rise  on  coes. 

(2)  Arms  sideward  downward;  exhale! 

Lesson  6    Third  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Explain  the  uses  and  importance  of  learning  how  to  march; 
for  example,  in  handling  crowds,  fire  drills,  and  orderly  movement 
of  classes  in  school ;  value  of  alert  response  and  command.     He 
who  has  not  learned  to  obey  may  not  be  trusted  to  command. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING   B  57 

Lesson  7 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

a  Left  (right),  face! 

(1)  Raise  left  toes  and  right  heel,  one-quarter  turn  on 
left  heel,  push  with  ball  of  right  foot  —  one ! 

(2)  Having  turned  one-quarter  left,  bring  the  right  heel 
to  the  left  heel  —  two!     (For  Right,  face!  turn  on  right 
heel,  push  with  left  toes.) 

NOTE:  Execute  the  facing  at  first  with  a  pause  between  the 
first  and  the  second  counts.  When  pupils  have  thoroughly 
learned,  face  without  pause.  Give  pupils  individual  attention  if 
necessary.  Class  should  finally  respond  with  snap  and  in  unison. 
Watch  posture! 

b  Mark  time,  march! 

Raise  the  feet,  beginning  with  left,  alternately  about  2 

inches  from  the  floor.     Count  1-2  and  repeat,  or  1-2-3-4 

repeat. 

c  Halt! 

Given  as  either  foot  strikes  the  floor.  In  learning  to  halt 
properly,  children  should,  after  the  command  "  Halt !"  is 
given,  advance  the  rear  foot  one  step  and  say  "  one !  "  then 
bring  the  other  foot  up  to  it  and  say  "  two !"  and  stand  at 
attention. 

d  General  exercise :  ( During  the  general  exercises  always 
place  hands  on  hips,  thumbs  to  the  back  unless  otherwise 
stated.)  Hop  on  left  (right)  foot. 

e  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  8 

Apply  the  triple  test  for  posture  and  post  the  class  percentages. 
(May  consume  two  or  three  two-minute  periods.) 

Lesson  9 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

a  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons  and  add: 
b  Forward,  March!   (about  the  room  if  possible).     Step 
out  with  left  foot.    Avoid  shuffling.     Keep  about  18  inches 
of  space  between  units.     Last  pupil  in  column  starts  at  the 


58  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

same  time  the  first  one  does.     Come  to  a  "  Mark  time  "  but 
avoid  crowding ;  then  to  a  "  Halt." 

NOTE  :  After  children  have,  learned  how  and  if  school  condi- 
tions permit,  march  from  room  by  twos  and  back  again,  as  practice 
for  fire  drill.  Insist  upon  good  posture.  Repeat  in  consecutive 
two-minute  periods  until  pupils  execute  these  movements  promptly 
and  in  unison. 

c  General  exercise :  Hopping  alternately  on  left  and  right 
foot. 

d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  10    Fourth  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

a  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons  and  add : 

b  About,  face! 

"  Carry  the  toe  of  the  right  foot  about  a  half  foot-length 
to  the  rear  and  slightly  to  the  left  of  the  left  heel  without 
changing  the  position  of  the  left  foot ;  face  to  the  rear,  turn- 
ing to  the  right  on  the  left  heel  and  right  toe ;  place  the  right 
heel  by  the  side  of  the  left." 

NOTE:     "About"  is  always  done  to  the  right  unless  the  order 
is  "Left  about." 

• 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise ;  response  commands.  Position :  hands 
on  hips;  Place!  (thumbs  toward  back) 

(1)  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

Bend  forward  from  hips,  back  straight,  chin  in. 
One  can  not  go  far  when  the  back,  from  head  to 
hips,  is  held  straight.  The  object  is  to  do  the  work 
correctly  —  in  good  posture  —  not  to  bend  far  for- 
ward. 

(2)  Position! 

Repeat  four  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise :  Repeat  "  a "  four  times  by  doing 
the  work  to  rhythmic  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

c  General  exercise:  Hopping  alternately  on  left  and  right 
foot  around  room. 

d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  59 

Lesson  n     Fifth  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

a  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons  and  add: 
b  One  step  backward  (or  forward),  March! 
c  One  step  left  (or  right),  March! 

In  stepping  forward  (or  backward)  count  one  step 
more  than  the  number  of  steps  given:  thus,  one  step  for- 
ward (backward)  count  two;  three  steps  forward  (back- 
ward) count  four.  In  stepping  to  the  left  (right)  double 
the  number  of  steps  given:  thus,  one  step  left  (right) 
count  two;  three  steps  left  (right)  count  six. 

NOTE  :  The  teacher  may  secure  a  great  variety  of  marching 
movements  by  using  various  combinations  of  left,  right  and 
about  face  with  one  or  more  steps  forward,  to  the  rear,  or  to 
the  right  or  left. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  Trunk  left  (or  right)  sideways,  Bend!     (Hands  on 
hips) 

(2)  Position! 

Bend  sideways  from  hips.  One  can  not  go  far.  Be 
sure  that  trunk  is  not  turned  or  twisted.  Let  the  head 
go  with  the  movement  of  the  trunk. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise:     Alternate  "  a  "  left  and  right  to 
count,  1-2,  1-2,  as  follows: 

(1)  Bend  trunk  left,  one! 

(2)  Position,  two! 

1 i )  Bend  trunk  right,  one  ! 

(2)  Position,  two! 

Each  way  four  times. 

c  General   exercise:      Hopping  backward   alternately    on 
left  and  right  feet. 

d  Breathing  exercise :    See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  12     Sixth  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 


60  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

a  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
b  Column  left  (right),  March! 

A  column  is  formed  when  the  units  are  one  behind  the 
other.  A  column  may  be  a  single  file  or  two,  four  or  more 
abreast.  Column  left  (right),  March!  The  head  of  the 
column  turns  to  the  left  (right)  and  the  rest  follow  wrhen 
they  arrive  at  the  place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  and  then  sideward  in  one  move- 

ment. 

(b)   Position!  (Bring  arms  down) 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   One-half     deep     knee,     Bend!     ("A     quarter 

squat";  see  illustration  in  syllabus  E) 
(b)   Position! 

Repeat  four  times. 

NOTE:  The  difficulty  of  this  exercise  may  be  in- 
creased for  the  older  pupils  by  placing  the  hands 
back  of  the  head.  Hold  the  head  up! 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercises  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercises  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Maze  running  (running  in  and  out, 
and  up  and  down  the  aisles). 

d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  13 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

(May  consume  time  of  several  two-minute  periods.     Repeat 
a  previous  drill  in  remainder  of  these  periods.) 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  6l 


GRADE  3  FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

Lesson  i  to  13  inclusive  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for  those 

lessons) 

Lesson  14    Seventh  and  eighth  weeks 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  I,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

a  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
b  Countermarch  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  (180  degrees)  and 
marches  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when 
they  arrive  at  the  place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

(b)  Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)  leg  forward,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(T)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Ninth  and  tenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:    Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Exercise: 


62  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

o  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left   (right)   leg  sideward,  Place! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(O"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Skipping  forward  around  the  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  knee  and  right  (left)  heel,  Raise  1 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Skipping  forward  in  and  out,  up  and 
down  the  aisles. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post   class  percentages. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  63 

Lesson  18     Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural   exercise :   Response   commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands    on    hips,    Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  leg  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(•i)   Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)   Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  orders   from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise !    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)  (a)   Trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(&)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

Each   four  times. 

c  General   exercise:    Skip   left   sideward   then   skip  back 
right  sideward. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 


64  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABI S 

Lesson  20     Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :   Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise  !    (Head  erect! /) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands   on   hips,    Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Trunk  left    (right)    sideward,   Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General    exercise :     Skipping,    turning    alternately    left 
and  right. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  22     Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:   Response  comma  ids. 

(i)    (a)   Arms    sideward,    left    (right)    leg    sideward. 
Raise ! 

(&)   Position! 

Four  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(i)   Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

Eight  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  •  65 


GRADE  3  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for  those 

lessons) 

Lesson  14     Seventh  and  eighth  weeks 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  I,  2,  or  I,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

a  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
b  Countermarch  left    (right),   March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  180  degrees  and  marches  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place 
of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :   Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   sideward  upward,   Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  1  lands   on   hips,   Place  ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  leg  and  right  (left)  heel,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General    exercise :    Skipping   around    room. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Ninth  and  tenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:   Select   orders    from   previous   lessons. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise  !    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position ! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,   Place ! 


66  •          PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(2)    (a)   Left  (right)  leg  backward,  Stretch! 

(Do  not  bend  the  knees) 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(O"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2}"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General   exercise:   Select   from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise:  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms    sideward    to   finger   tips    on    shoulders 
(elbows  back),  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left   (right)   leg  forward,  Step! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b' Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Running  (double  time,  March!)   to 
corridor  and  return,  or  to  out  of  doors  and  return. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

* 

Lesson  17 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  18     Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  67 

(1)  (a)   Left     (right)     arm     forward    upward,     right 
(left)  arm  backward,  trunk  left  (right),  Twist! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

(2)  (a)   Heels,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  heels,  Raise!     (Head 

erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Bend  left  (right)  knee,  right  (left)  leg  back- 
ward, Stretch! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(O"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  20    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

From —  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 


68  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(2)    (a)   Trunk    left    (right)    sideward,    left    leg    side- 
ward, Step! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run,  bring  knees  up  high. 
d  Breathing. 

• 

Lesson  21 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  22     Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  sideward,  finger  tips  on  shoulders,  left 
(right)  leg  forward,  Place! 
(b)   Position! 

Four  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(i)   Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 
etc.,  alternately  left  and  right,  each  four  times. 
c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

„ 

GRADE  4  FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for  those 

lessons) 

Lesson  14     Seventh  and  eighth  weeks 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:     Countermarch  left   (right),  March! 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  69 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  180  degrees  and  marches  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place 
of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  and  left   (right)   leg  forward, 
Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  sideward  and  left  (right)  leg  sideward, 
Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Ninth  and  tenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward  upward,  left    (right)    leg  and 
right  (left)  heel,  Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  side- 
ward and  right  (left)  heel,  Raise/ 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(O     of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

•  c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 


7°  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward,  left  (right)  leg  forward,  right 
(left)  knee,  Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward,    left    (right)    leg    sideward, 
right  (left)  knee,  Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Double  time  around  the  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  18    Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward  upward,  trunk  backward,  left 
(right)  leg  backward,  Step!     (Head  erect! /) 

NOTE:     The  left  (right)  knee  may  be  bent.     Do  not  bend  backward  far. 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms     sideward     upward,    bend    trunk     left 

(right),  left  (right)  leg  sufeward,  Step! 

(Bend  the  right  (left)  knee.) 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(O"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do '"(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  71 

Lesson  19     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward  to  hands   over  shoulders,  left 

Bright)  leg  forward,  Step! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  to  hands  over  shoulders  left 

(right)  leg  sideward,  Step! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :   Run  around  the  room,  knees  up  high. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  20    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks     . 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms   forward  upward,  left    (right)   leg  for- 

ward step  and  heels,  Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  side- 

ward step  and  heels,  Raise ! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic. exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2}"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


72  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  22     Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  left  leg  side- 
ward, Step ! 
(b)   Position! 

Four  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(i)   Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Eight  times.   • 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

GRADE  4  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  common  to  all  grades.     (Sec  pages  54-60  for  those 

lessons) 

Lesson  14     Seventh  and  eighth  weeks 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  j,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

Countermarch  left    (right),   March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  180  degrees  and  marches  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place 
of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :   Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  back- 
ward, Stretch!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward    upward,    left    (right)    side- 
ward. Stretch ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2, 

Each  four  times. 

c  General   exercise :   Stationary  run. 
d  P>reathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  73 

Lesson  15     Ninth  and  tenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward,  stretch  left  (right)  leg 
backward,  right   (left)   knee,  Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms   sideward   upward,   stretch   left    (right) 
leg  sideward,  right  (left)  knee,  Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(*i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)''  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Stationary  run,  keeping  knees  stiff 
and  throwing  legs  out  in  front  of  body,  Vrunk  leaning  slightly 
backward  ("stiff-leg  running"). 

d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5 d. 

Lesson  16    Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands 

(1)  (a)   Left     (right)     arm     forward    upward,     right 
(left)  arm  downward  backward,  step  left  (right)  leg  for- 
ward and  both  heels,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right   (left)   arm 
half  sideward,  step  left  (right)   sideward  and  both  heels, 
Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  ''(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run ;  raise  heels  high. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  a? 


74  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  17 


1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


Lesson  18     Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Left     (right)     arm     forward     upward,     right 
(left)  arm  downward  backward,  step  left  (right)  leg  for- 
ward and  heels,  Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Left     (right)     arm    sideward    upward,    right 
(left)  arm  half  sideward,  step  left  (right)  sideward  and 
heel,  Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic   exercise : 

(1)  Do  <k(:)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"'°f  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Run  around  room ;  raise  heels  high. 
d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  19    Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands.  I 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward    upward,    trunk    left    (right) 
sideward,  Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(i.)   Do  *'(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 
(2)   Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2 ;  1-2. 
Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  75 

c  General  exercise :  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  20    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise  :    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  trunk  left   (right)   sideward, 
Twist ! 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arm  sideward,  twist  trunk  left   (right)   side- 
ward, left  (right)  leg  sideward,  Step! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count    1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


Lesson  21 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


Lesson  22    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:   Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms    forward   upward,    trunk    forward,   left 
(right)  leg,  backward,  right  (left)  knee,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  four  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(i)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 
c  General  exercise:   Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


76  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


GRADE  5  FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  I  to  13  inclusive  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for  those 

lessons) 

Lesson  14     Seventh  and  eighth  weeks 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  I,  2,  or  I,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

• 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:  Countermarch  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  180  degrees  and  marches  in 
the  opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the 
place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward    (horizontal),   Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)  (a)  Deep, knee  bend,  Bend! 

Rise  on  toes !  One ! 

Bend  knees!  Two!  (Come  to  almost  a  sit- 
ting position  with  knees  turned  outward.  Keep 
on  toes.) 

Knees,  Stretch!  Three! 
Heels,  Sink !  on  Position  !  Four ! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"'of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Stationary  run,  keeping  knees  stiff 
and  throwing  legs  out  in  front  of  body,  trunk  leaning  slightly 
backward  ("  stiff-leg  running  "). 

d  Breathing  exercise:  See  lesson  5  d. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  77 

Lesson  15     Ninth  and  tenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)    Arms   forward,  half  deep  knee  bend,   Bend! 
(Bend   the   knees,   trunk   erect   not   leaning   forward,   go 
down  as  far  as  possible  without  taking  the  heels  off  the 
floor.     One  can  not  go  far.) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  sideward,  deep  knee  bend,  Bend!     (Rise 
on   toes,   bend   the   knees,   come   to   almost   a   sitting 
position  on  heels,  keeping  on  toes  —  a  squat  —  on  first 
count.) 

(b)   Position-! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise:  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place1 

(2)  (a)   Trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


>  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson   17 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  18     Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  elbows 
at  sides,  Place! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General    exercise:    Stiff    leg    running    forward.      (See 
lesson  14.) 

d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward,  hands  on  shoulders,  elbows  at 
sides,  trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)".of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  79 

Lesson  20    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise:  * 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms    forward  .upward;    Raise!      (Arms   are 
raised  a  little  forward  of  vertical.)      (Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward;  Raise! 
(b)  Position! 

(3)  (a)  Heels,  Raise! 
(b)  Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(3)  Do  "(3)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  22     Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms     forward     upward    and    heels,    Raise! 
(Head  erect !!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  sideward  upward  and  heels,  Raise! 
(b)  Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons, 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


8O  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


GRADE  5  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  I  to  13  inclusive  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for  those 

lessons) 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  us  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

Countermarch  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  180  degrees  and  marches 
in  the  opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive 
at  the  place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sidewards,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left    (right)    leg,  left  sideward,   Place!     Ex- 
tend left  leg  sideward  off  the  floor. 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "('2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise !    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)    Position! 

From  —  Hands  oil  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left  leg  backward,  Place! 

Extend  left  leg  backward,  toes  off  the  floor;  knees 
must  not  be  bent.' 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  8l 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Skipping  forward  alternately  left 
and  right  four  times  each ;  halt,  then  hop  alternately  left  and 
and  right,  four  times  each ;  halt,  repeat. 

d  Breathing  exercise :    See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16     Ninth  and  tenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  left  (right)  leg  left  sideward, 
Place ! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    forward,    left    (right)    leg,    backward, 
Place ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2V  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 


82  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(1)  (a)  Arms  backward,  Place ! 

Move  the  arms  back  of  the  lateral  plane  of  the  body. 
Keep  body  erect. 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left    (right)    leg   forward,    Place! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General   exercise:      Low   vertical   jumps    (jumping   up 
and  down).     Spring-board  jumps. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19    Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)   leg  left  (right)   sideward,  Step! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Low  vertical  jumps  around  the  room. 
d  Breathing   exercise.  _ 

Lesson  20    Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  83 

(1)  (a)   Arms    backward,    left    (right)    leg   backward. 
Step! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  left   (right)   leg  left 
sideward,  Step ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  22    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   sideward  to   finger  tips   on   shoulders! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Trunk  left  (right),  sideward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

,  Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise:- 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count.   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
cl  Breathing  exercise. 


84  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  23    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise !    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Neck  backward,  Bend! 
Chin  down  and  in ;  chest  up. 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


GRADE  6  FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  j,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:     Countermarch  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  and  marches  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward,  finger  tips  on  shoulders;  trunk 
left  (right)   sideward.  Bend! 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms     forward     upward,     trunk     backward, 
Bend!     (Head  erect!!} 

(b}   Position! 

Each  two1  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  85 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "X1)"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)".  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d . 

Lesson  15    Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  I. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 
'  (i)    (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise!    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)    (a)   Left  (right)  leg  backward !  (foot  extended  — 
"  toes  pointed.") 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General    exercise:    Vertical    jumps    (jumping    up    and 
down  ;  spring-board  jumps). 

d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)  (a)  Left   (right)  leg  sideward,  Stretch! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


86  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 
L  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left  (right)   leg  back- 
ward, Stretch ! 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  side- 
ward, Stretch! 

(b)  Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Vertical  jumps  around  the  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise!    (Head  erect!!} 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,   Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)  knee  upward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "CO"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  87 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  20    Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise ! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left   (right)   leg  forward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "'(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :    See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  21     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left   (right)  knee  up- 
ward, Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  for- 
ward, Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  22     Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Trunk  left  (right),  Twist! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2V'  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise.     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  24    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  Raise!    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Heels,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  89 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  u(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

GRADE  6  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  I  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:     Countermarch  left  (right),  March!     The  head  of 
the  column  turns  and  marches  in  the  opposite  direction.     The  rest 
follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  trunk  left   (right),  Twist! 
(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward,  heels,  Raise!     (Head 

erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General-  exercise  :     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise  :    See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Left     (right)     arm     forward    upward,     right 
(left)  arm  backward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 


9O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(2)    (a)   Left   (right)   foot  forward,  Place! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:    Run  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise :    See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Left     (right)     arm    sideward,  upward,    right 
(left)  arm  half  sideward,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)  foot  left  (right)  sideward,  Place! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"-of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

• 
Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Left  (right)  arm  forward  upward,  right  (left) 
arm  backward,  left  (right)  foot  forward,  Place! 
(b)   Position! 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  QI 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)  arm  sideward  upward,  right 
(left)  arm  half  sideward,  left  (right)  foot,  left  (right) 
sideward,  Place! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Skip  left  sideways  half  way  around, 
then  right  sideways  back  again. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms    sideward    upward    to    arched    position 
over  head,  finger  tips  on  head,  Raise ! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Deep  knee  bend,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exefcise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


92  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  20    Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward  to  arched  position  over 
head,    elbows    out,    finger   tips   on   head,    Raise!      (Head 
erect!!) 

(b)  Arms  sideward  downward,  Position! 
From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left   (right)   knee  bend  and  right   (left)   leg 
backward,  Stretch! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   sideward   upward   to   arch,   deep   knee 
bend,  Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms   forward  upward  to  arch,   left    (right) 
knee  bend  and  right  (left)  leg  backward,  Stretch!     (Head 
erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General    exercise:      Vertical    jumps.      (Jump    up    and 
down;  spring-board  jumps.) 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    B  93 

Lesson  22     Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Hands  on  chest,  elbows  back,  Place! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)  (a)   Jump  to  straddle  stand,  Jump!     (Spread  the 
legs  well  apart.) 

(b)   Jump  to  position! 
Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  24    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward   upward  and  half  way  down- 
ward sideward  (between  vertical  and  horizontal,  like  the 
letter  "  Y  ")  and  heels,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

(2)  (a)   Straddle,  Jump!     (Stay  on  toes) 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 


94  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


GRADE  7  FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

Note :  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:     Countermarch  left   (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  and  marches  in  the  opposite 
direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Hands  on  chest,  straddle  stand,  Jump! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms   forward  upward,  half  way  downward 
sideward,  straddle,  Jump ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  cpunt,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward,  Raise! 
O)   Position! 

From  —  Hands   on   hips,   Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left   (right)   leg  forward,  Step! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  95 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times.    . 

•      c  General  exercise :  Run  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Left   (right)   leg  forward.     Lunge!       This  is 
the  lunge -of  the  fencer.  Bring  the  leg  lunging  as  far  for- 
ward as  possible  until  the  knee  is  bent  at  nearly  a  right 
angle.     The  other  leg  .should  be  straight  and  the  toes  of 
that  foot  slightly  turned  out.     Both  feet  Hat  on  the  floor. 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17     Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward,  left  (right)  leg  forward,  Step ! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward,    left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Lunge ! 

Each  two  times. 


96  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural,  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

'c  General    exercise:    Vertical    jumps    (jumping    up    and 
down;  spring-board  jumps). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  backward,  Place! 
(b)  Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

(2)  (a)  Left   (right)  leg  backward,  Lunge! 
(b)   Position! 

(The    leg    lunging   backward    is    bent    at    tl 
knee  and  the  toes  are  turned  out.    The  other  k 
is   held    straight.      Both    feet   Hat   on    the   floo^ . 
Keep  body  very  erect.) 
Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Vertical  jumps  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  20    Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING  B  97 

(1)  (a)   Arms   backward,   left    (right)    leg   backward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a) Arms  sideward  upward,  left   (right)    leg,  left 
(right)  sideward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Both  arms,  outward  arm  circles  to  arms  side 
horizontal   (shoulder  high),  Raise! 

(b)  Arms  downward  to  —  Position! 

(From  position,  raise  the  left  arm  by  circling 
counterclockwise  before  the  body,  passing  the  face 
and  down  until  the  arm  is  horizontal  and  shoulder 
high  at  the  left  side.  The  reverse  for  the  right  arm. 
Both  arms  move  simultaneously  and  must  be  kept 
straight.) 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  leg  forward,  Lunge! 
(&)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2, 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:   Select  from  previous  lessons. 

si     "Rf  <aofV»it-irr     <a-v»i-i~ie<a 


d  Breathing  exercise 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  22    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Both    arms,    outward    arm    circles    to    arms 
behind  the  back. 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)  leg  left  sideward,  Lunge! 
(b)  Position! 

(For  full  description,  see  previous  lesson.) 
Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:   Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  24    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Outward   arm  circles  to   side  horizontal,   left 
(right)  leg  forward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Outward   arm   circle   to   arm    side   horizontal 
left  (right)  leg,  left  (right)  sideward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2 

Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  99 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

GRADE  7  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  I  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14    Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:    Countermarch  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  and  marches  in  the  opposite 
direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place  of 
turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,   Place! 

(2)  (a)  Left     (right)     leg,     left     (right)     sideward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  coi?^t,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms   forward  upward  and   left    (rig-ht)    leg 
forward,  Raise !     (Head  erect! !) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 


IOO  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(2)    (a)   Left  (right)  leg  forward,  Lunge! 

This  is  the  lunge  of  the  fencer.  Bring  the 
leg  lunging  as  far  forward  as  possible  until  the 
knee  is  bent  at  nearly  a  right  angle.  The 
other  leg  should  be  straight  and  the  toes  of 
that  foot  slightly  turned  out.  Both  feet  Hat  on 
the  floor. 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(l)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  hopping. 
d  Breathing  exercise :    See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward  and  left   (right)   leg, 
left   (right)   sideward,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left  (right)  leg  left  (right)  sideward,  Lunge! 

Step  left  (right)  sideward  as  far  as  possible, 
bend  left   (right)   knee,  keep  right   (left)   leg 
straight.     Both  feet  Hat  on  floor.     Body  very 
erect. 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:    Hop  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING'  B  IOI 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward,  left   (right)   leg  for- 
ward, Lunge!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  left  (right)  leg,  left 
(right)  sideward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward  and  left  (right)  knee, 
Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)    Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  knee  and  right  (left)  heel,  Raise  f 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)".of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

•c  General   exercise :     Select   from  previous  lessons 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


IO2  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  ig 


1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


Lesson  20     Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   backward    and   left    (right)    leg   back- 
ward, Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)  (a)   Left    (right)    leg  backward   and   right    (left) 
heel,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left  (right)  knee,  right 
(left)  heel,  Raise!     (flead  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms   backward,   left    (right)    leg   backward, 
right  (left)  heel,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  IO3 

c  General  exercise :   Select  from  previous'  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22     Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward  to  finger  tips  on  shoulders  and 
left  (right)  knee,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  leg  forward,  Lunge! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

f  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


Lesson  24    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms    sideward   upward   to   finger   tips   over 
head  and  left  (right)   leg  backward,  Raise! 

(fe)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Left  (right)  leg  backward,  Lunge ! 

The  leg  lunging  backward  is  bent  at  the  knee 
and  the  toes  are  turned  out.     The  other  leg  is 
held  straight.     Both  feet  -flat  on  the  floor.     Keep 
body  very  erect. 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


K>4  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


GRADE  8  FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 


Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:     Countermarch  left   (right),   March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  and  marches  in  the  opposite 
direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place  of 
turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  finger  tips  on  shoulders,  left 
(right)  leg  forward,  Lunge! 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  finger  tips  over  head, 
left  (right)  leg  backward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(J)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  10$ 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward,  Raise !    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   One-quarter  turn  left  (right),  left  (right)  leg 
forward,  Step! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16     Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   One-quarter  turn  left  (right),  left  (right)  leg 
left  (right)  sideward,  Step! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(J)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:    Vertical  jumps  (jump  up  and  down; 
spring-board  jumps). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


IO6  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms     forward    upward,    quarter    turn    left 
(right),  left  (right)   leg  forward,  Step!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward,    quarter    turn    left    (right), 
left  (right)  leg,  left  (right)  sideward,  Step! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 


c 


General  exercise:  Vertical  jumps  around  the  room. 

Rrfathincr   pvprrisp 


d  Breathing  exercise 


Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms    sideward    to    finger   tips    on    shoulders 
and  trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

(2)  (a)   Quarter   turn   left    (right),   left    (right)    side- 
ward, Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(J)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:   Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  IO7 

Lesson  19 


1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


Lesson  20    Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

• 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  to  arched  over  head, 
finger  tips  touching  top  of  head,  trunk  left  (right)  side- 
ward, Bend ! 

'  (b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place  ! 

(2)  (a)  Quarter  turn  left    (right),  left    (right)   side- 
ward, Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms    sideward,    ringer    tips    on    shoulders, 
trunk    forward,   quarter   turn    left    (right),   left    (right) 
sideward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  finger  tips  on  head, 
trunk   left    (right)    sideward,   quarter  turn   left    (right), 
left  (right)  sideward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


IO8  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(O"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of 'postural  exercise  to  countj  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Left     (right)     arm    forward    upward,    right 
(left)  arm  backward,  Raise! 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Left   (right)   leg  forward,  Lunge! 
(b)  Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(i)-Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 
(2)   Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 
Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  24    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Left     (right)     arm    sideward    upward,    right 
(left)   arm  half  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)  Position! 

From — Hands  on  hips,  Place  1 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B 

(2)    (a)  Left   (right)   leg  sideward,  Lunge! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two.  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  -General  exercise :  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

GRADE  8  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14    Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:  Countermarch  left   (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  and  marches  in  the  opposite 
direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place  of 
turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Left     (right)     arm    forward    upward,    right 
(left)  arm  backward,  left  (right)  leg  forward,  Lunge! 

(b)  Position! 

This  is  the  lunge  of  the  fencer.  Bring  the 
leg  as  far  forward  as  possible  until  the  knee  is 
bent  at  a  right  angle.  The  other  leg  should  be 
straight  and  the  toes  of  that  foot  slightly 
turned  out.  Both  feet  Hat  on  the  floor. 
Observe  the  same  rules  for  a  side  lunge. 

(2)  (a)  Left    (right)     arm    sideward    upward,    right 
(left)    arm    half    sideward,    left    (right)    leg    sideward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Position! 

Each  two  times. 


HO  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  'X1)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Rise  on  toes  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;   1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Stationary  run,  knees  up  in  front. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Rise  on  toes  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 
c  General  exercise :  Run  around  room. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 

• 

• 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  III 

Lesson  17     Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  forward,  deep  knee,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward,    quarter    turn    left     (right) 
deep  knee,  Bend ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(O"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2V  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General    exercise:    Vertical    jumps    (jumping    up    and 
down;  spring-board  jumps). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  and  twelfth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms    forward    upward,    deep    knee,    Bend! 
(Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Arms    sideward,    left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Lunge ! 

(c)  Return  to  (i). 

(d)  Position! 
Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 
c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


Lesson  19 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


112  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  20     Thirteenth  and  fourteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms    sideward    left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  bring  left  (right)  leg  back  and 
deep  knee,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 
Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4.* 
c  General  exercise:   Select   from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  21     Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward  and  trunk  left  (right) 
sideward,  Bend!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)   Jump  to  straddle  and  rise  on  toes,  Jump! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "C1)"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General   exercise:   Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22     Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  .commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  sideward  and  trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  113 

(2)    (a)   Jump  to  straddle  and  rise  on  toes,  Jump! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise : 

Lesson  23 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  24    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  straddle,  Jump! 
(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  trunk  left  (right)   side- 

ward, straddle,  Jump!    (Head  erect!!) 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:   Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

SECONDARY  SCHOOL:  FIRST  YEAR,  BOTH  TERMS 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

.  Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear .  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:  Countermarch,  left   (right),  March! 


114  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  180  degrees  and  marches  in  the 
opposite  direction.     The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place 
of  turning. 
3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms   forward   upward,   straddle,  Jump! 

(b)  Trunk  left    (right)    sideward,   Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 
Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise:  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(2)  (a)  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2:  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Stationary  run,  heels  up  behind. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands, 
(i)    (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise! 
(b)   Position! 

From  —  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  115 

(2)    (a)   Trunk  sideward,   Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Keep  the  trunk  straight.     Do  not  bend  for- 
ward nor  twist  the  trunk. 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Stationary  run,  knees  up  in  front. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms    forward   upward   and   trunk    forward, 
Bend! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward  and  trunk  sideward, 
Bend! 

(b)  Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

r  General  exercise :    Run  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18    Eleventh  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands 

(i)    (a)  Arms    forward   upward   and   trunk    forward, 
Bend!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Trunk  backward,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 


Il6  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(i)   Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General   exercise:      Select   from  previous   lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19     Twelfth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  Bend! 

(b)  Arms   upward,    trunk   left    (right)    sideward, 
Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Vertical  jumps  (jump  up  and  down; 
spring-board  jumps). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson   20 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  21     Thirteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms    forward   upward,   trunk   forward,   and 
straddle,  Jump!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms    sideward    upward,    trunk   left    (right) 
sideward  and  straddle,  Jump! 

(b)   Position! 

Two  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  1 17 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :    Vertical  jumps  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22     Fourteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands, 
(i)    (a)   Arms  forward,  straddle,  Jump! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  trunk  backward,  feet  together, 
Jump! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise :    Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23    Fifteenth  and  sixteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural -exercise:     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  sideward,  trunk   forward  and  straddle, 
Jump! 

(b)  Trunk  left   (right)   sideward,  Twist! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4, 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Straddle  jumps. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


IlS  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  24     Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  trunk  forward,  quar- 
ter turn  left  and  straddle,  Jump!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms    sideward    upward,    trunk    left    (right) 
sideward,  quarter  turn  left  and  straddle,  Jump ! 

(b)   Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stride  stand  jumps   (left  foot  for 
ward,  right  foot  backward,  reverse,  and  continue). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  25 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  26    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands, 
(i)    (a)   Arms  forward,  heels,  Raise! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  trunk  forward,  straddle,  Jump! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

Two  times.  • 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B 


SECONDARY  SCHOOL:  SECOND  YEAR,  BOTH  TERMS 

Lessons  I  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-60  for 

those  lessons) 

Note :  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14    Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest,  trunk  for- 
ward, straddle,  Jump ! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  jump  to  deep  knee,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Run  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise :     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left   (right)   leg,  fot 
ward,  Lunge!     (Head  erect!!) 

This  is  the  lunge  of  the  fencer.  Bring  the 
leg  as  far  forward  as  possible  until  the  knee  is 
bent  at  right  angle.  The  other  leg  should  be 
straight  and  the  toes  of  that  foot  slightly 
turned  out.  Both  feet  Hat  on  the  floor. 
Observe  the  same  rules  for  a  side  lunge. 
(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  sideward,  trunk  left   (right)   sideward, 
left  (right)  leg  left  (right)  sideward,  Lunge! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 


120  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(*)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:    Vertical  jumps  (jump  up  and  down; 
spring-board  jumps). 

d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  ID    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching:  Countermarch,  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  (180  degrees)  and  marches  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place 
of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms    forward,    left     (right)     knee    upward, 
Raise ! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  straighten  left  (right)  knee. 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

b  .Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms   backward,   left    (right)    leg  backward, 
Stretch ! 

(b)  Arms  forward  upward,  left   (right)    leg  for- 
ward, Swing! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  121 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Straddle  jumps. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18    Eleventh  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)     Arms    forward    upward,    quarter    turn    left 
(right),  left  leg  forward,  Lunge!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  sideward,  trunk  left   (right)    sideward, 
quarter  turn  left  (right)  and  sideward  left  (right),  Lunge! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(r)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise;  Stationary  run,  heels  up  behind. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19     Twelfth  week  % 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(i)  (a)  Arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  quarter 
turn  left  (right)  left  (right)  leg,  left  (right)  sideward, 
Step! 

(b)  Arms  sideward,  left  (right)  knee,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to    (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times* 

c  General  exercise :     Stationary  run,  knees  up  in  front. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


122  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  20 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  21     Thirteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms   forward,  left   (right)   leg,  Raise! 

(b)  Arms  sideward,  quarter  turn  left  (right),  left 
(right)  leg  left  (right)  and  sideward,  Lunge! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22    Fourteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  backward  and  left  (right)  le^  backward, 
Stretch ! 

(b)  Arms   forward   upward   and   left    (right)    leg 
forward,  Step!     (Head  erect!!) 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position!    ' 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Repeat  the  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times.  f 

c  General   exercise:     Vertical   jumps   around   room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  123 

Lesson  23     Fifteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms    sideward,    left    (right)    leg    sideward, 
Raise ! 

(b)  Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  upward,  deep  knee,  Bend! 
(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General     exercise:       Vertical     jumps     in     "straddle" 
position. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  24    Sixteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms  sideward  upward  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 

(b)  Arms    sideward,    straighten    knees    and    left 
(right)  leg  sideward,  Raise! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 
Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Vertical  jumps  in  "  straddle  "  around 
room. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 


124  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  25    Seventeenth  and  eighteenth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Hands  on  hips,  left  (right)  leg  forward,  Step! 

(b)  Arms  sideward,  bring  right   (left)  leg  to  left 
(right)  leg  and  deep  knee  bend,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a}. 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:   Select   from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  26 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  27    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms     forward,     left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Raise ! 

(b)  Arms    upward,    left     (right)     leg    backward, 
Stretch!     (Head  erect!!) 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position. 

Two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise :   Select  from   previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  125 


SECONDARY  SCHOOLS:  THIRD  YEAR,  BOTH  TERMS 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-^60  for 

lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:     Countermarch,  left    (right),   March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  (180  degrees)  and  marches  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the  place 
of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands, 
(i)    (a)  Arms  sideward,  straddle,  Jump! 

(b)  Trunk   forward  and  left    (right),  Twist! 

(Try  to  touch  floor  with  right   (left)   hand, 
knees  stiff.) 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise :  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:  See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  backward   and   left    (right)    leg   back- 
ward, Stretch! 

(b)  Arms   forward   upward   and   left    (right)    leg 
forward,  Lunge! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 


126  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Run  around   room. 
d  Breathing  exercise:  See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms   forward   upward,   quarter   left    (right) 
turn,  right  (left)  sideward,  Lunge!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms   backward,   left    (right)    leg  backward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "X1)"  of  ^ostural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :    Heels  up  behind,  stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Left  (right)  arm  backward,  right  (left)  arm 
forward  upward,  left   (right)   leg  backward,  Lunge! 

(&)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Right  (left)   arm  backward,  left  (right)   arm 
forward  upward,  deep  knee,  Bend ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(0"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :   Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  127 

Lesson  18     Eleventh  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  hands  on  shoulders, 
left  (right)  leg,  left  (right)   sideward,  Step! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)  Arms  forward  upward,  heels  raise  and  strad- 
dle, Jump!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do."(2)"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Stationary  run,  knees  up  in  front. 
d  Breathing  exercise : 

Lesson  19     Twelfth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms   backward,   left    (right)    leg  backward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms     forward     upward,     quarter    turn    left 
(right),     right     (left)     leg    right     (left)     sideward, 
Lunge ! 

(c)  Return  to   (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:   Straddle  jumps. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  20 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


128  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  21     Thirteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Left  (right)  arm  backward,  right   (left)  arm 
forward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  backward,  Lunge! 

(b)  Reverse  position   of   arms,    step   left    (right) 
leg  forward  to  right  (left)  leg  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise :    Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22     Fourteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :    Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms    sideward,    left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  forward,  left  (right)  leg,  left  sideward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(J)"  °f  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2;  1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise*     Vertical  jump  (jump  up  and  down; 
spring-board  jump). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23     Fifteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 


5TANDTALL! 


HtAD  H16H 


CHEST  HI6H 


WAIST  FLAT 


BACK  STRAIGHT 


KNefcS  STRAIGHT  1 


CORRECTIVE  EXERCISES:  (Elevation  cues.  To  develop  good  posture.) 
Placing  hands  at  sides  of  shoulders,  elbows  down,  Place! 

The  elbows  should  be  pressed  down  close  to  the  body  (not  back).  Chest 
and  head  lifted,  body  straightened  upward.  In  this  position  pupils  should  be 
given  elevation  cues.  (See  Lesson  I.) 

This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.  This  is  held  from  3  to  7  seconds, 
while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work  for  elevation. 

Position  !     Four  or  more  times.        . 


STAND  TALL! 


H6ADHI6H 


CORRECTIVE  EXERCISES :  (Elevation  cues.    To  develop  good  posture.) 

Hand  on  shoulders,  Place ! 

In  this  position  the  elbows  are  raised  high ;  the  hands  are  above  the 
shoulders ;  the  chest  and  head  are  raised ;  the  body  straightened  upward. 
The  teacher  should  use  elevation  cues  and  call  for  raising  elbows  and  wrists. 

This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.  This  is  held  from  3  to  7  seconds, 
while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work  for  elevation. 

Position !     Four  or  more  times. 


5TAN&TALL! 


STAND  TALL! 


BACK  STRAIGHT 


BACK  STRAIGHT 


CORRECTIVE  EXERCISE  i  (Elevation  cues.  To  develop  good  posture.) 
Bending  arms  at  shoulder  level,  Bend !  Use  elevation  cues. 

In  this  position,  the  hands  are  in  front  of  shoulders,  palms  down,  elbows 
lifted  high  (not  back),  carrying  chest  up,  straightening  spine.  This  exercise 
has  one  elevated  position  which  is  held  from  3  to  7  seconds,  while  the  teacher 
urges  and  the  pupils  work  for  elevation. 

Position  !     Four  or  more  times. 


3TANDTALL! 


WAIST  FLAT 


STANO  TALL1 


HEAD  HI6H  W  ~: 


CHE.5T   HIGH 


WAIST  FLAT 


KNCE.5  STRAIGHT 


BACK  STRAIGHT 


CORRECTIVE  EXERCISES  :  (Elevation tues.    To  develop  good  posture.) 
Raising  arms  sideways  (palms  up),  Raise!     Use  elevation  cues. 

Hands  height  of  eyes,  palms  upward  and  pressing  upward  (not  backward) 
carrying  chest  up,  straightening  spine. 

This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.  This  is  held  from  3  to  7  seconds, 
while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work  for  elevation. 

Position !     Four  or  more  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    15  T2Q 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms     forward     upward     and    heels,     Raise! 
(Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Arms  forward  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Vertical  j  umps  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  24     Sixteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(1)  (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  back- 
ward, Step!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)   Position! 

(2)  (a)   Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  forward  and  left 
(right),   Twist!      Knees   stiff.     Try   to   touch   floor   with 
right  (left)  hand. 

(b)   Position! 

Each  two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

(1)  Do  "(i)"  of  postural   exercise  to  count,   1-2;   1-2. 

(2)  Do  "(2)"  of  postural  exercise  to  count,   1-2;  1-2. 

Each  four  times. 

c  General  exercise :     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  25     Seventeenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands 

(i)    (a)  Arms  forward  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 

(h)   Arms  upward,  and  left   (right)    leg  forward, 
Lunge!     (Head  erect! !) 

5 


I3O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  26    Eighteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands, 

(i)    (a)   Arms  sideward  upward,  hands  on  shoulders, 
left   (right)   leg  left   (right)   sideward,  Step! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  heels,  Raise! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stride  stand  jumps. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


Lesson  27 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


Lesson  28    Nineteenth  and  twentieth  weeks 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:    Response  commands, 
(i)    (a)   Arms   forward,   deep  knee,   Bend! 

(b)  Arms  sideward,  left   (right)   leg,  left   (right) 
sideward,  Lunge! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    B  131 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General   exercise:      Select    from  previous   lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

SECONDARY  SCHOOL:  FOURTH  YEAR,  BOTH  TERMS 

Lessons  i  to  13  inclusive  are  common  to  all  grades.     (See  pages  54-6o  for 

those  lessons) 

Note:  In  these  setting-up  drills  all  the  orders  of  preparation  and  command 
should  be  numbered  i,  2,  or  i,  2,  3,  4,  and  not  a,  b,  or  a,  b,  c,  d,  as  they 
appear  here  in  the  text. 

Lesson  14     Seventh  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching:    Countermarch  left  (right),  March! 

The  head  of  the  column  turns  (180  degrees)  and  marches  in 
the  opposite  direction.  The  rest  follow  when  they  arrive  at  the 
place  of  turning. 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands, 
(i)    (a)  Arms  forward,  deep  knee,  Bend! 

(b)  Arms   upward    and   straddle,   Jump!      (Head 

erect!!) 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stationary  run. 
d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  15     Eighth  week 

1  Relaxation:     See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms  sideward  upward,  hands  on  shoulders, 
left  (right)  leg,  left  (right)  sideward,  Step! 

(b)  Swing    arms    between    legs,    trunk    forward, 
Bend! 


2  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:    Vertical  jumps  (jump  up  and  down; 
spring-board  jumps). 

d  Breathing  exercise:     See  lesson  5  d. 

Lesson  16    Ninth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(r)    (a)  Arms  forward  upward,  left   (right)   leg  for- 
ward, Lunge!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Arms  sideward,  straighten  left   (right)   knee, 
heels,  Raise! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

This  is  the  lunge  of  the  fencer.  Bring  the 
leg  lunging  as  far  forward  as  possible  until  the 
knee  is  bent  at  a  right  angle.  The  other  leg 
should  be  straight  and  the  toes  of  that  foot 
slightly  turned  out.  Both  feet  Hat  on  the  floor. 
Observe  the  same  rules  for  a  sideward  lunge. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Straddle  jumps. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  17    Tenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :     Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  forward  upward,  left   (right)   leg  for- 
ward, Lunge! 

(b)  Arms  downward  behind  back,  half  turn  left 
on  heels,  bend  trunk  forward,  right  (left)  knee,  Bend! 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  133 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Stride  stand  jumps  (bring  left  foot 
forward  and  right  backward  —  reverse  and  repeat). 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  18    Eleventh  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(i)  (a)  Arms  backward,  left  (right)  leg  forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms  forward  upward,  left  (right)  leg  back- 
ward, Stretch !     (Head  erect!!) 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  19     Twelfth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(i)  (a)  Left  (right)  arm  forward  upward,  right 
(left)  arm  downward  backward,  left  (right)  leg  forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Reverse  the  position  of  the  arms,  half  turn 
right    (left) — facing  rear  —  right  knee,   Bend! 

(c)  Return  to   (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 


134  PHYSICAL   TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:    Vertical  jumps  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  20 

1  Triple  test. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 

Lesson  21     Thirteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(i)  (a)  Arms  sideward,  left  (right)  leg  forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms    upward,    straighten    left     (right)     leg, 
heels,  Raise! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     "Criss-cross"   jumps.      (Jump   up- 
ward cross  legs,  left  over  right,  jump  upward  cross  legs, 
right  over  left  and  repeat.) 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  22    Fourteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:     Response  commands. 

(i)  (a)  Left  (right)  arm  forward  upward,  right  (left) 
arm  downward  backward,  left  (right)  leg  forward. 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Reverse  the  position  of  the  arms,  left  (right) 
leg  backward,  Lunge ! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  135 

b  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:     Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  23    Fifteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)  Arms    sideward,    left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms   Upward,    quarter   turn   left    (right)    on 
heels,   straighten   left    (right)    knee,   trunk    forward, 
Bend! 

(c)  Return  to   (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b     Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise .:     Run  around  room. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  24     Sixteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  forward  left   (right)   leg,  Raise! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  quarter  turn  left   (right),  left 
(right)  leg  sideward,  Lunge! 

(c)  Return  to   (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

b     Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise :  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


J36  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Lesson  25     Seventeenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)  '-(a)   Arms    sideward,    left     (right)     leg    forward, 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  step  forward  with  right  (left) 
leg,  and  deep  knee,  Bend ! 

(c)  Return  to   (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b     Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  26     Eighteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms    forward    upward,    left     (right)     knee, 
Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 

(b)  Arms   downward   and   backward,   left    (right) 
leg  backward,  Stretch ! 

(c)  Return  to   (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 

b     Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 
Four  times. 

c  General   exercise:      Straddle   jump,   raising  arms   side- 
ward upward. 

d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  27 

1  Triple  lest. 

2  Make  promotions. 

3  Post  class  percentages. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING*  B  137 

Lesson  28     Nineteenth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise :  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms  forward,  left  (right)  leg  forward,  right 
(left)   knee,  Bend! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  quarter  left  (right)  turn,  trunk 
left    (right)    sideward,    left    (right)    leg    sideward, 
Lunge ! 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b    Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 

Lesson  29     Twentieth  week 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Exercise: 

a  Postural  exercise:  Response  commands. 

(i)    (a)   Arms    sideward,    left    (right)    leg    sideward. 
Lunge ! 

(b)  Arms  upward,  bring  right   (left)   leg  to  left 
(right)  leg,  and  deep  knee,  Bend!     (Head  erect!!) 

(c)  Return  to  (a). 

(d)  Position! 

Two  times. 
b    Rhythmic  exercise : 

Do  postural  exercise  to  count,  1-2-3-4. 

Four  times. 

c  General  exercise:  Select  from  previous  lessons. 
d  Breathing  exercise. 


I3&  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Typical  Setting-Up  Drill 

(Following  largely  Dr    C.  Ward  Crampton's  suggestions  for  use  in  all 
grades  and  all  classes) 

1  Ready  for  setting-up  drill,  Sit! 

Pupils  sit  erect,  feet  flat  on  the  floor. 
Monitors  open  the  windows. 

2  Class,  Stand ! 

Pupils  stand  alertly  in  the  aisles  at  prescribed  places. 
Practise  for  brisk  response. 

NOPE:  If  it  is  necessary  for  pupils  to  go  to  other  places  to  get  more 
room,  assign  such  places  and  thereafter  give  the  command  —  To  your 
places,  March!  Class  — Halt!  Give  good  posture  commands. 

3  Stretching.     Hands  on  shoulders,  Place!     Full  breath!     Fist 

tight!     Stretch! 

The  pupils  bend  to  side  and  back  and  twist  slightly, 
stretching  the  arms  as  they  naturally  would  stretch  when 
tired. 

4  Marching  about  the  room. 

For  Marching,  Face ! 

Alternate  lines  face  about  so  that  each  line  may  follow 
the  other  up  and  down  the  aisles.  The  first  line  on  the 
right  will  cross  the  front  of  the  room  and  go  down  the 
left  side  to  the  rear  coming  up  the  first  aisle  behind  the 
pupils  that  stood  in  that  aisle  and  follow  them. 

5  Postural    exercis'e:     (emphasize    posture    through    "  elevation 

cues  "  and  through  exercises  done  in  response  to  com- 
mand). 

a  Hands  on  shoulders,  Place! 

In  this  position  the  elbows  are  raised  high ;  the  hands 
are  above  the  shoulders ;  the  chest  and  head  are  raised ; 
the  body  straightened  upward.  The  teacher  should  use 
elevation  cues  (see  below).  This  exercise  has  one  ele- 
vated position.  This  is  held  from  3  to  7  seconds,  while 
the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work  for  elevation. 
(See  below  for  other  postural  exercises.) 

b  Exercises  to  response  commands. 

1 i )  Hands  to  toes  —  One ! 

(2)  Hands   at    sides   of    shoulders  —  Two!    (Caution, 

elbows  at  the  side,  not  back.) 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   B  139 

(3)  Stretching  arms   upward,   Three!     (Very    slightly 

forward.) 

(4)  Same  as  (2) — Four! 

Repeat  four  times. 

6  Rhythmic  exercise: 

Use  exercise  56  to  rhythmic  commands,  counting,  "  one  " 
— "  two  " — "  three  " — "  four  ''-  —  and  repeating. 
Repeat  12  to  16  times. 
(For  additional  rhythmic  exercises,  see  below) 

7  General  exercise ;  see  page  142. 

8  Breathing: 

a  Breathing  —  In !  Count  6 ;  hold  momentarily  urging  for 
full  chest. 

b  Out !  Count  4. 

9  Class,  Sit! 

If  pupils  are  not  opposite    their    seats,    they    should    be 
marched  to  their  places,  halted  and  seated  on  command. 

Additional  Rhythmic  Exercises  for  Typical  Setting-Up  Drill 

A  list  from  which  the  teacher  may  select  exchange  exercises  varying  the 
"  typical  "  setting-up  drill 

Directions:  These  exercises  should  be  taught  on  response  until 
accuracy  and  exact  execution  are  obtained.  Then  they  should  be 
done  on  rhythmic  count  until  some  preliminary  muscular  fatigue  is 
reached,  and  breathing  and  pulse  rate  accelerated. 

1  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

(1)  Bending  trunk  forward,  touching  toes  (knees  straight), 

One! 

(2)  Trunk  erect,  hands  on  hips,  Two ! 

2  (i)   Bending  knees,  raising  arms  sideward,  One! 
(2)   Position,  Two ! 

3  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

(1)  Bending  trunk  forward,  touching  toes  (knees  straight), 

One! 

(2)  Hands  on  hips,  Two! 

(3)  Stretching  arms  sideward,  Three! 

(4)  Hands  on  hips,  Four! 

4  Hands  on  hips,  Place ! 

(i)   Bending  trunk  forward,  touching  toes  (knees  straight), 
One! 


I4O  PHYSICAL    TKAI.\1\<;    SYLLABUS 

(2)  Hands  on  hips,  Two! 

(3)  Stretching  arms  upward,  Three! 

(4)  Hands  on  hips,  Four! 

5  ( i )  Raising  arms  sideward  upward,  One ! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  forward,  touching  toes   (knees  straight), 

Two ! 

(3)  Trunk  erect,  arms  forward  upward.  Three! 

(4)  Lowering  arms  sideward  downward,  Four ! 

6  (i)  Hands  on  shoulders,  One! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  forward,  touching  left  foot,  Two! 

(3)  Same  as  (i),  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four! 

7  (i)  Raising  arms  sideward  upward,  One! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  sideward,  Two! 

(3)  Trunk  erect,  Three ! 

(4)  Lowering  arms  sideward  downward,   Four! 

8  ( i )  Raising  arms  f orwrard  upward  with  heels  raising,  One ! 

(2)  Lowering  arms  sidewrard  with  knees  bending,  Two! 

(3)  Stretching  knees  and  raising  arms  upward,  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four! 

9(1)  Jumping  to  stride,  bending  arms  forward,  One ! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  forward,  (touching  floor,  knees  straight), 

Two! 

(3)  Trunk  erect,  bending  arms  forward,  Three! 

(4)  Jump  to  position,  Four! 

10  ( i )  Placing  left  foot  sideward,  raising  arms  sideward,  One ! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  sideward  left,  Two! 

(3)  Trunk  erect,  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four!     Same  right. 

11  (i)  Placing  left  foot  sideward,  bending  arms  upward,  One! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  sideward  left,  stretching  arms  sideward, 

Two! 

(3)  Trunk  erect,  bending  arms  upward,  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four!     Same  right. 

12  (i)  Placing  left  foot  sideward,  hands  on  shoulders,  One! 

(2)  Twisting  trunk  sideward  left.  Two ! 

(3)  Twisting  trunk  forward,  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four!     Same  right. 

13  Hands  on  shoulders,  Place! 

(i)  Bending  trunk  sideward  left,  stretching  arms  sideward, 
One! 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING   B  14! 

(2)  Trunk  erect,  hands  on  shoulders,  Two! 

(3)  Stretching  arms  upward,  Three! 

(4)  Placing  hands  on  shoulders,  Four!     Same  right. 

14  Hands  on  hips,  Place! 

1 i )  Deep  knee  bending,  touching  hands  to  toes,  One ! 

(2)  Stretching  knees,  hands  to  hips,  Two! 

(3)  Thrusting  arms  upward  (look  up),  Three! 

(4)  Hands  on  hips,  Four! 

Vary  sequence  for  drill  in  alertness  and  quick  reaction. 
Deep,  knee  bending,    hands    to    toes;    stretching   knees, 
hands  on  hips ;  arms  upward,  Position ! 

15  Springing  feet  sideways,  hands  at  sides  of  shoulders,  Spring! 

or  Place! 

1 i )  Bending  left  knee,  touching  right  hand  beyond  left  foot, 

left  arm  up  and  back,  One ! 

(2)  Hands  at  sides  of  shoulders,  Two! 

(3)  Stretching  arms  upward,  Three! 

(4)  Hands  at  sides  of  shoulders,  Four !     Same  right.     Alter- 

nate at  once. 

16  (i)   Charging  sideward  left,  hands  on  shoulders,  One! 

(2)  Stretching  arms  sideward,  Two! 

(3)  Same  as  (i),  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four! 

17  (i)  Touching  hands  to  left  foot,  bending  left  knee,  One! 

(2)  Trunk   erect,    stretching   left   knee,   hands   at    sides    of 

shoulders,  Two! 

(3)  Thrusting  arms  sideways,  hands  height  of  eyes,  palms 

up,  Three ! 

(4)  Hands  at  sides  of  shoulders,  Four! 
Same  to  the  right.     Alternate. 

Vary  sequence  for  drill  in  alertness  and  quick  reaction, 
Hands  to  left  foot,  bending  left  knee ;  trunk  erect,  hands 
at  sides  of  shoulders;  arms  sideways. 

18  (i)  Charging   left    foot    sideward,   bending    arms    forward, 

One! 

(2)  Bending  trunk  forward,  stretching  arms  sideward,  Two! 

(3)  Same  as  (i),  Three! 

(4)  Position,  Four! 

-19  (i)  Deep  knee  bending,  touching  hands  to  toes,  One! 

(2)  Stretching  knees,  hands  on  shoulders.  Two! 

(3)  Circling  arms  overhead,  Three! 


14-2  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(4)  Hands  on  shoulders,  Four! 

Vary  sequence  for  drill  in  alertness  and  quick  reaction. 
Deep   knee   bending,   hands   to   toes ;   stretching   knees, 

hands  on  shoulders ;  circling  arms  overhead. 
Position ! 

General  Rhythmic  Exercises  for  Typical  Setting-Up  Drill 

A  list  from  which  the  teacher  may  select  exchange  exercises  varying  the 

"  typical  "  setting-up  drill 
Hopping : 

(1)  On  right  foot,  sixteen  counts. 

(2)  On  left  foot,  sixteen  counts. 

(3)  Alternating  two  counts  on  each  foot. 

(4)  Same  with  raising  foot  across  opposite  knee. 

(5)  32  count  hopping. 
Running : 

(6)  In  place. 

(7)  In  place  with  knees  high. 

(8)  In  place  with  heels  raised  backwards. 

(9)  In  place  with  stiff  knees,  feet  raised  forward. 

(10)  Through  the  aisles  or  around  the  room. 
Skipping : 

( 1 1 )  Forward. 
Jumping : 

(12)  Stride  stand. 

(13)  Sideward. 

( 14)  Spring-board. 

(15)  Stiff  knees. 

(16)  Side  and  cross. 

(17)  Sideward  with  arms  raising  sideways. 
Galloping : 

(18)  Forward  left  foot  leading. 

(19)  Forward  right  foot  leading. 
...    (20)   Sideward  left  foot  leading. 

(21)  Sideward  right  foot  leading. 
Displacements  or  rocking  steps: 

(22)  Single  forward. 

(23)  Single  sideward. 

(24)  Double  forward. 

(25)  Double  sideward. 

NOTE:     It  is  'best  not  to  change  the  exercise  too  frequently  but  to  get 
the  effects  of  general  exercise  from  movements  that  are  well  known. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    B  143 

Exercises  and  Elevation  Cues  for  Posture 
Suggestions  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  "  typical  "  setting-up  drill 

To  get  good  posture  it  is  necessary  for  the  pupils  to  know  from 
experience  the  exact  positions  desired  in  response  to  elevation  cues. 
These  are  always  to  be  used  while  the  static  contraction  is  held  for 
the  purpose  of  lifting  and  straightening  the  body.  They  should  be 
given  with  meaning,  vigor  and  discrimination. 
The  following  are  the  best : 

Head,  Up!  Lift  the  head! 

Chest,  Up!  Lift  the  chest! 

Waist,  Flat!  Stretch  the  knees! 

Weight,  Forward  !  Stretch  the  ankles  ! 

(if  necessary).  Stand  tall ! 

The  teacher  should  note  with  great  care  the  posture  of  each  pupil 
and  determine  what  improvement  is  necessary. 

Each  pupil  should  be  informed  of  his  defects  and  shown  how  to 
correct  them. 

This  requires  constant  practice  and  much  individual  attention. 
Every  formal  exercise  should  start  and  finish  in  the  correct  stand- 
ing position. 

Good  posture  without  rigidity  should  be  constantly  maintained. 
Additional  exercise  for  the  emphasis  of  good  posture.     These 
may  be  used  in  place  of  the  exercise  given  in  the  typical  drill. 
Raising  Arms  Sideways  (Palms  Up),  Raise!     Use  elevation  cues. 
Hands  height  of   eyes,   palms   upward   and  pressing  upward 

(not  backward)   carrying  chest  up,  straightening  spine. 
This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.     This  is  held  from  3 
to  7  seconds,  while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work 
for  elevation. 

Position !    Four  or  more  times. 
Bending  Arms  at  Shoulder  Level,  Bend!    Use  elevation  cues. 

Hands  in  front  of  shoulders,  palms  down,  elbows  lifted  high 

(not  back),  carrying  chest  up,  straightening  spine. 
This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.     This-  is  held  fjrom  3 
to  7  seconds,  while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work 
for  elevation. 

Position !    Four  or  more  times. 
Hands  on  Shoulders,  Place ! 

In  this  position  the  elbows  are  raised  high ,  the  hands  are  above 
the  shoulders ;  the  chest  and  head  are  raised ;  the  body 


144  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

straightened  upward.     The  teacher  should  use  elevation 

cues  and  call  for  raising  elbows  and  wrists. 
This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.    This  is  held  from  3  to 

7  seconds,  while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work  for 

elevation. 

Position !     4  or  more  times. 
Placing  Hands  at  Sides  of  Shoulders,  Elbows  Down,  Place ! 

The  elbows  should  be  pressed  down  close  to  the  body   (not 

back).     Chest  and  head  lifted,  body  straightened  upward. 

In  this  position  pupils  should  be  given  elevation  cues. 
This  exercise  has  one  elevated  position.     This  is  held  from  3 

to  7  seconds,  while  the  teacher  urges  and  the  pupils  work 

for  elevation. 
Position !    Four  or  more  times. 


ARDONIA  RURAL  SCHOOL 
A  one-room  school  with  a  vision.     Ardonia  builds  its  own 


5   OF   PLATTKKILL 

apparatus,  and  Ardonia  uses  that  apparatus  summer  and  winter. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING  D 

Supervised  Recreation 

Immediate  requirement.  A  minimum  of  sixty  minutes  a  week, 
preferably  in  two  periods  of  thirty  minutes  each.  In  those  schools 
in  which  there  are  no  gymnasiums  or  other  adequate  space  pro- 
visions, recreational  activities  may  be  selected  for  use  in  the  class- 
room, school  yard,  or  other  available  school  space  and  may  be  dis- 
tributed in  shorter  periods  through  the  week,  either  in  the  regular 
schedule,  or  in  morning  or  afternoon  recesses. 

Additional  requirement.  On  or  before  September  i,  1917,  a 
minimum  of  three  additional  hours  a  week  in  supervised  recreation 
will  be  required  in  all  schools.  This  provision  may  be  met  either 
in  the  school  program  or  by  equivalents  accepted  from  the  home  or 
community  activities  of  the  child.  In  all  schools  in  which  there 
is  adequate  space  and  equipment,  the  minimum  recreational  require- 
ment after  September  i,  1917,  will  be  four  hours  a  week.  Three  of 
these  four  hours  may  be  satisfied  by  equivalents  accepted  from  the 
home  or  community  activities  of  the  child  or  they  may  be  covered 
in  the  regular  sessions  of  the  school.  One  of 'these  four  hours  in 
supervised  recreation  must  be  covered  in  the  regular  program  of 
the  school,  either  as  a  part  of  the  schedule,  or  in  morning  or  after- 
noon intermissions. 

Available  forms  of  recreation.  The  forms  of  recreation  avail- 
able for  use  in  the  schools  or  by  children  outside  the  schools  will 
vary  in  different  communities.  It  may  be  said  in  general,  however, 
that  all  schools  will  be  able  to  use  games,  group  dancing,  athletics 
and  various  types  of  home  or  community  projects,  in  which  the 
child  will  find  profitable  recreational  activity.  It  will  be  necessary 
for  the  school  authorities  in  any  given  community  to  decide  upon 
the  type  or  types  of  recreational  activity  that  they  may  emphasize 
to  the  greatest  benefit  of  their  children.  The  State  Department  of 
Education  and  the  State  Military  Training  Commission  may  be 
consulted  in  case  their  advice  is  needed. 

Space  and  equipment.  The  space  and  equipment  necessary  in 
any  given  school  will  depend  somewhat  upon  the  program  devised 
for  that  particular  school.  As  a  rule,  schools  have  far  too  little 
space  for  physical  exercise  indoors  and  outdoors.  Every  school 


146  PHYSICAL   TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

ought  to  have  adequate  exercising  halls  and  playgrounds.  The 
minimum  school  field  or  playground  should  contain,  roughly,  four 
acres. 

It  is  suggested  that  the  selection  of  recreational  equipment  in 
each  school  be  left  to  the  teacher  in  charge  of  that  activity.  The 
minimum  need  of  such  a  teacher  may  include  part  or  all  of  the 
following:  basketballs,  volley  balls,  soccer  footballs,  gas  balls, 
playground  balls,  playground  bats  (indoor  baseball  and  bats)  tennis 
balls,  hand  balls,  bean  bags  and  quoits  or  horseshoes.  Naturally,  the 
number  and  variety  of  these  play  pieces  used  will  depend  on  the  size 
of  the  school  and  the  diversity  of  the  play  program  adopted  by  the 
teacher  in  charge. 

An  enterprising  group  of  school  children  will  easily  construct 
additional  apparatus  and  other  equipment  for  recreational  and 
athletic  use,  provided  the  teacher  supplies  the  initiative  and  direction. 

Games,  Play,  Athletics  and  Home  and  Community  Recreational 

Projects 

General  Instructions 

The  uses  of  play.  This  division  of  the  physical  training  require- 
ment in  the  State  of  New  York  is  emphasized  because  wisely 
directed  play  has  a  powerful  influence  on  the  physical,  mental  and 
moral  health  of  the  school  child.  Furthermore,  the  character  of  the 
instruction  and  direction  of  our  children  in  their  play  today  will 
have  much  to  do  with  their  physical,  mental  and  moral  standards 
as  citizens  in  the  community  tomorrow.  Our  present  obligation  is 
therefore  obvious. 

Play  that  is  wisely  organized  and  effectively  supervised  will 
produce  and  conserve  health ;  counteract  fatigue ;  make  children  — - 
and  adults  —  happy ;  arouse  interest ;  sharpen  the  wits ;  overcome 
awkwardness ;  develop  strength,  endurance  and  bodily  control ;  and 
secure  obedience,  ready  response,  respect  for  rules  and  regulations, 
orderly  conduct,  courtesy,  self-restraint,  self-control/  love  of  fair 
play  and  the  habit  of  playing  fair,  loyalty,  honesty,  sense  of  justice 
and  a  sociable  spirit.  Health  habits  —  physical,  mental  and  moral 
—  are  formed  through  play. 

The  first  games  selected  should  be  games  already  known  to  the 
children.  New  games  should  be  added  from  time  to  time.  Continue 
using  a  game  as  long  as  it  proves  interesting.  Return  to  it  now 
and  then  during  the  term.  Permit  the  children  to  decide  for  them- 
selves what  games  they  will  play,  ordinarily. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING   D  147 

If  your  class  is  large  enough,  group  your  children  so  that  all 
will  be  occupied  with  some  play  actively.  Select  certain  children 
to  act  as  leaders  of  groups.  Try  out  the  most  promising  children 
for  leaders.  Stimulate  competition  for  the  honor  of  being  "  a 
leader." 

Form  your  play  groups  with  reference  to  the  age,  sex  and 
physical  condition  of  the  players  and  the  demands  of  the  game  to 
be  played.  Some  games  may  be  played  by  persons  of  all  ages  and 
both  sexes.  Other  games  have  age  limitations;  some,  sex  limita- 
tions ;  and  others  may  be  played  only  by  young  adults  in  good 
physical  condition. 

Assign  children  with  weak  hearts,  or  who  are  otherwise  organ- 
ically disqualified,  to  quiet  games,  that  is,  to  games  in  which  there 
is  at  most  only  moderate  muscular  activity  or  mental  excitement. 
With  the  advice  of  the  physician,  games  may  be  found  which  are 
safe  for  any  child  able  to  go  to  school.  Weak  children  are  more 
frequently  hurt  by  too  little  exercise  than  by  too  much. 

Do  your  best  to  achieve  in  your  school  the  highly  important 
results  which  are  possible  with  the  right  kind  of  play.  The  success 
of  the  plan  depends  on  you. 

Get  some  play  yourself.  It  will  be  just  as  good  for  you  as  it  will 
be  for  the  children.  Play  with  them.  They  will  like  you  better  for 
it.  Your  dignity  will  not  suffer  and  your  influence  will  grow. 

See  that  all  your  children  play  and  that  they  are  happy  in  their 
play.  Learn  their  moods  and  motives  so  that  you  may  be  more 
sympathetic  and  helpful.  The  better  you  understand,  the  greater 
will  be  the  possibility  of  your  success. 

The  teacher  of  the  one-room  school  and  the  teacher  in  larger 
schools  with  mixed  grades,  will  select  recreational  exercises  from 
the  various  divisions  of  this  syllabus  that  more  nearly  fit  the  pupils 
in  the  school^  concerned.  In  many  such  schools  it  will  be  possible 
to  divide  the  class  into  two  or  more  groups  for  setting-up  drills 
and  various  forms  of  supervised  recreation.  Each  group  should 
be  made  up  of  three  or  four  or  more  individuals  somewhat  alike  in 
age  and  strength.  The  teacher  should  then  select  one  pupil  in 
each  group  who  with  some  special  instruction  may  serve  as  a 
leader  for  his  group  in  setting-up  drills,  games,  competitions,  and 
so  on. 

In  case  such  a  division  of  the  class  is  not  practical,  the  teacher 
may  select  drills  and  games  that  may  be  used  by  the  whole  class. 
The  more  elementary  setting-up  drills  -should  be  used  first.  Games 


•48  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

v* 

may  be  played  that  have  been  found  interesting  to  the  particular 
school  community  concerned.  The  list  in  this  syllabus  contains  the 
names  of  games  "  for  players  from  kindergarten  age  to  adult  and 
for  both  large  and  small  numbers." 

The  rural  school  teacher  will  find  it  both  interesting  and  profit- 
able to  search  for  games  and  recreational  activities  that  fit  into 
local  conditions  of  agricultural  life.  The  use  of  objects,  terms  and 
methods  familiar  to  country  life  may  be  appropriately  emphasized 
in  rural  districts.  Such  games  as  "  The  farmer  in  the  dell,"  "  The 
potato  race  "  and  "  Corn  stringing  "  contests,  have  a  special  appeal. 
The  teacher  will  know  others  and  may  have  occasion  to  invent  new 
recreational  activities  with  play  values  specially  applicable  to  rural 
life. 

"  The  best  method  of  teaching  a  game  is  to  make  a  full  explana- 
tion of  it  before  the  pupils  take  their  places  to  play.  If  this  be  in 
a  schoolroom,  illustrative  diagrams  may  often  be  drawn  on  the 
blackboard,  and  it  is  sometimes  helpful,  there  or  elsewhere,  to  have 
a  few  pupils  go  slowly  (not  running)  through  the  general  form  of 
the  game,  to  illustrate  it  to  the  others.  In  a  playground  the  same 
method  may  be  used  by  having  the  players  sit,  if  that  be  feasible, 
or  by  halting  them  in  a  march  or  after  gymnastic  exercises,  to  listen 
to  the  explanation.  Never  try  to  teach  and  play  a  game  at  the 
same  time.  The  only  exception  to  this  rule  should  be  where  there  is 
a  large  and  disorderly  crowd  with  which  to  deal.  Then  it  may 
occasionally  be  best  to  start  a  game  to  gain  interest  and  attention, 
and  then  halt  for  further  explanation. 

"  It  often  becomes  necessary  for  the  sake  of  discipline  and  unity 
to  unite  all  the  players  in  a  playground  in  one  game.  Com- 
paratively few  games,  however,  are  successful  wiien  played  by 
very  large  numbers.  Classes  may  often  be  brought  into  order  and 
attention  by  the  simple  device  of  marching,  the  march  to  end  in 
one  game  for  all  the  players,  or  several  games  in  groups. 

"  An  indication  that  too  many  players  are  taking  part  in  a  game  is 
almost  invariably  to  be  found  in  a  lack  of  interest  on  the  part  of  the 
players,  arising  usually  from  the  infrequency  with  which  each 
player  gets  an  opportunity  to  participate.  The  ultimate  test  of  any 
game,  however,  from  the  recreative  standpoint  must  be  one  of 
interest,  and  this  is  often  found  among  players  who  are  not  par- 
ticipating in  the  action  if  competition  be  close.  A  teacher  should 
watch  closely  for  waning  interest,  and  may  often  save  the  situation 
by  dividing  the  players  into  two  or  more  groups. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D  149 

"A  resourceful  teacher  will  find  many  ways  of  adapting  games 
to  large  numbers.  Among  such  devices  may  be  mentioned  (r)  in- 
creasing the  number  of  runners  and  chasers ;  for  instance,  in  the 
game  of  cat  and  rat,  there  may  be  several  cats  and  several  rats; 
(2)  in  the  circle  games  of  simple  character,  especially  the  singing 
games,  the  circle  may  be  duplicated,  thus  having  two  concentric 
circles,  one  within  the  other;  (3)  in  many  ball  games  it  will  be 
found  possible  to  put  more  than  one  ball  in  play,  as  in  bombardment 
or  circle  club  bowls. 

"  Group  play,  by  which  is  meant  the  division  of  a  large  number 
of  players  into  smaller  squads  or  groups,  is  undoubtedly  the  best 
method  for  getting  the  best  sport  and  the  greatest  playing  values 
out  of  most  games.  Such  a  division  of  players  is  not  always  an 
easy  matter  to  inaugurate,  untrained  players  being  inclined  to 
follow  the  teacher  from  point  to  point  in  the  playground.  This 
may  be  obviated  by  appointing  group  leaders,  each  of  whom  should 
understand  the  game  to  be  played  and  be  appointed  to  take  charge 
of  it.  Older  children,  and  almost  invariably  the  children  who  are 
disorderly  or  inclined  to  disturb  the  general  harmony  and  discipline 
of  the  playground,  are  the  best  ones  to  charge  with  such  responsi- 
bility. This  method  serves  the  double  purpose  of  quelling  their 
disorderly  propensities  by  occupying  them  in  a  position  of  responsi- 
bility, and  takes  care  of  a  group  of  players  at  the  same  time.  When 
the  group  method  is  used  in  schools,  it  is  advisable  to  appoint  the 
leaders  of  the  groups,  or  allow  the  children  to  elect  them,  before  7 
Heaving  the  classroom  for  the  playground. 

'*  The  choice  of  games  to  be  played  should  be  left  to  a  vote  or 
suggestion  of  the  players.  The  teacher's  function  in  this  regard  is 
to  suggest,  not  to  dictate.  In  schools,  this  choice  may  generally  best 
be  made  in  the  classroom,  before  a  class  goes  to  the  playground. 

"  A  teacher  should  be  ready  with  suggestions  for  new  games  or 
occupation  of  some  sort  when  interest  wanes  in  a  game  that  is  being 
played ;  but  a  new  game  should  not  be  suggested  until  there  is 
evidence  that  players  are  tired  of  the  old  one. 

"  Each  playground  leader  or  teacher  should  be  provided  with  a 
whistle.  This  saves  a  great  deal  of  strain  on  the  voice,  and  should 
be  understood  from  the  outset  to  command  instant  quiet,  all  play 
to  be  suspended  when  it  is  heard.  The  most  joyous  play  goes  always 
with  the  best  discipline.  Both  children  and  adult  players  like 
strength  and  decision  in  a  teacher  or  leader.  Indeed,  they  instinct- 
ively place  themselves  under  the  leadership  of  the  decided  and 


I5O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

dominant  characters  among  themselves.  It  has  been  the  experience 
of  the  author  that  discipline  in  schools  is  greatly  helped  by  the 
playing  of  games,  partly  because  the  privilege  9f  play  or  its  loss  is 
one  of  the  strongest  incentives  to  order  at  other  times,  but  also 
because  of  the  happy  outlet  afforded  for  normal  tendencies  and  the 
disciplinary  training  of  the  games  themselves. 

"  Get  the  playing  values  out  of  games.  By  this  is  meant,  see 
that  every  child  gets  as  much  opportunity  as  possible  for  partici- 
pation in  the  actual  physical  exercise  of  the  game  and  in  all  the 
phases  of  play  that  make  him  a  successful,  alert,  resourceful  player. 
The  result  of  this  and  the  test  of  it  will  be  the  amount  of  interest 
and  sport  in  the  games.  Do  not  make  the  games  too  serious.  Get 
laughter  and  frolic  out  of  them. 

"  Encourage  timid  pupils  to  give  dares  and  to  take  risks.  No 
class  of  players  needs  more  sympathetic  or  tactful  understanding 
and  help  from  a  teacher  than  the  timid.  Such  children  often  suffer 
greatly  through  their  shyness.  They  should  first  be  brought  into 
play  in  some  form  of  game  that  does  not  make  them  conspicuous ; 
one,  for  instance,  in  which  they  do  what  all  the  other  players  do, 
or  merely  take  turns  (such  as  "  call  ball,"  object-passing  games 
and  relays).  Such  children  should  be  encouraged  by  praise  of  their 
successful  efforts,  and  especial  care  should  be  taken  not  to  call 
attention  to  their  failures. 

"  See  that  the  selfish  or  most  capable  children  do  not  have  the 
lion's  share  of  the  play;  the  opportunities  should  be  equally  dis- 
tributed. It  is  often  necessary  for  a  teacher  to  distinguish  between 
self-assertiveness,  which  is  a  natural  phase  of  the  development  of 
the  sense  of  individuality,  or  selfishness  and  "  bullying,"  which  are 
exaggerated  forms  of  the  same  tendency.  Both  may  need  repres- 
sion and  guidance,  but  only  the  latter  are  reprehensible. 

"  Encourage  each  pupil  to  be  alert  to  see  when  it  is  his  turn  and 
to  be  quick  in  play.  Every  game  should  be  a  sense-training  game, 
developing  power  for  quick  perception  of  external  stimuli  and 
quick  and  expert  reaction  to  such  stimuli. 

"  In  chasing  games,  encourage  interesting  chases,  the  runner  to 
take  unexpected  turns  and  dodges,  'making  capture  difficult.  The 
shortest  distance  between  two  points  for  a  chase  often  makes  a 
dull  game,  devoid  of  sport. 

"  Young  players  will  need  to  be  helped  to  use  reason  and  judg- 
ment in  games,  as  to  when  to  run  risks  of  capture,  how  to  attack 
the  opponent's  weakest  point,  etc. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D  151 

"  Do  not  treat  children  as  though  they  were  made  of  glass  and 
fear  to  see  them  tumble  down.  Every  child,  boy  or  girl,  ought  to 
be  able  to  bear  a  few  falls,  knocks  and  bruises.  This  is  nature's 
way  of  training  a  child  to  be  more  observant  or  agile.  Besides, 
physical  hardihood  is  one  of  the  best  possible  results  from  the  play- 
ing of  games.  Do  not  coddle  a  child  who  has  received  an  injury. 
Cultivate  a  stoic  spirit.  If  it  be  a  slight  injury,  have  the  child  go 
on  with  his  play  and  he  will  soon  forget  it.  If  it  require  treatment 
of  any  sort,  take  the  player  at  once  away  from  the  playground  or 
vicinity  of  the  other  players  and  apply  first-aid  remedies  until 
-medical  assistance  can  be  obtained. 

:f  Team  play  is  one  of  the  highest  forms  of  play.  The  teacher 
should  look  for  the  beginning  of  the  tendency  toward  it  as  shown 
in  a  fondness  for  the  play  of  opposing  groups,  manifest  from  ten  to 
twelve  years  of  age.  This  tendency  should  be  encouraged  and  de- 
veloped into  more  closely  organized  types  of  team  games.  The 
greatest  value  of  team  play  lies  in  the  cooperation  of  the  players,  all 
working  together  for  a  common  end,  a  player's  thought  and  effort 
being  to  do  what  is  best  for  his  team  rather  than  to  use  his  skill  for 
individual  glory. 

"  The  number  and  difficulty  of  rules  and  regulations  governing 
a  game  go  through  a  steady  increase  as  children  grow  older.  The 
games  for  very  little  children  have  practically  no  rules  except  the 
following  of  turns  in  rotation.  Later  come  such  games  as  those 
in  which  a  player's  turn  comes  only  on  a  given  signal,  and  it  is  a 
foul  to  start  before  this  signal,  as  in  relay  races.  Many  other  types 
of  rules  appear  as  the  games  progress.  These  reach  their  culmina- 
tion in  ball  games  where,  amid  the  excitement  of  a  game,  a  player 
must  exercise  heedfulness  and  restraint  in  the  method  of  playing 
upon  a  ball,  the  range  of  movement  allowed  from  a  given  base,  and 
many  other  points. 

"A  teacher  should  understand  clearly  that  the  inhibitive  power  of 
the  will  necessary  for  the  observation  of  rules  is  a  slow  and  late 
development,  and  that  its  training  by  means  of  rules  is  one  of  the 
most  important  educational  features  in  the  use  of  games.  Players 
.should  therefore  not  be  expected  to  take  part  in  a  game  that  is 
much  beyond  their  power  in  this  regard.  A  teacher  should  not 
announce  a  rule  unless  sure  that  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  the 
players  to  observe  it.  Having  announced  a  rule,  however,  enforce 
it  to  the  full  extent.  To  condone  the  infringement  of  a  rule  is 
equivalent  to  a  lie  in  its  injury  to  the  moral  nature  of  a  player.  It 


152  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

is  a  weak-willed  teacher  who  does  not  enforce  rules.  Players  will 
respect  far  more  a  strict  disciplinarian  than  a  weak  one.  Every 
player  who  infringes  a  rule  should  suffer  the  full  penalty  therefor. 
Only  by  such  means  can  there  be  trained  the  strength  of  will  to 
avoid  such  infringement  in  the  future,  for  it  should  be  repeated 
that  such  infringements  are  not  always  the  result  of  intentional 
cheating.  They  indicate  very  often  an  undeveloped  power  of  will, 
and  the  teacher  should  be  able  to  discriminate  between  the  sneaking 
cowardice  that  would  win  unfairly  and  mere  lack  of  power.  Both 
causes,  however,  should  lead  to  the  same  result  of  suffering  the  full 
penalty  for  any  infringement  of  rules. 

"  Teach  players  to  play  to  win  —  with  all  their  might.  But  with 
this  cultivate  a  sense  of  honor.  Have  them  realize  that  any  victory 
not  earned  strictly  by  their  own  merits  or  those  of  their  team  is  a 
disgrace  rather  than  a  cause  for  congratulation.  No  better  oppor- 
tunity can  ever  be  found  for  inculcating  the  knowledge  that  to  be 
trusted  is  far  greater  than  to  be  praised.  A  player  should  scorn 
rewards  not  based  on  merit,  and  should  be  led  to  feel  that  a  defeat 
resulting  from  an  honest  trial  of  strength  is  an  honorable  defeat ; 
that  the  real  issue  is  as  much  concerned  with  the  amount  of  effort 
put  forth  as  with  the  comparative  results  of  it  measured  with  some 
other  player.  A  defeated  player  should  be  led  to  recognize  and  do 
honor  to  the  prowess  of  his  adversary,  and  so  to  congratulate  him 
honestly.  A  sense  of  superior  power  should  never  degenerate  into 
gloating  over  a  defeated  adversary  or  into  contempt  for  his  weaker 
ability.  Many  thrilling  examples  of  honest  mutual  admiration  be- 
tween victor  and  vanquished  may  be  gleaned  from  the  history  of 
warfare,  as  when  Grant  handed  back  the  sword  of  surrender  to 
Lee. 

"  In  athletic  games  players  should  learn  that  to  question  or  dis- 
pute the  decision  of  judges  or  other  officials  presiding  over  games  is 
thoroughly  unsportsmanlike  and  a  species  of  dishonor.  Having 
once  placed  themselves  under  officials,  decisions  must  be  accepted 
without  cavil  at  the  time.  The  natural  desire  to  learn  how  a 
decision  was  reached  in  an  athletic  event  must  be  held  in  check 
until  the  judges  have  opportunity  to  announce  fouls  or  other 
features  of  scoring  that  determine  the  result.  It  should  always  be 
borne  in  mind,  by  both  players  and  coaches,  that  the  officials,  who 
are  each  concentrating  on  some  one  feature  of  the  play,  know  what 
happens  far  more  accurately  than  the  general  observer.  It  is  also 
thoroughly  unsportsmanlike,  and  counts  as  a  foul,  disqualifying  a 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D  153 

player,  if  he  receive  directions  or  coaching  of  any  sort  from  an 
instructor  during  a  contest. 

"  Floor  formation.  The  terms  '  formation '  and  '  floor  forma- 
tion '  are  commonly  used  to  designate  the  placing  of  players  in  the 
playground  and  gymnasium  in  the  lines,  circles,  groups  or  opposing 
sides,  necessary  for  the  starting  of  a  game.  To  accomplish  this  dis- 
position of  the  players  quickly  and  without  confusion  requires  a 
clear  knowledge  of  methods  on  the  part,  of  the  teacher.  Some 
methods  are  here  offered,  but  before  giving  them  in  detail  a  word 
should  be  said  of  the  differing  psychological  effects  of  the  various 
formations. 

"  The  circle  or  ring  formation  has  a  pronounced  tendency 
toward  a  spirit  of  unity  among  players.  Each  player  may  see  and 
become  somewhat  acquainted  with  all  other  players  in  a  group,  in 
a  way  not  practicable  in  any  other  formation.  Any  one  who  has 
met  strangers  at  a  dinner  party  or  committee  meeting  gathered  at  a 
round  table  will  comprehend  the  significance  of  this.  In  the  kinder- 
garten this  principle  is  used  largely,  each  day's  exercise  opening 
with  the  pupils  in  a  circle.  A  game  in  circle  formation  is  therefore 
often  one  of  the  best  means  of  making  acquainted  players  who  are 
strangers  to  one  another,  and  of  giving  a  sense  of  united  interest  to 
a  heterogeneous  group. 

"  The  sense  of  being  united  in  a  common  interest,  or  esprit  de 
corps,  may  be  gained  to  some  extent  in  some  general  forms  of  play- 
ground activities  such  as  marching.  As  children  grow  into  the 
tendency  to  enjoy  group  or  team  play,  the  competitive  spirit  be- 
comes very  strong,  and  games  in  which  the  players  work  in  com- 
petitive teams,  as  in  relay  races,  or  in  opposing  sides,  as  in  bom- 
bardment, may  serve  the  purpose  of  continuous  mutual  interest. 
As  a  rule,  the  competitive  spirit  is  strong  in  games  in  the  line  and 
group  formations  and,  indeed,  is  usually  the  basis  of  such  forma- 
tions. 

"  For  all  formations  pupils  should  be  trained  to  move  quickly. 
Formations  made  from  marching  order  may  often  be  done  on  the 
double-quick. 

"Ring  -formation.  For  small  numbers  of  players  no  formal 
procedure  is  needed  to  get  the  players  into  a  ring  formation.  For 
very  little  children  the  teacher  should  simply  stretch  his  or  her 
own  hands  sideways,  taking  a  child  by  either  hand  to  show  what  is 
wanted,  and  telling  the  others  to  form  a  circle.  All  will  naturally 
clasp  hands  in  the  same  way.  Children  should  be  urged  to  move 


154  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

quickly  for  such  formations.  For  some  games  the  hands  remain 
clasped.  For  others  the  hands  are  dropped  (unclasped)  after  the 
ring  is  formed.  The  distance  between  players  may  be  gauged  by 
the  stretch  of  the  arms  when  the  hands  are  clasped,  making  the 
ring  larger  or  smaller.  With  older  players  the  teacher's  participa- 
tion in  the  formation  of  the  circle  is  not  necessary,  the  mere  com- 
mand to  '  Form  circle ! '  being  adequate. 

"  For  large  numbers  the  ring  formation  is  best  achieved  from  a 
line  standing  in  single  file.  The  players  should  march  or  run,  the 
leader  of  the  file  describing  a  circle  and  joining  hands  with  the  rear 
player  of  the  file,  all  the  others  joining  hands  similarly  with  their 
neighbors. 

"  Concentric  circles.  Where  players  are  to  be  placed  in  two 
circles,  one  within  the  other,  as  in  three  deep,  zigzag  ball,  or  some 
of  the  singing  games  for  large  numbers,  players  should  march  in  a 
column  of  twos  (two  by  two),  and  the  leaders  should  describe  a 
circle  until  the  ends  meet.  All  then  face  inward. 

"Another  method  of  forming  concentric  circles  is  to  form  a  single 
circle,  and  have  every  alternate  player  step  inward.  Or  the  players 
may  number  off  by  twos,  and  those  bearing  the  odd  (or  even)  num- 
bers take  one  or  two  steps  toward  the  center  of  the  circle.  All 
numbering-off  methods,  however,  are  comparatively  slow. 

"  Opposing  teams  or  lines.  For  assigning  large  numbers  of 
players  quickly  in  opposing  teams  or  lines,  the  following  methods 
are  among  the  most  orderly : 

"  a  The  players  '  fall  in '  for  a  march  in  single  file.  They  march 
up  the  center  of  the  room  or  ground ;  the  first  player  turns  to  the 
right  and  the  next  to  the  left,  and  so  on  alternately,  taking  stations 
at  the  sides  of  the  ground;  they  are  thus  separated  inio  two 
opposing  groups,  those  which  turn  to  the  right  forming  one  group 
or  team,  and  those  to  the  left  another. 

"  This  method  is  even  quicker  if  players  march  in  columns  of 
twos  or  fours,  alternate  ranks  turning  to  alternate  sides. 

"b  Players  may  be  required  to  march  in  columns  of  twos  (two 
abreast),  halt,  and  those  in  one  file  of  the  column  step  to  one  side 
of  the  playground  instead  of  marching  to  the  front  and  separating, 
as  in  a,  and  those  in  the  other  .file  to  the  opposite  side. 

"  Where  an  even  division  of  running  ability,  or  height  for  catch- 
ing balls,  is  necessary,  players  should  be  sized  when  lining  up  for 
either  of  the  above  methods. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   D  155 

"  c  When  players  in  a  gymnasium,  playroom  or  playground  have 
already  been  numbered  for  gymnastic  purposes,  the  odd  numbers 
may  be  directed  to  one  end  of  the  playground  to  form  one  team, 
and  the  even  numbers  to  the  opposite  end  for  the  other  team, 

"  Group  formations.  To  get  players  into  many  small  groups,  a 
division  may  often  best  be  made  from  the  marching  formations. 
Players  may  be  brought  for  this  purpose  into  columns  of  four  or 
more  (marching  four  abreast),  halted,  and  each  file  in  turn  directed 
to  some  particular  location  in  the  playground. 

"  Where  time  is  not  a  consideration,  or  the  number  of  players  is 
smaller,  more  deliberate  methods  of  counting  out,  choosing  sides, 
etc.,  may  be  used." 

(The  paragraphs  quoted  above  are  from  Jessie  H.  Bancroft,  "Games  for 
the  Playground,  Home,  School  and  Gymnasium.") 


Group  Games,  Arranged  by  Grades 

Suggestions  specially  emphasised 

1  The  only  game  that  is  worth  while  is  the  game  that  is  inter- 
esting. 

2  Teach  one  game  at  a  time  and  teach  it  thoroughly. 

3  Know  the  rules  yourself  and  teach  them  to  the  children. 

4  Play  one  game  until  it  begins  to  lose  its  interest  or  has  ac- 
complished its  purpose. 

5  Too  many  new  games  at  a  time  may  mean  that  none  of  them 
will  be  learned  thoroughly  or  played  well. 

6  Ordinarily,  let  the  children  decide  on  what  games  they  will 
play. 

7  Teach  games  for  the  good  there  is  in  them.    On  your  method 
of  instruction  depends  the  quality  and  the  quantity  of  physical, 
mental,   moral   and   social   education   your   pupils   achieve.      Keep 
your  ideals  in  mind  while  you  are  teaching! 

8  All   children   should   play.      The   teacher    should   know   each 
child's  limitations  and  possibilities  and  should  place  him  where  he 
will  play  best. 

9  Be  sympathetic,  kind,  firm  and  resourceful  —  and  play  your- 
self. " 

10  Segregate  boys  and  girls  in  the  secondary  schools  and  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  grades  in  the  elementary  school. 


156  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


LISTS  OF  GAMES  AND  OTHER  ACTIVITIES  FROM 
WHICH  THE  SCHOOL  MAY  MAKE  APPROPRIATE 
SELECTIONS  FOR  CLASS  USE 

Games  for  Elementary  Schools  (from  Bancroft) 

This  grading  of  the  games  for  schools  indicates  the  lowest  grade 
in  which,  on  an  average,  a  game  is  found  to  be  suitable, .  its  use 
being,  intended  in  any  succeeding  grade  also. 

For  description  of  games,  teacher  may  consult  books  listed  in  the  refer- 
ences in  this  syllabus. 

lA     First  year  (first  half),  (6-7  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom  « 

Duck  dance,  the  Cat  and  mice 

Itisket,  itasket  Changing  seats  —  I 

Jack  be  nimble  Did  you  ever  see  a  lassie 

Kitty  white  Good  morning 

Looby  loo  Hide  the  thimble 

Muffin  man  Jack  be  nimble 

Mulberry  bush  Looby  loo 

Railroad  train  Muffin  man 

Ringmaster  Mulberry  bush 
Round  and  round   went  the   gallant      Railroad  train 

ship  Ringmaster 

Slap  jack  Slap  jack 

Snail  Squirrel  and  nut 

Squirrel  in  trees  Squirrel  in  trees 


iB    First  year  (second  half),  (6-7  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Charley  over   the   water  Circle  seat  relay 

Crossing  the  brook  Crossing  the  brook 
Did  you  ever  see  a  lassie 

Do  this,  do  that  Do  this,  do  that 

Farmer  in  the  dell  Farmer  in  the  dell 

Jacob  and  Rachel  Huckle,  buckle,  bean  stalk 

Kaleidoscope  Kaleidoscope 
Leaves  are  green 

Lost  child,  the  Lost  child,  the 

Round  and  round  the  village  Round  and  round  the  village 

Teacher  and  class  Teacher  and  class 

* 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  157 

2A    Second  year  (first  half),   (7-8  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Automobile  race 

Bird  catcher,  the  Bird  catcher,  the 

Buying  a  lock  Buying  a  lock 

Cat  and  rat  Hand  over  head  bean  bag 

Hand  ball  drill  — I    (elementary)  Hand  ball  drill  —  I    (elementary) 

Moon  and  morning  stars 

Midnight 

Oats,  peas,  beans  Oats,  peas,  beans 

Puss  in  the  circle 

Ring  call  ball 

Wee  bologna  man  Wee  bologna  man 

2B    Second  year  (second  half),   (7-8  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Bean  bag  and  basket  relay 

Bean  bag  board  Bean  bag  board 

Center  catch  ball 
Circle  ball 

Changing  seats 

Drop  the  handkerchief  Drop  the  handkerchief 

Flowers  aqd  the  wind,   the 
Frog  in  the  middle 

Fox  and  squirrel 
Hunting 

Let  the  feet  go  tramp 

Letting  out  the  doves  Letting  out  the  doves 

London  bridge  London  bridge 

Simon  says 

3 A     Third  year  (first  half),  (8-9  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Bean  bag  circle  toss  Bean  bag  circle  toss 

Bean  bag  ring  throw  .  Bean  bag  ring  throw 
Center  base 

Draw  a  bucket  of  water  Draw  a  bucket  of  water 

\ 

Have  you  seen  my  sheep?  H.ave  you  seen  my  sheep? 

Hill  dill 

Hopping  relay  race  Hopping  relay  race 

I  say,  "Stoop  !"  I  say,  "Stoop !" 

Nuts  in  May  Line  ball 

Puss  in  a  corner  Puss  in  a  corner 

Single  relay  race 
Tommy  Tiddler's  ground 

Water  sprite 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


38    Third  year  (second  half),  (8-9  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Bean  bag  box  Bean  bag  box 

Ball  chase 
Call  ball 

Chinese  chicken  Chinese  chicken 

Dodgeball  (informal) 

Follow  chase  Flower  match 

Follow  the  leader  Follow  the  leader 

Fox  trail,  single  rim  Horns 


Jumping  rope  —  I 
Lame  fox  and  chickens 


Playground 
Line  zigzag 
Prisoners  base  —  I 
Shadow  tag 
Shuttle  relay 
Stoop  tag 

Who  goes  round  my  stone  wall? 


Schoolroom 


Line  zigzag 
Old  man  tag 

Schoolroom  tag 
Tag  the  wall  relay 
Weathercock 


4A     Fourth  year  (first  half),   (9-10  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

All-up  relay  All-up  relay 

Animal  chase 
Arch  ball  Arch  ball 


Bag  pile 
Corner  spry 


Bag  pile 
Corner  spry 


Farmer  is  coming,  the 
Guess  who 
Home  tag 
Hunt  the  fox 

Roley  poley 

Slap  catch 
Stealing  sticks 
Target  toss 


Guess  who 
Naughts  and  crosses 
Slap  catch 
Target  toss 
Vaulting  seats 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D 


159 


48    Fourth  year  (second  half),  (9-10  years  old} 


Playground 
Bear  in  the  pit 
Bunch  of  ivy 

Captain  ball  —  2  or  3 
Catch  the  cane 
Catch  of  fish 
Criss-cross  goal 
Cross  tag 

High  windows 
Hunt,  the 

Leapfrog  race 
Numbers  change 


Schoolroom 
Balloon  ball 
Blackboard  relay 


Catch  the  cane 
Criss-cross  goal 


Home  run. 
Leaf  by  leaf 
Thimble  ring 


Playground 

Pass  ball  relay  Observation 

Potato   race,    151    or    152   or    Potato 

shuttle  relay  Potato  race 

Step 

Tip  tap  toe 


Schoolroom 


5 A    Fifth  year  (first  half),  (10-11  years  old} 

Playground 
Arch  goal  ball 


Schoolroom 


Basketball  distance  throw 
Club  snatch 

Drive  ball 
Dumb-bell  tag 
Fire  on  the  mountains 
Fox  trail,  double  rim 

Japanese  tag 
Jumping  rope  —  2 
Leader  and  footer 

Over  and  under  relay 

Stride  ball 
Third  slap 
Triple  change 
Wall  ball  drill 


Buzz 

Blackboard  relay 
Dumb-bell  tag 
Going  to  Jerusalem 
Kaleidoscope 

My  lady's  toilet 

(See  also  Spin  the  platter) 
Over  and  under  relay 
Scat 
Schoolroom  dodgeball 


i6o  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

56     Fifth  year  (second  half),  (10-11  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Ball  puss  Ball  puss 

Balloon  goal 

Baste  the  bear  Balloon  goal 

Black  Tom 

Circle  dodgeball  Blackboard  relay 

Hound  and  rabbit  Cat  party 

How  many  miles  to  Babylon  ? 

Jump  the  bean  bag 
Kaleidoscope  Kaleidoscope 

Last  man 

Leaf  by  leaf 

Passing  race  Passing  race 

Pebble  chase 
Stone 

Toss  ball 
Three  deep 

(See  also  Third  man  and  last  man) 
Wood  tag 


6A     Sixth  year  (first  half),  (11-12  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Beast,  bird  or  fish 

Ball  stand  Blackboard  relay 

Body  guard  Catch  basket 

Double  dodgeball  Desk  relay 

Every  man  in  his  own  den  Hands  up,  hands  down 

Fist  ball 

Garden  scamp 

London 

Jumping  rope  —  3 

Last  couple  out 

Line  zigzag — 2  or  3  Recognition 

Partner  tag 

Spin  the  platter 

Prisoner's  base  —  2,  3  or  4  (See  also  My  lady's  toilet) 

Skin  the  goat  Vaulting  relay 


6B    Sixth  year  (second  half),  (11-12  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Barley  break        §  Blackboard  relay  race 

Center  club  bowls 
Chickidy  hand 
Curtain  ball 
Progressive  dodgeball 
Duck  on  a  rock  Schoolroom  dodgeball 


PART  OF  VILLAGE  SCHOOL  RECREATIONAL  PROVISION  AT  EAST 
BLOOMFIELD 


ANNUAL    SCHOOL    FESTIVAL    OF    MILFORD,    OTSEGO    COUNTY 


sir* 


STILLWATER   SCHOOL    PICNIC,    1916 


CONTESTANTS  IN  THE  MEET  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  ATHLETIC  LEAGUE 
OF  ROCKLAND  COUNTY,   MAY    15, 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  l6l 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Football  tag  Find  the  ring 

Hand  football  Jumping  relay  race 

Indian  club  race 

Jumping  relay  race  Old  woman  from  the  wood 

Jump  the  shot  (See  also  Trades) 

Old  woman  from  the  wood 

(See  also  Trades)  Round  ball 

Zoo 

Red  lion 
Round  ball 
Sun  dial 
Stake  guard 


7 A    Seventh  year  (first  haii),  (12-13  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Black  and  white  "  B  "  game 

Bombardment  Blackboard  relay 

Black  and  white 

Fence  tag 

Keep  moving  Keep  moving 

Last  man 

Oyster  shell 
Poison 

Nimble  squirrel 
Rolling  target 
Saddle  the  nag 
Slipper  slap  Slipper  slap 

Third  man 

78    Seventh  year  (second  half),  (12-13  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Corner  ball  Ben,d  and  stretch  relay 

Dumb  crambo  Dead  ball 

Emperor  ball 

Forcing  the  city  gates  Dumb  crambo 

Fox  and  geese 

Hand  ball  drill  — 2 

Line  club  bowls,  double  Line  club  bowls,  double 

Mount  ball 

Odd  man's  cap       •  Literary  lore 

0 


l62  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Pass  and  toss  relay  (single  line) 
Pinch-o 

Volley  ball  Schoolroom  volley  ball 

Wand  tug  of  war 
Whip  tag 

Zigzag  overhead  toss  Up,  Jenkins ! 

•' 

8A    Eighth  year  (first  half),  (13-14  years  old} 

Playground  Schoolroom 

All  ran  Blackboard  relay 

Battle  ball 

Catch  and  pull  tug  of  war 

Chinese  chicken  Cross  questions 

Circle  race  Hen  roost 

Circle  relay  Minister's  cat,  the 

Line  zigzag  —  3 

Maze  tag 

Nine-court  basket  ball  Overtake 

Overtake 

Poison  snake 

Round  ball 

Schoolroom  captain  ball 
Square  ball 
War  Sketches 


8B     Eighth  year  (second  half),   (13-14  years  old) 

Playground  Schoolroom 

Author's  initials 

Bound  ball  Blackboard  relay  race 

Boundary  ball  Crambo 

Chinese  wall 
Circle  club  bowls 

Circle  zigzag  Double  relay  race 

Double  relay  race 

Japanese  crab  race  Line  club  bowls,  single 

Line  club  bowls,  single 
Master  of  the  ring 
Pass  and  toss  relay  (double  line) 
Pig  in  a  hole  Prince  of  Paris 

Stool  ball 

Tossing  wands 

Wand  race  Wand  race 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D 


I63 


Games  for  High  Schools  (Bancroft) 

For  the  playground  or  exercising  hall.  A  few  of  these  games 
may  be  played  in  the  schoolroom. 

This  list  of  high  school  games  is  far  from  exhaustive.  A  large 
percentage  of  those  listed  for  the  elementary  grades  will  be  found 
suitable  for  high  schools. 

Miscellaneous  Active  Games 
All-up  relay  Jump  the  shot 

Bull  in  the  ring  Last  couple  out 

Bung  the  bucket  Leader  and  footer 

Leapfrog  race 
Catch  and  pull  tug  of  war 
Circle  race 
Circle  relay 
Club  snatch 
Contests  for  two 

Double  relay  race 
Duck  on  a  rock 
Dumb-bell  tag 

Every  man  in  his  own  den 

Follow  the  leader 

Forcing  the  city  gates 

Fortress 

Fox  and  geese 

Fox  trail,  double  rim 

Hand  tag 
Home  tag 
Hound  and  rabbit 

Indian  club  race 

Japanese  tag 
Japanese  crab  race 
Jumping  rope  —  I 
Jumping  rope  —  2 
Jumping  rope  —  3 
Jumping  relay  race 


All  run 

Ball  chase 
Balloon  ball 


Master  of  the  ring 
Maze  tag 

Odd  man's  cap 
Oyster  shell 

Partner  tag 

Pebble  chase 

Pinch-o 

Poison 

Potato  shuttle  relay 

Prisoner's  base  —  I,  2,  3,  4,  5 

Saddle  the  nag 
Shuttle  relay 
Single  relay  race 
Skin  the  goat 
Slipper  slap 
Stake  guard 
Stealing  sticks 
Three  deep 

(See  also  Third  man) 
Tossing  wands 
Tree  party 
Triple  change 

Wand  race 
Whip  tag 
Wood  tag 

Ball  Games 

Ball  puss 

Ball  stand 

Basket  ball  distance  throw 

Battle  ball 


164 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Bombardment 
Bound  ball 
Boundary  ball 

Call  ball 
Captain  ball  —  i 
Captain  ball  —  2 
Captain  ball  —  3 
Center  club  bowls 
Circle  club  bowls 
Corner  ball 
Curtain  ball 

Dodgeball 
Double  corner  ball 
Drive  ball 

Emperor  ball 

Fist  ball 
Football  tag 

Hand  football 
Hand  ball  drill  — 2 

Line  club  bowls  (single) 
Line  club  bowls  (double) 


Mount  ball 
Nine-court  basketball 
Over  and  under  relay 

Progressive  dodgeball 
Pig  in  a  hole 
Progressive  captain  ball 

Round  ball 

Square  ball 
Stool  ball 
Stride  ball 

Ten  trips 
Tether  ball 

Volley  ball 

Wall  ball  drill 
War 

Zigzag  overhead  toss 

(See  also  Circle  zigzag,  Line  zigzr.g 
-2,3) 


Games  for  Playgrounds,  Gymnasiums,  and  Large  Numbers 

.(Bancroft) 

The  term  "  playground  ''  is  here  used  to  designate  a  general  out- 
door play  space  of  liberal  area.  The  open  country  or  a  village 
would  be  just  as  suitable  for  many  of  the  games,  though  with  few 
exceptions  they  may  be  played  in  limited  territory.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  the  hide-and-seek  games  almost  all  are  equally  suitable 
for  both  playground  and  gymnasium.  The  list  includes  games  for 
players  from  kindergarten  age  to  adults,  and  for  both  large  and 
small  numbers. 

Miscellaneous  Active  Games 


All-up  relay 

Animal  blind  man's  buff 

Animal  chase 

Arrow  chase 

Barley  break 
Baste  the  bear 


Bear  in  the  pit 
Bird  catcher 
Black  and  white 
Black  Tom 
Blind  bell 
Blind  man's  buff 
Body  guard 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   D 


Bull  in  the  ring 
Bunch  of  ivy 
Bung  the  bucket 
Buying  a  lock 

Cat  and  rat 

Catch  and  pull  tug  of  war 

Catch  of  fish 

Catch  the  cane 

Cavalry  drill 

Centipede 

Charley  over  the  water 

Chickadee-dee 

Chicken  market 

Chickidy  hand 

Chinese  chicken 

Chinese  wall 

Circle  race 

Circle  relay 

Clam  shell  combat 

Club  snatch 

Cock  stride 

Cross  tag 

Crossing  the  brook 

Do  this,  do  that 
Double  relay  races 
Drop  the  handerchief 
Duck  on  a  rock 
Dumb-bell  tag 

Every  man  in  his  own  den 
Exchange 

Farmer  is  coming,  the 

Fence  tag 

Fire  on  the  mountains 

Flowers  and  the  wind,  the 

Follow  chase 

Follow  the  leader 

Forcing  the  city  gates 

Fortress 

Fox  and  geese 

Fox  trail,  double  rim 

Fox  trail,  single  rim 

French  tag 

Frog  in  the  middle 

Garden  scamp 
Going  to  Jerusalem 
Good  morning 


Guess  who 
Gypsy 

Hang  tag 

Have  you  seen  my  sheep? 

Hide  and  seek 

Hide  the  thimble 

High  windows 

Hill  dill 

Hip 

Home  tag 

Hopping  relay  race 

Hound  and  rabbit 

How  many  miles  to  Babylon? 

Huckle,  buckle,  bean  stalk 

Hunt,  the 

Hunt  the  fox 

Hunt  the  slipper 

Indian  club  race 
I  say,  "  Stoop ! " 
I  spy 

Jack  be  nimble 
Jacob  and  Rachel 
Japanese  crab  race 
Japanese  tag 
Johnny  ride  a  pony 
Jumping  relay  race 
Jumping  rope  —  I 

(small  single  rope) 
Jumping  rope  —  2 

(one  large  rope) 
Jumping  rope  —  3 

(two  large  ropes) 
Jumping  rope  — 4 

(large  and  small  ropes) 
Jump  the  shot 

Kaleidoscope 

Lady  of  the  land 
Lame  fox  and  chickens 
Last  couple  out 
Leader  and  footer 
Leapfrog 
Leapfrog  race 
Letting  out  the  doves 
Lost  child,  the 

Master  O'f  the  ring 
Maze  tag 


i66 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Menagerie 

Midnight 

Moon  and  morning  stars 

Mother,  may  I  go  out  to  play  ? 

Mother,  mother,  the  pot  boils  over 

My  lady's  toilet 

Numbers  change 

Odd  man's  cap 

Old  buzzard 

Old  woman  from  the  wood 

Oyster  shell 

Par 

Partner  tag 
Pebble  chase 
PInch-o 
Pitch  pebble 
Poison 
Poison  snake 
Pom  Pom  pull-away 
Potato  race 
Potato  shuttle  relay 
Potato  spoon  race 
Prisoner's  base 
Prisoner's  base  —  i 
Prisoner's  base  —  2 
Prisoner's  base  —  3 
Prisoner's  base  —  4 
Prisoner's  base  —  5 
Puss  in  a  corner 
Puss  in  the  circle 

Railroad  train 
Red  lion 
Relay  races  : 

All-up  relay 

Circle  relay 

Double  relay 

Potato  races 

Shuttle  relay 

Single  relay 
Ring-a-lievio 
Ringmaster 
Robbers  and  soldiers 
Rolling  target 
Round   and  round   went  the   gallant 

ship 
Run,  sheep  run 


Saddle  the  nag 

Sardines 

Seeking  for  gold 

Shadow  tag 

Shuttle  relay 

Single  relay  race 

Skin  the  goat 

Skyte  the  Bob 

Slap  catch 

Slap  Jack 

Slipper  slap 

Smuggling  the  geg 

Spanish  fly 

Spans 

Spin  the  platter 

Spooning 

Squirrel  in  trees 

Stage  coach 

Stake  guard 

Stealing  sticks 

Step 

Still  pond,  no  more  moving 

Stone 

Stoop  tag 

Sun  dial 

Tag  games 

Ten  steps 

Thimble  ring 

Third  man 

Third  slap 

Three  deep 

Tommy  Tiddler's  ground 

Tossing  wands 

Trades 

Tree  party 

Triple  change 

Tug  of  war 

(See   Catch   and  pull  tug  of   w&r 
and  wand  tug  of  war 

Under  the  cuckoo's  nest 

Wand  race 

Warrd  tug  of  war 

Water  sprite 

Wee  bologna  man,  the 

Who  goes  around  my  stone  wall? 

Wolf 

Wood  tag 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   D  167 


Team  Games  (as  distinguished  from  specialized  athletics) 

When  it  is  reasonably  possible,  teams  should  be  organized  within 
classes  for  the  school  term  or  for  the  school  year.  These  teams 
should  be  fairly  evenly  matched  and  their  membership  should  be 
relatively  permanent.  Each  team  should  have  its  captain  chosen 
for  the  term  or  the  year.  Real  teams,  particularly  in  the  seventh 
and  eighth  grades  and  beyond,  will  give  a  basis  for  interesting 
intramural  competitions  (competitions  within  the  school)  in  which 
team  play,  team  honor,  competitive  courtesy  and  sportsmanly  ideals 
may  be  developed.  They  make  possible  a  valuable  training  in 
obedience,  cooperation  and  orderly  conduct  and  may  develop 
loyalty,  friendships  and  leadership. 

Intramural  competitions  escape  many  of  the  evils  of  extramural 
athletics,  such  as  newspaper  notoriety,  large  expense,  sharp  business 
methods  and  professional  athletic  ideals  and  practices.  (See  also 
discussion  of  "mass  athletics"  below.) 

Among  the  games  best  suited  for  intramural  competitions  are: 
baseball,  indoor  baseball,  long  ball,  tennis,  volley  ball,  hockey, 
soccer  and  baseball.  There  are  in  addition  numerous  ordinary  track 
and  field  events  which  appeal  to  older  boys  and  girls. 


Group  Dances 

For  Elementary  Schools  (Crampton) 

For  the  Exercising  Hall  or  Playground 

GRADES 

The  Chimes  of  Dunkirk 1-2 

Tailor's   Dance 1-2 

Danish  Dance  of  Greeting ib 

I  See  You i ..........  1-4 

The  Carrousel  1-4 

German  Clap  Dance  1-4 

Shoemaker's  Dance  '. 2a 

The  Rill  I 3-5 

Children's  Polka   (Kinderpolka) 2b 

Vineyard  Dance  3 

English  Harvesters  Dance  3  ab 

Tantoli ,. .'  4  ab 

Lassies'  Dance  I.  (Kulldansen) 4  ab 

Nixie  Polka  (Nigarelpolska) 4  ab 

Nickodickomdij 4-6 


l68  PHYSICAL   TRAINING   SYLLABUS 


GRADE 

Washing  Song  and  Game 4-6 

Chain  Dance   4-6 

Swedish  Clap  Dance   (Klappdans) 5  ab 

Bleking    5  ab 

Finnish  Reel 5  ab 

The  Irish  Jig  5-8 

Csardas 5-8 

Reap  the  Flax : 5-8 

Rheinlander 5-8 

Fryksdalspolska    • 6a 

Norwegian  Mountain  March 6  ab 

Highland  Schottische  6  ab 

German  Hopping  Dance   6  ab 

Lassies'  Dance  II.   (Kulldansen) 6-8 

A   Russian   Dance    (Komarinskaja) 6-8 

Mondanet  Maganak   6-8 

The  Rill  II..  6-8 


May  also  be  used  in  secondary  schools 

Hop,  Mother  Annika  (Hopp  Mor.  Annika) 7  ab 

Swedish  Ring  Dance 7  ab 

Ace  of  Diamonds  7  ab 

The  Irish  Lilt  *  7  ab 

The  Oxen  Dance  ( Oxdansen ) 8  ab 

Highland  Fling    8  ab 

Laudnum   Bunches 7-8 

Russian  Cossack  Dance  7-8 

Swedish  Polka   (Fjallnaspolska) 7-8 

Stuyvesant  Dance   7-8 


Group  Dances  for  Various  Ages  and  for  Various  Playgrounds 

(From  Elizabeth  Burchenal) 
From  Book  i 

Dances  suitable  for  grass  playgrounds 

Ace  of  Diamonds,  The  (Danish)  Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 

Carrousel    (Swedish   Singing  Game)  Ma's    Little    Pigs    (Swedish    Singing 
Dance  of  Greeting  (Danish)  Game) 

First  of  May,  The  (Swedish  Singing  May-pole  Dance  (English) 

Game)  Mountain  March   (Norwegian) 

Fjallnaspolska   (Swedish)  Oxdansen  (Swedish) 

Grandma's    Old    Sparrow    (Swedish  Reap  the  Flax  (Swedish) 

Singing  Game)  Shoemakers'  Dance   (Danish) 

I  See  You   (Swedish  Singing  Game)  Tarantella   (Italian) 

Kull-Dansen         (Swedish         Singing  Tailor's     Dance     (Swedish     Singing 

Game)  Game) 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING 


Dances  suitable  for  playgrounds  TCI"//;  dirt  surface 


Ace  of  Diamonds,  The  (Danish) 
First  of  May,  The  (Swedish  Singing 

Game) 

Fjallnaspolska  (Swedish) 
Kull-Dansen         (Swedish        Singing 

Game) 
Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 


Ma's    Little    Pigs    (Swedish    Singing 

Game) 

May-pole  Dance  (English) 
Oxdansen  (Swedish) 
Reap  the  Flax  (Swedish) 
Shoemakers'  Dance   (Danish) 


Dances  suitable  for  indoor  playgrounds 


Ace  of  Diamonds,  The  (Danish) 

Carrousel    (Swedish   Singing   Game) 

Csardas  (Hungarian) 

Csardas  No.  2 

Dance  of  Greeting  (Danish) 

First  of  May,  The  (Swedish  Singing 

Game) 

Foursome  Reel  (Scotch) 
Fjallnaspolska  (Swedish) 
Grandma's  Old  Sparrow  (Swedish 

Singing  Game) 
Highland  Fling  (Scotch) 
I  See  You  (Swedish  Singing  Game) 
Jig  (Irish) 

Kamarinskaia  (Russian) 
Komarno  (Bohemian) 


Kull-Dansen        (Swedish        Singing 
Game) 

Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 

Ma's    Little    Pigs    (Swedish    Singing 
Game) 

May-pole  Dance  (English) 

Mountain   March    (Norwegian) 

Oxdansen   (Swedish) 

Reap  the  Flax  (Swedish) 

Shoemakers'  Dance  (Danish) 

Strasak   (Bohemian) 

Tailors'    Dance     (Swedish    Singing 
Game) 

Tarantella  (Italian) 

Washing  the  Clothes  (Swedish  Sing- 
ing Game) 


Dances  suitable  for  small  children 


Ace  of  Diamonds,  The  (Danish) 
Carrousel    (Swedish    Singing  Game) 
Csardas  (Hungarian) 
Dance  of  Greeting  (Danish) 
First  of  May,  The  (Swedish  Singing 

Game) 
Grandmas    Old    Sparrow     (Swedish 

Singing  Game) 

I  See  You  (Swedish  Singing  Game) 
Komarno  (Bohemian) 


Ma's    Little    Pigs    (Swedish    Singing 

Game) 

May-pole   Dance    (English) 
Mountain  March  (Norwegian) 
Oxdansen   (Swedish) 
Reap  the  Flax  (Swedish) 
Shoemakers'  Dance  (Danish) 
Strasak   (Bohemian) 
Tailors'     Dance     (Swedish     Singing 

Game) 


Washing  the  Clothes   (Swedish  Singing  Game) 
Dances  suitable  for  larger  boys 


Csardas  No.  2 
Foursome  Reel  (Scotch) 
Jig   (Irish) 
Kamarinskaia  (Russian) 


Komarno  (Bohemian) 
Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 
Morris  Dance  (English) 
Oxdansen   (Swedish) 


I/O 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Tarantella  (Italian) 
Dances  suitable  for  larger  girls  • 


Ace  of  Diamonds,  The  (Danish) 

Carrousel    (Swedish   Singing  Game) 

Csardas  (Hungarian) 

Csardas  No.  2 

First  of  May,  The  (Swedish  Singing 

Game) 

Foursome  Reel  (Scotch) 
Fjallnaspolska  (Swedish) 
Highland  Fling  (Scotch) 
I  See  You  (Swedish  Singing  Game) 
Jig  (Irish) 
Kamarinskaia  (Russian) 


Komarno  (Bohemian) 

Kull-Dansen        (Swedish        Singing 

Game) 
Lassie-Dance        (Swedish       Singing 

Game) 

Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 
May-pole  Dance  (English) 
Mountain  March  (Norwegian) 
Reap  the  Flax  (Swedish) 
Shoemakers'  Dance  (Danish) 
Strasak  (Bohemian) 
Tarantella  (Italian) 


Dances  suitable  for  adults 


Ace  of  Diamonds,  The  (Danish) 
Csardas  (Hungarian) 
Csardas  No.  2 
Foursome  Reel  (Scotch) 
Fjallnaspolska  (Swedish) 
Highland  Fling  (Scotch) 
Jig  (Irish) 
Kamarinskaia  (Russian) 


Komarno  (Bohemian) 

Kull-Dansen        (Swedish        Singing 

Game) 

Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 
May-pole  Dance     (English) 
Mountain  March  (Norwegian) 
Oxdansen   (Swedish) 
Strasak   (Bohemian) 


Tarantella  (Italian) 
Dances  suitable  for  special  occasions. 


Greeting 

Dance  of  Greeting  (Danish) 
Kull-Dansen  (Swedish  singing  game) 

Farewell 

First  of  May,  The   (Swedish  singing 
game) 

SECOND  PART 

Harvest  time 
Reap  the  Flax  (Swedish) 


Rejoicing 

Carrousel    (Swedish    singing   game) 
I  See  You  (Swedish  singing  game) 
Tarantella  (Italian) 

Springtime 
First  of  May,  The  (Swedish  singing 

game)  • 

Laudnum  Bunches  (English) 
May-pole  Dance  (English) 
St  Patrick's  Day 
Jig  (Irish) 


Dances  of  various  occupations 
Shoemakers'  Dance  (Danish)  Riding  on  the  Merry-go-round 


Tailors'     Dance     (Swedish     singing 

game) 

Washing  the  Clothes  (Swedish  sing- 
.    ing  game) 


Carrousel  (Swedish  singing  game) 
Mountain  Climbing  with  Guide 
Mountain  March  (Norwegian) 
Mock  Fight 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D  IJI 

Oxdansen   (Swedish) 

From  Book  2       (Burchenal) 

Dances  especially  suitable  for  small  children 

Bleking  (Swedish)  Gustaf's     Skoal     (Swedish     singing 

Broom      Dance      (German      singing  game) 

game)  In  Summer  (German  singing  game) 

"  Come,  Let  Us  Be  Joyful"  (German  Our    Little    Girls    (Swedish    singing 

singing  game)  game) 

"Go    From    Me"    (German    singing  Seven  Jumps   (Danish  and  German) 

game)  Seven  Pretty  Girls  (Swedish  singing 

Grandmother's  Dance  (Swiss  singing  game) 

game) 

Dances  especially  suitable  for  larger  girls  or  women 

Bobbing  Joe  (English  Morris  dance)  Ribbon  Dance  (English) 

Clap  Dance  (Swedish)  Rinnce  Fada  (Irish) 

Crested  Hen,  The  (Danish)  Six  Hand  Reel  (Irish) 

Four  Dance  (Danish)  Sword  Dance  (Scotch) 

Foursome  Reel  (Scotch)  Tantoli  (Swedish) 

Gotlands  Quadrille   (Swedish)  Three  Dance  (Danish) 

Highland  Fling  (Scotch)  Three  Men's  Polka  (Swedish) 

Hornpipe  (English)  Three  Men's  Reel  (Danish) 

Dances  especially  suitable  for  larger  boys  or  men 
Bobbing  Joe  (English  Morris  dance)       Hornpipe   (English) 
Foursome  Reel   (Scotch)  Seven  Jumps  (Danish  and  German) 

Highland  Fling  (Scotch)  Sword  Dance  (Scotch) 

Dances  especially  suitable  for  men  and  women  together 
Bleking  (Swedish)  Gotlands  Quadrille  (Swedish) 

Clap  Dance  (Swedish)  Rinnce  Fada  (Irish) 

"Come,  Let  Us  Be  Joyful"  (German       Six  Hand  Reel  (Irish) 

singing  game)  Tantoli  (Swedish) 

Crested  Hen,  The  (Danish)  Three  Dance  (Danish) 

Four  Dance  (Danish)  Three  Men's  Polka  (Swedish) 

Three  Men's  Reel  (Danish) 

Dances  especially  suitable  for  dancing  on  the  green 

Bleking  (Swedish)  Gustaf's     Skoal     (Swedish     singin-; 

Bobbing  Joe  (English  Morris  dance)  game) 

"Come,  Let  Us  Be  Joyful"  (German  In  Summer  (German  singing  .game) 

singing  game)  Our    Little    Girls    (Swedish    singing 

Crested  Hen,  The   (Danish)  game) 

"Go    From    Me"    (German    singing  Ribbon  Dance   (English) 

game)  Seven  Jumps  (Danish  and  German) 

Grandmother's  Dance  (Swiss  singing  Seven  Pretty  Girls  (Swedish  singing 

game)  game) 


I72  PHYSICAL    TRAIN  IXG    SYLLABUS' 

Tantoli  (Swedish) 
Dances  especially  requiring  a  floor 
Broom      Dance     (German      singing      Hornpipe  (English) 

game)  Rinnce  Fada    (Irish) 

Clap  Dance  (Swedish)  Six  Hand  Reel   (Irish) 

Four  Dance  (Danish)  Sword  Dance  (Scotch) 

Foursome  Reel  (Scotch)  Three  Dance  (Danish) 

Gotlands  Quadrille   (Swedish)  Three  Men's  Polka  (Swedish) 

Highland  Fling  (Scotch)  Three  Men's  Reel  (Danish) 

List  of  Games  and  a  Program  by  Grades  Suggested  by  Lee 

The  following  preliminary  draft  of  a  report  on  "  Education  Through 
Play  and  Games "  became  available  for  inclusion  in  this  syllabus  through 
the  courtesy  of  Mr  Joseph  Lee,  President  of  the  Playground  and  Recreation 
Association  of  America.  The  final  report  of  Mr  Lee's  committee  may  prob- 
ably be  secured  through  the  Playground  Association. 

Schools  will  find  this  report,  and  particularly  its  classification  of  games 
and  play,  of  very  practical  use  in  planning  their  recreational  activities. 

REPORT   SUGGESTING  GAMES   TO   BE   USED  BY   SCHOOLS  AS  PART  OF  OUR 
EDUCATIONAL   SYSTEM 

Part  of  an  All-around  Program 

The  games  in  the  following  list  are  suggested  as  part  of  a  pro- 
gram to  be  undertaken  by  our  schools  with  a  view  that  the  children 
of  this  country  shall  receive  all-round  mental,  moral  and  physical 
development.  It  is  assumed  that  the  schools  will  provide  gym- 
nastics, track  athletics,  manual  and  industrial  training,  drawing, 
singing,  story-telling,  and  the  teaching  of  practical  hygiene  as  well 
as  play  and  games. 

It  is  further  assumed  —  as  it  must  be  in  any  plan  for  physical 
and  moral  education  —  that  every  school  will  have  an  adequate 
playground  properly  equipped  and  will  make  use  of  athletic  fields 
big  enough  for  the  national  games,  and  that  the  schools,  at  least 
in  the  lower  grades,  will  be  furnished  with  movable  desks. 

The  school  itself,  however,  unless  its  hours  and  the  length  of  its 
sessions  are  much  increased,  can  not  provide  the  main  part  of  the 
child's  physical  education.  It  must  be  not  so  much  the  place  where 
games  are  carried  on  as  the  place  where  they  are  taught.  The  test 
of  a  game,  accordingly,  is  not  simply  the  effect  of  playing  it  in  the 
school,  -but  its  total  effect,  including  the  results  of  its  spontaneous 
use  outside. 

Besides  teaching,  it  is  believed  that  the  schools  should  ascertain 
results,  through  tests  both  of  the  child's  ability  to  do  things- 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  173 

such   as  have  been   suggested  by   this   association  —  and  also,   if 
possible,  of  his  physical  condition. 

The  requirements  of  a  set  of  games  for  the  purposes  above 
outlined  are: 

1  They    should    develop    the    child    physically,    mentally,    and 
morally. 

They  should  be  good  gymnastically,  giving  abundant  exercise  to 
the  big  muscles  and  being  lively  and  interesting.  They  should  be 
good  socially,  involving  stress,  competition  and  cooperation.  They 
should  appeal  to  all  the  major  achieving  instincts:  not  only  to 
chasing,  fighting,  and  the  team  sense,  but  also  to  the  instincts  of 
rhythm,  climbing,  construction,  nurture  —  as  in  school  gardening  — 
and  the  scientific  instinct,  as  in  hunting  with  a  camera. 

2  They  should  reach  all  the  children  all  the  time.     They  must 
accordingly  be  adapted : 

To  all  school  ages  and  both  sexes. 

To  different  seasons  —  including,  for  instance,  skating,  coasting, 
swimming,  and  indoor  games  —  and  to  vacation  time. 

To  different  social  conditions  and  environment,  including  riding, 
golf,  tennis,  rowing,  bird  nesting,  and  other  valuable  games  and 
play  wherever  they  can  be  carried  on. 

To  different  tastes  and  abilities.  The  physically  weak  or  handi- 
capped should  be  reached  by  games  especially  adapted  to  them,  even 
by  sedentary  games  when  necessary.  There  should  be  a  less  exclu- 
sive devotion  to  ball  games  than  at  present. 

3  They  should  be  practicable,  so  far  as  possible  such  as  can  be 
played  in  the  schoolroom  and  the  school  yard. 

4  Above  all,  they  should  be  games  that  will  play  themselves,  that 
is  to  say,  that  will  go  not  only  while  the  teacher  is  winding  them 
up,  but  after  she  lets  go  —  on  the  playground,  on  empty  lots,  in 
back  yards  and  in  the  street,  in  the  afternoon  and  during  vacation. 

//  we  can  plant  good  games,  a  crop  of  healthy  children  will 
come  up. 

This  is  meant  as  a  minimum  list  of  the  games  that  every  school 
system  should  include.  There  should  be  besides  in  every  school  a 
considerable  variety  of  other  games. 

Teachers  should  know  the  fine  points  of  each  garni. 

If  the  list  is  correct,  or  whenever  a  correct  list  shall  be  evolved, 
then  the  games  included  in  it  should  be  studied  as  football  and 
baseball  are  now  studied,  that  is,  really  understood.  Excellent 
games  are  often  dropped  because  the  teacher  does  not  know  them 


174  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

well  enough  to  bring  -out  the  fine  points  in  which  their  real  attrac- 
tion lies. 

Some  games,  especially  for  the  older  age  periods,  are  national  or 
should  become  so,  and  ought  accordingly  to  be  standardized,  but 
among  the  games  for  younger  children  there  are  many  in  which 
local  preferences  and  customs  may  be  followed  to  advantage,  unless 
the  standard  game,  when  that  is  evolved,  is  distinctly  superior. 

Some  of  the  dances  given,  as,  for  example,  the  Highland  fling, 
Csardas  and  Kamariskaia,  can  be  danced  individually  by  star  per- 
formers. This  should  never  be  done  by  children  on  the  playground 
or  elsewhere. 

Administration 

It  is  not  part  of  the  object  of  this  report  to  say  how,  as  a  matter 
of  administration,  physical  education  can  be  secured.  Three  sug- 
gestions, however,  may  be  made : 

First,  competition  should  be  not  only  between  different  schools 
but  between  different  rooms  and  between  small  squads  of  not  more 
than  twelve,  each  with  a  leader  chosen  by  itself. 

There  is  need  of  games  and  events  in  which  a  whole  room  of  40 
or  50  can  contest  against  another..  Relay  racing  partly  fills  the 
place  for  running.  Would  a  tug  of  wrar  be  good  ?  or  a  "  toboggan 
race,"  that  is,  all  the  pupils  of  each  room  dragging  a  toboggan  or 
a  board  across  a  line,  carrying  on  it  their  slower  comrades  if  they 
think  best? 

Second,  there  should  be  a  wide  use  of  fixed  standards  of  achieve- 
ment, not  only  of  such  as  have  been  suggested  by  this  association 
but  of  others,  including  a  great  variety  of  tests  which  each  school 
or  school  system  should  for  the  present  work  out  for  itself. 

Third,  the  games  and  exercises  should  be  adapted  to  the 
individual. 

No  rigid  system  of  physical  education  will  ever  succeed  with  all 
children.  There  are,  for  instance,  among  boys  at  least,  a  small 
proportion  —  perhaps  6  per  cent  —  who  will  not  be  interested  in 
games,  but  who  will  tramp  all  day  over  the  hills  to  see  a  bird's  nest. 
These  should  be  encouraged  in  their  specialty,  although  also 
developed  on  their  weak  side  so  far  as  possible.  Other  children 
have  defective  vision  and  can  not  play  ball  ganies.  Every  child 
should  not  only  have  a  game  that  he  likes,  but  so  far  as  possible  a 
game  in  which  he  can  excel. 

Teachers  should  talk  over  with  each  pupil  his  whole  plan  of 
exercise  and  advise  him,  and  see  that  he  does  something  strenuous 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D 


1/5 


about  every  day,  preferably  in  a  game.  They  should  take  account 
of  work  —  shoveling,  sawing,  selling  papers,  farm  work,  etc. —  as 
well  as  play  in  computing  arid  advising. 


List  of  Games  and  Plays 

i  KINDERGARTEN    (in   addition   to   Froebel's  kindergarten   games). 
Singing  and  dancing  games' 

Ring  around  a  rosey 

Farmer  in  the  dell 

Oats,  peas,  beans  and  barley  grow 


Mulberry  bush 

Did  you  ever  see  a  lassie? 

London   Bridge 


Running  games: 

Cat  and  mouse    (singing  also) 

Drop  the  handkerchief 


Blind  man's  buff 
Tag 


Constructive   play: 
Sand  Box 


Blocks 


Mother  play: 
Dolls 


House 


Apparatus: 

A  bank  or  inclined  plane  to  run  or  roll  down.     Driving  reins,  carts,  sticks 
for  hobby  horse. 
Swings  Teeters 

2  FIRST  TWO  GRADES,  say  6  to  8  years  old 

Singing  and  dancing  games: 

Survivors  of  the  kindergarten  list  Marching 

Looby  loo  Roman  soldiers 

Hickory,  dickory  dock  King   of   France 


Dramatics: 

Dramatic,  informally  and  impromptu, 

fairy  stories,  scenes   from  history, 

myths 


Dumb   Crambo 
Playing   school 


Dances: 

Swedish  clap  dance 

Carrousel 

Xixie  polka 

Bleking   (Swedish) 

I   see  you 


Gustav  Skael   (Swedish) 
Our  little  girls 
Seven   pretty  girls 
Seven  jolly  boys 


PHYSICAL    TRAIXIXC,    SYLLABUS 


Running  y/imes: 

Cat  and  mouse 

Drop   the   handkerchief 

Fox  and  geese 

Puss  in  the  corner 

Blackman,  pom  pom  pullaway 

Running    and    hiding   games: 
Hide  and  go  seek 


Hill  dill 
Cross  tag 
Follow  my  leader 
Rolling   hoops 
Roller  skating 


I  spy 


Jumping  games: 

Leap  frog  and   Foot-an'-a-half 
Jump  rope 


Hop  scotch 


Ball  games  and  near  ball  games. 

Teacher  ball 

Center  catch 

Baseball  in  the  form  of : 

Passing  ball 

Three  old  cats 

Scrub  games 
Kicking  football 


Bean  bag  board 
Bean  bag  games 
Ring  toss 
Tops 
Marbles 
Jackstones 


Pulling  and  pushing  games: 
Bull  in   the  ring 

Indian   pull    (catch   and   pull  tug  of 
war) 


King  of  the  ring 
Old  man  in  the  castle 
Tug  of  war 


Climbing:    (Ladders,  slides,  ropes,  poles,  rings,  tree  with  ropes) 
Hand  tag  Fence  tag 


Constructive  play. 

Sand  box 

Clay   modeling 

Folding 

Cutting  out 

Drawing 

Weaving 


Raffia 
Bead  work 
Sewing 
Knitting 
Whittling 


Nurture  play' 

Dolls 
House 


Pets 

Home  gardens 


Winter: 

Skating 
Coasting 


Sliding 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D 


177 


Summer: 
Wading 


Swimming 


3  GRADES  3,  4;  5,  and  6,  say  from  8  to  n 
Dramatics: 

Informally  dramatize  stories,  scenes       Dumb  Crambo 
from  history  Charades 


Dances: 

The  list  for  preceding  age 

Swedish   ox   dance 

Irish  jig 

Seven  jumps    (Danish) 

Come  let  us  be  joyful    (German) 

Running  games: 

Three  deep 

Hill  dill 

Stealing  sticks    (raiding  the  castle) 

Prisoners'   base 

Running  and  hiding  games: 

The  list  for  preceding  age 
Relievo 

Jumping  games: 

Leap  frog  and  Foot-an'-a-half 
Jump  rope 

Ball  games  and  near  ball  games: 

End  ball 

Newcomb 

Dodgeball 

Rounders 

Baseball :  three  old  cats  and  scrub 

Long  ball 

Fighting  games: 

Boxing 
Wrestling 

Climbing:   (as  above) 
Constructive  play: 

Clay   modeling 
Weaving 
Raffia 
Sewing 


Crested   hen    (Danish) 
Sweet  Kate 
Bo  Peep 
Greensleeves 


Hip 

Relay   races    (with  bean  bags,  clubs 

etc.) 
Potato  race 


Run  sheep  run 
Hop  scotch 


Indoor   baseball 

Playground  ball 

Soccer 

Shinney 

Tip  cat   (cattie,  peggie) 

Duck  on  a  rock 


Poison   snake 
Baste  the  bear 


Carpentry 

Building  huts 

Snow  houses,  snow  men 


178  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Nurture  play: 

Dolls  Home  and  school  gardens 

House  Pets 

Other  quiet  games: 

Checkers  Parches! 

Dominoes  Jackstones 

Winter: 

Skating  Snow  shoeing 

Hockey    (informal)  Gymnastic  stunts 

Coasting  Ground  tumbling 
Skiing 

Summer: 

Swimming  Toy  boats 

Rowing  Tennis 

Sailing 

Sex  differences: 

In  the  age  periods  so  far  covered,  especially  the  earlier  ones,  sex  differ- 
ences should  be  as  far  as  possible  ignored,  though  there  are  of  course  some 
exceptions,  as,  for  instance,  football  and  boxing.  Basketball  for  girls  should 
be  by  girls'  rules  and  carefully  supervised. 

4  GRADES  7,  8  and  9,  say  11  to  14 

Dramatics: 

As  above  Plays 

Dances: 

Their  choice  of  preceding  list  Gotlands  quadrille    (Swedish) 

Highland  fling   (boys)  The  hatter  (Danish) 

Czardas  Gathering  peascods  (English) 

Kamarinskaia  Bo  peep   (English) 

Running  games: 

Three  deep  Relay  races 

Stealing  sticks  Foot-an'-a-half 

Prisoners'  base 

Running   and   hiding   games: 
The  survivor  of  the  preceding  list 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING.  D 


179 


Ball  games  and  near  ball  games: 

Captain  ball  Handball 

Indoor  baseball  Soccer 

Playground  ball  Shinney 

Baseball  Quoits 
Volley  ball 


Fighting  play: 

Boxing 
Wrestling 

Constructive  play: 

Sewing 

Clay  modeling 

Carpentry       (making      boats,      bird 
houses,  dog  houses,  kites,  checker- 

Nurture   play: 

Home  and  school  gardens 
Farming 


Hip 


boards,    checker    and    chess    men, 
etc.) 
Making  huts 


Care  of  animals 
Pets  and  mascots 


Other  quiet  games: 

Checkers 
Parchesi 


Chess  etc. 


Nature  play  and  excursions: 

List  of  birds  seen 

Collections     of     leaves,     classifying 
trees,  seeds,  flowers,  stones  etc. 

Winter: 

List   for  preceding  age 


Hunting  with  a  camera 
Hikes,  with  cooking 
Map  making 


Basketball 


Summer: 

List   for  preceding  age 


Golf 


Seasons: 

Most  of  the  above  games  except  football  and  shinney  are  not  confined  to 
any  special  season.     The  children's  preferences  should  be  followed. 


Games  for  mixed  groups 

Boys  and  girls  at  this  age  usually  prefer  to  play  separately,  but  it  is  often 
well  to  have  them  play  together  under  careful  supervision.  The  following 
games  are  recommended  for  this  purpose : 


i8o 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Dancing 

Crambo 

Charades 

Dramatics 

Singing 

Volley  ball  (girls  against  boys) 

Tennis 

Baseball  (soft) 


Three  deep 

Hiking 

Boating 

Skating 

Prisoners'  base 

Long  ball 

Hill  dill 

Drop  the  handkerchief 


5    HIGH    SCHOOL   BOYS 

At   this    age   the   games   become   more    seasonal   and   are   accordingly    so 
divided. 


i  In  the  fall: 

Rugby 
Soccer 
Handball 
Volley  ball 
Lacrosse 
Field  hockey 


Hikes :     use   bicycle   and   camera   in 

nature  study 
Tennis 
Golf 
Quoits 


2  Winter: 
a  Outdoor 

Skating 
Ice  hockey 
Coasting- 
Skiing 
Snow  shoeing 


Cross  country  exploration 

Cross  country  running  and  hare  and 

hounds 
Lacrosse 


b  Indoor 

Handball 
Volley  ball 
Captain  ball 
Basketball 
Relay  races 
Gymnastic  stunts 


Swimming,  life-saving 
Boxing  and  wrestling 
Wall  scaling 

Dramatics :      charades,     plays 
pageants 


c  Dancing 

Social  dancing 
Virginia  reel 
Portland  fancy 
Come  let  us  be  joyful 
Butterfly   (English) 
Irish  jig 
Highland  fling 


Czardas 
Kamarinskaia 

Bean  setting  \  English   Morris 

Rig  O'Marlow,  etc.  J          dances 
Klamborough     sword     dance   •  (Eng- 
lish) 

Ox  dance 
The  hatter 


PHYSICAL    TRAIN  INC    I) 


181 


3  Spring: 

Baseball 

Playground  ball 
Handball 
Volley  ball 
Lacrosse 
Hikes 

4  Summer : 

Spring  list 
Swimming 
Rowing 
Sailing 

For  all  seasons : 
Riding 


Bicycling 
Rowing 
Tennis 
Golf 
Nature  work 


Canoeing 

Camping,  including  signaling,  cook- 
ing, making  fire,  building  a  shel- 
ter, use  of  axe,  mountain  climbing 


Walking 


6    HIGH    SCHOOL    GIRLS 

Fall  : 
Baseball 
Volley   ball 
Field  hockey 
Tennis 

Winter : 

a  Outdoor 
Skating 
Coasting 

b  Indoor 

Volley  ball 
Captain  ball 

Basketball   (not  for  all) 
Relay  races 
Swimming,  life-saving- 
Dramatics  :       charades,      plays      and 

pageants 
Dancing : 

Social  dancing 

Virginia  reel 


Golf 

Walks    in 
study 


connection     with    nature 


Skiing 

Snow  shoeing 


Portland   fancy- 
Come  let  us  all  be  joyful 
Butterfly    (English) 
Little  man  in  a  fix  (Danish) 
The  hatter 

Tinkers  dance   (Danish) 
Black  nag  (English) 
Mag  on  a  tree   (English) 
Fjalenaspolka 


Spring: 

Same  as  for  boys,  except  lacrosse 

Summer : 

Same  as  for  boys 

All  seasons  : 
Riding 
Walking 


l82  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

USEFUL    PLAY    EQUIPMENT    AND    SUPPLIES    AT    MODERATE 
EXPENSE   (Chase) 

Rural  School-yard  Apparatus  Adapted  for  One-Quarter  to  One- 
Half  Acre  Space 

Approximate  Cost  of  Installing 

Playground  baseball $1.12  (Usually  less) 

Teeter  2. 14  (Usually  less) 

Balance  tree .  50  (If  tree  is  donated) 

Swing  frame  '. 2 ... 

Two  swings 1 . 50 

Horizontal  bar 1.17 

Total  cost $8.43 

Add  cost  of  cement i .  29 

$9.72 

Ten  dollars  and  a  little  work  will  give  a  very  satisfactory  equip- 
ment to  any  rural  school  (or  home),  but  some  one  must  push! 

The  following  can  be  added : 

Giant  stride   . .  . ; $2 . 97 

Playground  slide $10  to  12 ... 

Basketball,  backboard  and  goal 8  to  10. .  . 

Jumping  standards I . . . 

$25... 

Thirty-five  dollars  and  a  little  work  will  equip  any  rural  school 
with  nine  of  the  best  play  devices. 

The  Best  Equipment  is  Material  for  Playing  Games,  and  Someone 

To  Show  How. 

The  Following  Articles  Will  Be  Found  Useful  in  Any  School. 

(Entire  six  may  .be  secured  for  $7  or  $8) 

1  Set  of  4  quoits  (or  horseshoes),  can  be  bought  for.  ...  $o  75 
(Or  horseshoes  can  be  had  for  asking),  cost oo 

2  Set  of  bean  bags,  can  be  bought  for 50 

( Or  made  at  home) ,  cost ' oo 

3  Set  of  rope  rings  (for  ring  toss),  can  be  bought  for.  ...  50 
(Or  made  by  boys,  of  old  rope),  cost oo 

4  Playground  balls  and  bats,  cost,  balls  5oc  to i   . . 

Bats    35 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D  183 

5  Soccer  football,  cost $2  50  to         4   •  • 

(Good  one  for  $2.50) 

6  Volley  ball,  cost $i  75  to         4   .  . 

(Good  one  for  $2.50) 

//  You  Have  the  Money,  Then  Add: 

A  basketball,  cost $2  50  to  $5 

(Good  one  for  $4) 

Baseball  and  bats,  cost  (ball) 50  to     I  25 

(Mask  and  catcher's  glove)    (bats) 50  to     i    .  . 

An  iron  shot  (8  Ibs.),  cost. 60  to     I  35 

(From  local  foundry  for  less) 
A  mat  for  indoor  tumbling,  cost,  according  to  size. 
(Can  be  homemade). 

A  medicine  ball,  cost 2   . .  to     7   .  . 

(Can  be  made  at  home) 
A  set  of  boxing  gloves  (  ?),  cost 2   .  .   to     5   .  . 

NOTE:  But  save  some  to  renew  the  first  list.  They  will  wear 
out.  "  Be  prepared  "  to  buy  more. 

School  Athletics 

1  No  athletic  organization  or  enterprise. may  exist  in  the  schools 
of  the  State  without  the  approval  of  the  local  school  authorities, 
but  no  school  is  under  obligation  to  operate  the  rules  presented 
below  unless  that  school  proposed  to  use  its  athletic  activities  for 
credited  equivalents  to  some  part,  or  all,  of  the  State  requirement 
in  supervised  recreation.     In  any  case  the  school  is  responsible  for 
the  activities  and  standards  of  its  athletic  organizations. 

2  The   principal   or   teacher  in   charge   of   a  given   school   may 
accept  participation  in  athletics  as  satisfying  the  State  requirement 
in    supervised    recreation   on    recommendation    of    the   teacher    In 
charge  of   physical  training  in  that   school,   provided  the  athletic 
activities  of  the  school  are  organized  and  conducted  in  conformity 
with  the  following  rules : 

a  No  athletic  organization  or  enterprise  shall  be  recognized 
as  a  source  of  acceptable  recreational  equivalents  unless  the  school 
has  first  provided  a  competent  teacher  with  such  qualified 
assistants  as  may  be  needed  to  safeguard  the  pupils  and  to 
operate  a  type  of  athletic  instruction  that  will  develop  good  health, 
good  character  and  sportsmanly  conduct. 


184  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

(i)  Such  teachers  must  know  how  to  prepare  their  pupils 
and  direct  their  activities;  how  to  organize  and  operate  athletic 
meets ;  and  how  to  supervise  the  business  enterprises  connected 
with  such  activities. 

b  Participation  in  athletic  competitions  must  be  limited  to  those 
children  physically  fit,  as  determined  by  the  medical  inspector  of 
the  scho'ol  or  by  medical  advisors  selected  by  the  school. 

c  School  athletics  must  be  under  the  control  of  the  school, 
authorities. 

Each  school  should  establish  and  enforce  regulations  or  join  with 
neighboring  schools  for  the  establishment  and  enforcement  -of  regu- 
lations governing  the  admission  of  pupils  to  membership  on  athletic 
teams.  As  suggested  by  E.  T.  Grout  of  Schenectady,  these  eligi- 
bility regulations  should  include  at  least  the  following : 

(1)  Limit    eligibility    to    pupils    in    actual   and    regular    attendance    in    the 
school. 

(2)  Require  an  official  record  of  transfer  when  pupils  go  from  one  school 
to  another. 

(3)  Declare  postgraduates  ineligible; 

(4)  Limit  eligibility  to  pupils  taking  regular  courses. 

(5)  Establish   a  minimum  number  of   recitation   periods  or  credit  points 
per  week  as  a  qualification  for  eligibility. 

(6)  Limit    the    number    of    years    of    eligibility   to    the    number    of   years 
required  normally  for  graduation,  usually  four  years  for  the  high  school. 

(7)  Establish  an  age  limit. 

The  following  tentative  rules,  adopted  recently  at  a  meeting  of 
representatives  of  Rochester  educational  institutions,  illustrate  the 
type  of  eligibility  rules  governing  interscholastic  contests  con- 
templated in  the  paragraphs  above. 

A  boy  to  be  eligible  to  participate  in  interscholastic  contests  must  qualify 
according  to  the  following  rules : 

1  Shall  have  attended  high  school  at  least  one  year. 

2  Shall  not  have  attended  high  school  for  a  longer  period  than  four  and 
a  half  years.     Total  attendance  in  all  high  schools  he  has  attended  to  count 
in  determining  eligibility. 

3  Shall  have  passed  three  subjects  during  the  previous  term  and  be  doing 
passing  work  in  three  subjects  at  the  present  time.     The  three  subjects  shall 
require  at  least  fifteen  periods  of  work  per  week. 

4  Shall  be  under  twenty-one  years  of  age. 

5  Shall  be  an  amateur.     A  committee  appointed  or  elected  by  the  com- 
peting schools  shall  determine  the  amateur  standing  of  doubtful  cases. 

6  A  boy  while  representing  his  school  in  any  branch  of  sport  shall  not, 
during  the  school  season  for  that  sport,  play  on  any  outside  representative 
team.     Infringement   of   this   rule   shall   disqualify   for   the   balance  of  the 
season. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  185 

d  Boys  and  girls  ought  to  be  organized  wherever  it  is  reasonably 
possible  to  do  so  into  clubs  or  associations  and  given  as  much 
initiative  and  independence  in  their  athletic  affairs  as  is  consistent 
with  good  business  management  and  the  safety  of  sportsmanly 
ideals. 

e  An  athletic  committee  of  five  may  be  formed  for  each  union 
free  school  district  and  village  or  city  school  system.  In  those 
school  systems  in  which  the  size  of  the  system  justifies  it,  there  may 
be  a  central  athletic  committee  with  subordinate  committees  for 
the  various  divisions  of  the  whole  school  system.  The  following 
type  of  committee  organization  is  suggested  (see  also  the  Amateur 
Athletic  Federation  of  Rochester,  organized  by  Herman  J.  Norton)  : 

(1)  The  supervisor  of  physical  training  is  to  be  one  member. 
The  other  members  are  to  be  appointed  by  the  superintendent, 
two  from  the  teaching  force  and  two  from  the  school  com- 
munity. 

(2)  Members  of  the  committee,  save  the  supervisor  of  phys- 
ical training,  are  to  serve  for  one  year.     They  may  be  reap- 
pointed. 

(3)  The  committee  is  to  select  its  chairman. 

(4)  The  committee  is  to  be  in  responsible  charge  of  the 
athletic  organizations  but  not  of  athletic  instruction  of  the  dis- 
trict, subject  only  to  the  authority  of  the  school  or  schools  for 
which  this  committee  was  appointed.     These  authorities  shall 
have  veto  power. 

/  The  organization  and  regulation  of  competitive  sports  must 
conform  with  our  highest  ideals  of  fair  play,  sportsmanly  conduct, 
and  healthful  recreation. 

g  Medical  examinations  are  required  of  each  pupil  at  the  begin- 
ning of  each  athletic  season  and  before  the  pupil  is  admitted  to  the 
team  squad  for  training.  These  examinations  should  be  made  by 
the  school  physician. 

h  No  pupil  is  permitted  to  try  for  a  place  on  a  team  without 
first  receiving  permission  from  (i)  his  parents,  (2)  a  registered 
physician,  that  is,  the  school  physician,  (3)  the  principal  of  the 
school  and  (4)  the  supervisor  or  teacher  in  charge  of  physical 
training  for  the  school.  The  permission  of  the  principal  of  the 
school  and  the  supervisor  or  teacher  of  physical  training  will  be 
based  largely  on  the  quality  of  class  work  done  by  the  applicant. 
No  pupil  who  is  not  doing  full  work  in  school  or  whose  school 
work  is  unsatisfactory  may  participate  in  school  athletics. 


l86  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

i  Training  must  not  be  excessive. 

1 i )  Must  not  consume  approximately  more  than  six  hours  a 
week. 

(2)  Athletics  to  be  substituted  for  play  only  on  the  basis  of 
pleasure,  health  and  character  building  and  not  primarily  for 
winning  victories  or  establishing  records. 

(3)  Pupil  not  to  be  admitted  to  membership  on  more  than  one 
special  athletic  team  at  a  time,  if  the  team  to  which  he  belongs 
is  preparing  for  or  engaging  in  competitions  with  other  teams 
outside  the  school.     Membership  on  several  teams  should  be 
permitted  only  in  schools  with  a  small  enrolment  of  pupils  or 
when  the  competitions  are  between  groups,  classes  or  grades 
within  the  school  or  where  the  contests  are  general  or  all-round 
in  character. 

j  Emphasize  competitions  between  classes  and  grades  as  well  as 
between  schools  of  the  district.  School  authorities  are  urged  tc 
limit  competitions  outside  the  district  to  one  or  at  most  two  such 
competitions  a  month  for  each  team.  As  a  rule,  competitions  involv- 
ing overnight  absence  from  home  should  not  be  permitted.  (In 
villages  and  cities  the  word  ft  district  "  has  the  meaning  of  the  word 
school  "system.") 

k  The  teachers  of  athletics  ("  coaches,"  "  trainers,"  etc.)  must 
be  teachers  in  the  schools.  No  outside  instruction  may  be  employed. 

/  The  athletic  associations  organized  in  the  various  school 
communities  should  include  provisions  for  the  girls  as  well  as  the 
boys.  In  school  communities  that  are  large  enough,  these  organi- 
zations should  be  separate,  with  separate  athletic  committees  in 
charge  of  their  administration. 

m  In  schools  where  "  athletics "  are  instituted  for  girls,  the 
athletic  instruction  of  the  girls  ought,  if  possible,  to  be  in  the  hands 
of  competent  women  teachers;  the  athletic  instruction  of  boys  in 
the  higher  grades  should,  if  possible,  come  from  men  teachers. 

Mass  Athletics 

The  usual  school  athletic  plan  emphasizes  special  team  training 
and  individual  athletic  performance.  It  is  desirable  to  organize 
athletic  activities  in  the  school  on  a  basis  that  will  bring  all  the 
pupils  into  activity.  While  team  and  individual  excellence  are  well 
worth  developing  within  reasonable  limitations,  it  is  even  more 
important  to  provide  opportunities  for  each  child  to  engage  in 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   D 


I87 


interesting  athletic  competitions  that  not  only  give  him  healthful 
exercise  but  also  enable  him  to  contribute  something  toward  the 
final  score. 

The  following  classification  of  athletic  events  for  grammar  and 
high  school  pupils  has  been  used  successfully  for  these  purposes  in 
all  parts  of  the  country.  The  plan  was  first  used  in  the  schools  of 
Westchester  county  by  Allen  and  in  Delaware  county  by  Chase. 
It  has  been  applied  by  the  district  superintendents  to  all  the  schools 
of  Oneida  county  during  the  present  year  (1916)  and  has  been 
used  successfully  in  various  other  counties  and  states.  Dr  John 
Brown  jr  has  described  the  plan  as  follows : 

Scoring  Table  for  One-room  and  Larger  Grade  Schools 


WEIGHT  CLASSES 

No  points 

Honor 

standard 

100  points 
scoring 

50  yard  dash 

8O-POUND  CLASS 

10  sec. 

8  sec. 

6  sec. 

Standing  broad  jump  
Running  broad  jump  
Baseball  throw  .... 

3ft.    5    in. 
5  ft.  10    in. 

70  ft. 

5ft.    6  in. 

10  ft. 

1  20  ft. 

7  ft.  7  -in. 
14  ft.  2    in. 
170  ft. 

75  yard  dash  

95-POUND  CLASS 

13  sec. 

i  i  sec. 

9  sec. 

Standing  broad  jump 

3  ft.  1  1    in. 

6ft 

8  ft  i    ill 

Running  broad  jump 

6  ft.  10    in. 

ii  ft. 

15  ft.  2    in. 

Baseball  throw 

100  ft. 

150  ft. 

200  ft. 

100  yard  dash  
Standing  broad  jump  

110-POUND  CLASS 

1  6  sec. 
4  ft.     5    in. 

14  sec. 
6  ft.  6  in. 

12  sec. 
8  ft.  7    in. 

Running  broad  jump  

7  ft.  10    in. 

12  ft. 

1  6  ft.  2    in. 

Running  high  jump  
Baseball  throw  .  .  . 

2  ft.    8£  in. 
130  ft. 

3  ft.  9  in. 
180  ft. 

4  ft.  9!  in. 
230  ft. 

100  yard  dash  

125-POUND  CLASS 

15  sec. 

13  sec. 

II  sec. 

Standing  broad  jump 

4  ft  1  1    in 

7  ft 

o  f  t  i    in 

Running  broad  jump 

8  ft.  10    in. 

•  1 

n  ft. 

17  ft  2    in 

Running  high  jump  ... 

2  ft.  1  1  £  in. 

«*  t 

4  ft. 

5  ft     ^  in 

Baseball  throw  
Putting  8-pound  shot  '.  .  .  .  . 

145  ft. 
15  ft.    6    in. 

195  ft. 

28ft. 

245  ft. 
40  ft.  6    in. 

rod  yard  dash  . 

UNLIMITED  CLASS 

14  sec. 

12  sec 

10  sec 

Standing  broad  jump.  .  .        .... 

S  ft.    s    in. 

7  ft  6  in 

9ft  7    in 

Running  broad  jump  

9  ft.  10    in. 

14  ft. 

IV,      /           AJ_L~ 

18  ft  2    m. 

Running  high  jump  
Baseball  throw  
Putting  8-pound  shot  

3ft.    3*in. 
1  60  ft. 
22  ft.    6    in. 

4  ft.  4  in. 

210  ft. 

35ft. 

5  ft.  4!  in. 
260  ft. 
47  ft.  6    in. 

l88  PHYSICAL  TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Points  shall  be  scored  on  the  following  basis  : 
All    dashes,    for    every    1-5    second    better    than    the 

minimum    5  points 

Standing  broad  jump,   for  every  inch  better  than  the 

minimum    2  points 

Running  broad  jump,   for  every  inch  better  than  the 

minimum    I  point 

Running  high   jump,    for   every   inch   better   than   the 

minimum    4  points 

Baseball  throw,  for  every  I  foot  better  than  the  mini- 
mum           i  point 

Putting  8-pound  shot,  for  every  3  inches  better  than  the 

minimum    I  point 

For  High  Schools 

"  There  is  general  dissatisfaction  all  over  the  country  with  the 
present  form  of  high  school  athletic  meets.  This  is  particularly 
true  where  the  high  schools  vary  greatly  in  the  enrolment  of  pupils. 
Even  where  conditions  are  most  favorable,  but  little  progress  has 
been  made.  In  many  instances  the  results  have  been  so  unsatis- 
factory that  the  annual  interscholastic  contest  has  been  discontinued. 

"  In  an  attempt  to  work  out  something  especially  adapted  to  the 
high  schools  and  which  would  meet  their  needs  in  the  same  way 
that  the  foregoing  test  has  met  the  needs  of  the  one-room  and  larger 
grade  schools,  the  details  of  a  better  plan  of  high  school  athletic 
meets  are  here  given.  The  object  is  to  encourage  larger  participa- 
tion in  athletics,  and  while  giving  opportunity  for  those  who  excel 
to  demonstrate  their  superior  ability,  at  the  same  time  to  limit  their 
specialization  and  develop  all-round  athletic  ability.  The  p'an  also 
recognizes  the  inequality  in  size  of  the  different  schools  and  pro- 
vides a  fair  basis  of  comparison  despite  this  inequality  in  numbers. 

Selection  of  events 

"  These  are  chosen  because  of  their  interest  to  the  average  high 
school  fellows  and  include  all  the  standard  events.  Under  ordinary 
circumstances,  the  first  twelve  events  suggested  will  prove  most 
satisfactory.  Where  there  is  particular  interest  in  the  four  re- 
maining events,  they  may  be  added  to  the  group  indicated  or  sub 
stituted  for  one  of  the  events  in  that  group.  Unless  all  the  schools 
represented  have  equipment  for  practising  the  pole  vault  and 
hurdles,  they  should  be  omitted.  The  eight-pound  shot  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred to  the  twelve-pound  shot  as  it  is  conducive  to  better  form. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D 


189 


The  twelve-pound  hammer  is  a  risky  event  where  many  children 
are  among  the  spectators. 

Grouping  of  events 

"  The  events  are  divided  into  four  groups  :  (i)  sprints  ;  (2)  runs; 
(3)  jumps;  and  (4)  throwing  and  weight  events.  A  contestant  is 
now  allowed  to  compete  in  more  than  one  event  in  any  group. 

Basis  of  school  representation 

"  Depending  upon  the  enrolment  of  pupils  in  the  different  schools, 
each  school  is  assigned  the  number  of  contestants  which  it  shall 
enter  in  each  of  the  events.  This  number  is  the  same  for  all  of  the 
events,  but  will  differ  according  to  the  size  of  the  school.  The 
number  of  contestants  may  be  assigned  on  a  percentage  basis.  For 
example,  if  a  school  has  twenty  boys,  it  may  be  requested  to  enter 
two  boys  in  each  event.  Another  school  with  forty  boys  may  be 
asked  to  enter  four  boys  in  each  event,  while  a  third  school  having 
eighty  boys  may  be  asked  to  enter  eight  boys  in  each  event.  Where 
the  athletic  interest  or  ability  of  the  boys  in  the  different  schools  is 
not  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  schools,  the  committee  in 
charge  may  use  its  judgment  in  arbitrarily  determining  the  number 
of  contestants  which  each  shall  enter. 

Events  and  scoring  table  for  interhigh  school  athletic  meet 


No  points 

50  points 

100  points 

Basis  of  scoring 

Group  i  —  Sprints 
i  —  ••  100  yards  

14  3/5  sec. 

12  3/5  sec. 

10  3/5  sec. 

i/5  sec.,  5  pta. 

2  —  •  220  yards  
3  —  •  440  yards 

29  sec. 
65  sec. 

26  2/5  sec. 
60  sec. 

24  sec. 
55  sec. 

i/5  sec.,  4  pta. 

Group  2  —  Runs 
4  —  880  yards 

3  min.     5  sec 

2  min.  40  sec. 

2  min.  15  sec 

5  —  i  mile  
6  —  2  miles  

6  min.  50  sec. 
14  min.  20  sec. 

6  min. 
12  min.  40  sec. 

5  min.  10  sec. 
ii  min. 

i  sec.,  i  pt. 
2  sec.,  i  pt. 

Group  3  —  Jumps 
7  —  R.  High  Jump  
8  —  R.  Broad  Jump  
9  —  R.    Hop,    Step    and 
Jump  

3  ft.    3*  in. 
9  ft.  10    in. 

21  ft.    8    in. 

4  ft.  4  in. 
14  ft. 

30  ft. 

S  ft.  4i  in. 
1  8  ft.  2    in. 

38  ft.  4    in. 

i  in.,  4  pte. 
i  in.,  i  pt. 

2  in.,  i  pt. 

Group    4  —  Throwing    and 
Weights 
10  —  Baseball  Throw  
1  1  —  8  paund  Shot  Put  .  . 
12  —  Discus  Throw  

175  ft. 

20  ft. 

50  ft. 

225  ft. 

32  ft.  6  in. 
75  ft. 

275  ft. 
45  ft. 
100  ft. 

i  ft.,  i  pt. 
i  ft.,  4  Pts. 

I  ft.,  2  pts. 

Alternates  or  additions 
Pole  vault  (Group  3)  .... 
120  yards  hurdle  (Group 
3)  
la-pound  shot  (Group  4)  . 
la-pound  hammer  (Group 
4)  

4  ft.  10  in. 
26  sec. 

is  ft. 

SO  ft. 

6  ft.  ii  in. 

22  sec. 
27  ft.    6  in. 

75ft. 

9ft. 

1  8  sec. 
40  ft. 

IOO  ft. 

i  in..  2  pts. 

i/5  sec.,  2$pt,B 
i  ft.,  4  pts. 

i  ft.,  a  pta 

19°  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLAUUS 

Every  school  represented  in  every  event 

"  The  points  made  by  the  representatives  of  the  various  schools 
count  in  making  up  the  respective  school  scores.  No  special  points 
are  given  to  the  first,  second  or  third  boys  in  each  event,  but  all 
contestants  are  given  whatever  points  they  are  entitled  to  according 
to  the  scoring  table.  Of  course  the  first  boy  will  score  more  points 
than  the  second  or  third,  but  one  of  the  principal  advantages  of 
this  system  is  that  the  boys  who  may  be  fifth,  eighth  or  last  also 
score  points  for  their  school.  In  this  way  every  boy's  record  counts 
toward  the  school  standing  and  every  boy  is  encouraged  to  do  his 
best,  even  if  he  can  not  be  first,  second  or  third.  This  method  of 
scoring  also  enables  a  school  which  may  not  have  any  outstanding 
star  athletes  to  make  a  good  record  if  it  is  represented  by  a  goodly 
number  of  athletes  of  average  ability  in  all  the  different  events. 

Determining  each  school's  record 

"  The  record  of  each  school  is  determined  by  totaling  the  number 
of  points  made  by  its  representatives  in  the  various  events  and 
dividing  this  total  by  the  number  of  representatives  which  were 
assigned  to  that  school.  The  total  is  not  divided  by  the  number  of 
boys  who  participated  necessarily.  For  instance,  if  a  school  which 
is  expected  to  enter  three  boys  only  enters  two  boys  in  one  event, 
the  total  points  made  by  the  two  boys  is  divided  not  by  two  but 
by  three. 

'*  While  the  'foregoing  is  definitely  planned  to  meet  the  needs  of 
a  centralized  interschool  athletic  contest,  the  same  events  and  classi- 
fication of  events  and  scoring  table  can  be  adapted  to  the  use  of 
local  school  tests  and  interclass  competition." 

Athletics  for  Girls 

There  is  need  for  the  development  of  better  plans  for  safe  and 
interesting  athletics  for  girls.  Encouraging  efforts  have  been  made 
in  this  direction.  Group  contests  in  volley  ball,  neucombe,  captain 
ball,  "indoor"  baseball  (playground  baseball),  field  hockey,  basket- 
ball, and  other  similar  games  are  being  used  by  the  girls  in  some 
parts  of  the  State  with  good  results.  The  following  list  of  events 
for  mass  athletics  for  girls  has  been  used  successfully  in  the  Dela- 
ware county  schools  of  this  State.  The  same  type  of  recreational 
activity  for  girls  has  been  made  a  part  of  the  public  school  work 
in  Virginia: 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  IQI 

The   Athletic    Badge   Tests   for    Girls1 

The  following  are  standards  which  every  normal  girl  ought  to  be 
able  to  attain : 

First  test 

All-up  Indian  club  race 30  seconds 

or  Potato  race 42  seconds 

Basketball  goal  throwing 2  goals,  6  trials 

Balancing 24  ft.,  2  trials 

Second  test 

All-up  Indian  club  race 28  seconds 

or  Potato  race 39  seconds 

Basketball  goal  throwing 3  goals,  6  trials 

Balancing  (bean  bag  or  book  on  head) 24  ft.,  2  trials 

Third  test 

Running   and   catching.  . 20  seconds 

Throwing  for  distance,  basketball  42  ft.,  or  volley  ball  44  ft. 
Volley  ball   serving 3  in  5  trials 

Rules  for  Tests 

There  are  no  height,  weight  or  age  limits  in  the  athletic  badge 
tests  for  girls.  The  following  general  rules  shall  govern  the  final 
tests : 

Unless  otherwise  stated  in  these  rules,  there  shall  be  but  one  trial 
in  each  event. 

It  is  necessary  to  qualify  in  all  three  events  in  any  class  in  order 
to  win  a  badge. 

No  girl  is  permitted  to  receive  more  than  one  badge  in  any  one 
year. 

No  girl  is  entitled  to  more  than  one  first,  second  or  third  test 
badge  even  though  a  full  year  has  elapsed  since  she  last  qualified  for 
a  badge. 

If  a  girl  has  already  qualified  for  a  third  test  or  a  second  test 
badge,  she  may  qualify  for  and  receive  a  badge  for  the  lower  test 
provided  a  full  year  has  elapsed. 


1  The  revision  of  the  badge  tests  for  girls,  with  the  addition  of  the  third 
badge  test,  has  been  largely  the  work  of  Lee  F.  Hanmer,  chairman  of  a 
special  committee  appointed  to  work  out  the  tests,  for  the  Playground  and 
Recreation  Association  of  America. 


Ip2  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Directions  for  Events 
All-up  Indian  Club  Race 

Draw  two  tangent  circles,  each  three  feet  in  diameter.  In  one 
of  the  circles  place  three  one-pound  model  BS  Indian  clubs.  At 
a  point  30  feet  distant  from  a  line  passed  through  the  center  of  the 
circles,  and  parallel  to  it,  draw  a  line  to  be  used  as  a  starting  line. 

On  the  signal  the  girl  runs  from  the  starting  line,  transfer  the 
three  clubs,  one  after  the  other,  to  the  vacant  circle  so  that  they 
remain  standing,  and  runs  back  to  the  starting  line.  The  girl  makes 
three  such  trips  finishing  at  the  starting  line.  The  girl  is  permitted 
to  use  but  one  hand  in  transferring  the  clubs.  The  surface  within 
the  circles  should  be  smooth  and  level.  A  wide  board  may  be  used 
when  the  test  is  made  out  of  doors. 

To  qualify  in  this  event  for  a  first  test  badge,  a  girl  must  make 
the  three  trips  to  the  circles  in  30  seconds. 

To  qualify  in  this  event  for  a  second  test  badge,  a  girl  must  make 
the  three  trips  to  the  circles  in  28  seconds. 

Potato  Race 

On  a  direct  line  draw  four  circles,  each  12  inches  in  diameter 
and  5  yards  apart  from  center  to  center.  Five  yards  back  of  the 
center  of  the  first  circle  and  at  right  angles  to  the  direct  line,  draw 
a  line  to  be  used  as  a  starting  line.  This  is  also  the  finish  line. 

On  the  first  circle  place  a  basket  or  other  receptacle  not  over  2 
feet  in  height  and  with  an  opening  not  exceeding  i  foot  in  diameter. 

On  the  signal  the  girl  runs  from  the  starting  line,  takes  one 
potato  from  the  basket  and  places  it  in  the  first  vacant  circle  (the 
one  nearest  the  basket),  runs  back  to  the  basket,  passes  between  it 
and  the  starting  line,  takes  the  second  potato  from  the  basket,  places 
it  in  the  second  circle,  returns  to  the  basket,  passes  between  it  and 
the  starting  line,  takes  the  third  potato  from  the  basket,  places  it  in 
third  circle  and  runs  back  to  the  starting  line.  From  the  starting 
line  she  runs  to  the  first  circle,  picks  up  the  potato  and  replaces  it 
in  the  basket,  passes  between  the  basket  and  the  starting  line,  runs 
to  the  second  circle,  picks  up  the  potato,  replaces  it  in  the  basket, 
passes  between  the  basket  and  the  starting  line,  runs  to  the  third 
circle,  picks  up  the  potato,  replaces  it  in  the  basket,  and  runs  across 
the  finish  line. 

If  a  potato  is  dropped  anywhere  but  in  the  circle  where  it  should 
be  placed  or  in  the  basket  it  must  be  picked  up  and  properly  placed 
before  another  is  touched. 


•? : 


§-3 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    D  193 

To  qualify  in  the  event  for  a  first  test  badge,  a  girl  must  cross  the 
finish  line  within  42  seconds  from  the  time  the  signal  to  start  is 
given. 

To  qualify  in  this  event  for  a  second  test  badge,  a  girl  must  cross 
the  finish  line  within  39  seconds  from  the  time  the  signal  to  start  is 
given.  Wooden  blocks  may  be  substituted  for  potatoes. 

Basketball   Goal   Throwing 

The  regular  basketball  goal  may  be  used  or  a  ring  18  inches  in 
diameter  (inside).  It  should  be  placed  10  feet  above  the  ground 
and  the  inside  rim  should  extend  6  inches  from  the  surface  to  which 
it  is  attached. 

Fom  a  point  directly  under  the  center  of  the  goal  draw  a  semi-, 
circle  with  a  radius  of  15  feet,  for  a  throwing  line. 

The  girl  may  stand  at  any  point  outside  of  but  touching"  the  throw- 
ing line.  The  basketball  used  shall  be.  of  standard  size  and  weight. 

The  goal  may  be  made  either  by  a  clear  throw  or  by  bouncing 
against  the  backboard. 

To  qualify  in  this  event  for  a  first  test  badge,  a  girl  must  make 
two  goals  in  six  trials. 

To  qualify  in  this  event  for  a  second  test  badge,  a  girl  must  make 
three  goals  in  six  trials. 

Balancing 

A  standard  balance  beam,  12  feet  long  and  2  inches  wide,  may  be 
used,  or  a  2  by  4-inch  plank,  set  on  the  2-inch  side.  The  length 
shall  be  12  feet. 

There  is  no  time  limit  in  this  event  but  there  should  be  an 
endeavor  to  meet  the  requirements  promptly,  without  haste,  and 
with  perfect  poise. 

In  the  first  test  the  girl  starts  from  the  center  of  beam,  walks  for- 
ward to  the  end,  without  turning,  walks  backward  to  center ;  turns 
and  walks  forward  to  other  end ;  turns  and  walks  forward  to 
starting  point. 

In  the  second  test  the  girl  starts  from  center  of  beam  with  a 
bean  bag  or  book  balanced  on  her  head  and  walks  forward  to  the 
end ;  turns  and  walks  forward  the  entire  length  of  the  balance  beam ; 
without  turning,  walks  backward  to  starting  point. 

Two  trials  are  allowed  in  each  test. 

7 


194  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Running  and  Catching 

At  a  distance  of  30  feet  from  the  starting  line  and  parallel  to  it, 
stretch  a  cord  10  feet  from  the  ground. 

On  the  signal  the  girl  runs  from  the  starting  line,  tosses  a  basket- 
ball or  a  volley  ball  over  the  cord,  catches  it,  and  runs  back  to  the 
starting  line.  Three  such  trips  are  made,  finishing  at  the  starting 
line.  In  case  of  failure  to  catch  the  ball,  it  must  be  secured,  tossed 
over  the  cord  (either  direction)  and  caught  before  continuing  the 
run. 

The  starting  line  and  the  cord  should  both  be  well  away  from  any 
wall,  backstop,  or  other  object,  so  that  neither  the  contestant  nor 
the  ball  shall  touch  any  obstruction  during  the  run. 

To  qualify  for  a  badge  in  this  event,  the  three  trips  must  be  made 
in  20  seconds. 

Throwing  for  Distance 

A  circle  6  feet  in  diameter  shall  be  marked  on  the  floor  or  ground. 
In  throwing,  contestants  shall  not  touch  outside  the  circle  with  any 
part  of  the  body  until  after  the  ball  has  struck  the  ground.  If  any 
part  of  the  body  touches  outside  the  circle,  the  distance  made  shall 
not  be  recorded  but  the  throw  shall  count  as  one  trial.  Three  trials 
are  allowed  and  the  best  throw  shall  be  taken  as  the  record.  The 
throw  is  to  be  made  with  one  hand,  and  the  distance  required  to 
qualify  is  42  feet  with  a  basketball  or  44  feet  with  a  volley  ball. 
If  this  test  is  made  out  of  doors,  it  should  be  done  on  a  day  when 
the  wind  does  not  blow. 

Volley  Ball  Serving 

A  volley  ball  net  or  piece  of  cord  shall  be  stretched  at  a  center 
height  8  feet  across  the  playing  space.  Twenty-four  feet  distant  a 
line  shall  be  drawn  on  the  floor  or  ground  parallel  to  the  net.  The 
contestant  with  volley  ball  in  hand  shall  stand  facing  the  net  and 
toeing  the  line  with  either  foot.  She  tosses  the  ball  with  one  hand 
as  in  tennis  and  strikes  it  with  the  other  hand  over  the  net  so  that 
it  shall  fall  within  a  square  10  by  10  feet.  This  square  shall  be 
marked  on  the  floor  or  ground  10  feet  from  the  net  and  at  right 
angles  to  it.  Five  trials  are  allowed  to  make  three  aces.  If  the 
contestant  steps  forward  over  the  line  before  the  ball  strikes  the 
ground,  no  score  is  allowed,  but  it  counts  as  one  trial. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  195 

Badges 

The  following  badges  have  been  adopted  for  the  three  different 
classes : 


The  badge  for  the  first  test  is  distinguished  by  one  star,  the  badge 
for  the  second  test  by  two  stars,  the  badge  for  the  third  test  by 
three  stars.  All  the  badges  are  in  bronze. 

Each  girl  passing  the  tests  should  be  allowed  to  pay  for  her  own 
badge,  just  as  a  young  woman  at  college  elected  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa 
pays  for  the  key  awarded. 

Further  details  regarding  methods  of  securing  badges  may  be 
had  by  writing  the  Playground  and  Recreation  Association  of 
America,  i  Madison  av.,  New  York  City. 

Other  Equivalents  That  May  Be  Accepted  as  Meeting  the 
Requirements  in  Supervised  Recreation 

1  Must  be  approximately  equivalent,  qualitatively  and  quantita- 
tively. 

2  May  be  substituted  for  as  many  as  three  of  the  four  hours  of 
supervised  recreation  that  may  be  required  each  week,  but  not  for 
periods  scheduled  in  regular  school  time. 

3  The  following  substitutes  are  suggested: 

a  Active  or  outdoor  clubs  with  such  object  as  the  following 
in  view : 

(1)  Walking  or  "hiking." 

(2)  Field  work  in  botany,  woodcraft,  forestry,  horti- 
culture,   zoology,    biology,    surveying,    sanitation,    health 
service,  first  aid,  life  saving,  street  cleaning,  scouting,  rifle 
practice,   camping  and   camp   construction,   wall   scaling, 
fence  making,  swamp  draining,  bridge  building  and  wall 
building.     Such  clubs  must  be  organized  under  reliable, 
mature  direction,  a  teacher  in  the  school  or  some  com- 
petent public-spirited  citizen.     Clubs  must  meet  regularly, 
give  an  equivalent  physical  activity  and  supply  regular 
reliable  reports  to  the  "supervisor  or  teacher  of  physical 
training. 


196  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Well-established  community,  state  or  national  organiza- 
tions from  which  regular  and  reliable  records  of  pupil's  activity 
may  be  easily  secured  by  the  supervisor  or  teacher  of  physical 
training. 

c  Personal  activities  which  may  serve  as  equivalents. 

(1)  On   recommendation  of  the  teacher  in  charge  of 
physical  training,  the  principal  or  other  officer  in  charge  of 
the  school  may  excuse  pupils  from  a  part  of  the  organized 
play  requirement  when  their  activities  outside  the  school 
include  an  approximate  recreational  equivalent. 

(2)  Such  substitution  should  not  be  permitted  for  more 
than  three  of  the  four  hours  that  may  be  required  each 
week  in  organized  recreation. 

(3)  Among  the  activities  that  may  be  so  substituted  by 
girls  or  boys  are  walking,  skating,  swimming,  horseback 
riding,  plowing,  haying,  gardening,  wood-chopping,  road 
work,  surveying  and  various  active  home  projects. 

d  No  substitute  for  or  equivalent  to  the  recreational  require- 
ment may  be  accepted  which  would  lead  to  the  inactivity  of 
pupils  during  regular  periods  scheduled  during  school  hours. 
As  a  rule,  such  substitutes  or  equivalents  may  be  balanced  only 
against  periods  scheduled  at  the  end  of  the  school  day  when  the 
other  work  of  the  day's  session  has  been  finished. 

References 

Addams,  Jane.     The  Spirit  of  Youth  and  the  City  Streets. 
Angel,  E.  D.    Play. 

Bancroft,  Jessie  H.     Games  for  the  Playground,  House,  School  and  Gym- 
nasium. 

Bancroft  &  Pulvermacher.     Handbook  of  Athletic  Games. 
Bowen,  W.    Teaching  Play. 
Brown,  John.     Outdoor  Athletic  Test  for  Boys. 
Burchenal,  Elizabeth.    Dances  of  the  People. 

Folk  Dances  and  Singing  Games. 

Crampton,  C.  Ward.    The  Folk  Dance  Book. 
Crawford,  Caroline.    Folk  Dances  and  Games. 
Curtis,  H.  S.     Education  through  Play. 

The   Practical  Conduct  of  Play. 

Play  and  Recreation. 

Dalcroze.    Eurhythmies  of. 

De  Groot,  E.  B.    Playground  Equipment. 

Dier,  J.  C.    Book  of  Winter  Sports. 

Forbush,  W.  B.     Manual  of  Play, 

Hofer,  Mari  Ruef.     Popular  Folk  Games  and  Dances. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    D  197 

Johnson,  George  E.     What  to  Do  at  Recess. 
Education  by  Plays  and  Games. 
Lee,  Joseph.     Play  in  Education. 

Leland,  Arthur.    Winter  Organization  of  Playgrounds. 
Moore,  Harry  H.     Keeping  in  Condition. 
New  York  City.    Rules  of  the  Public  Schools  Athletic  League. 
Newton  &  Harris.     Graded  Games  and  Rhythmic  Exercises. 

Rules  of  the  Public  Schools  Athletic  League  for  Girls. 
Parsons,  H.  G.    Children's  Gardens  for  Pleasure,  Health  and  Education. 
Physical  Education  Review,  150  Gymnastic  Games. 
Reilly,  Frederick  J.     Rational  Athletics. 
Rochester.     Rules  of  the  Amateur  Athletic  Federation. 
Sperling,  H.    The  Playground  Book. 
Stecher,  W.  A.    Games  and  Dancing. 

A   Guide    to    Track    and    Field    Work,    Contests    and    Kindred 

Activities. 
Wellesley  College.     One  Hundred  and  Fifty  Gymnastic  Games. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING  E 

Gymnastic  Drills  and  Marching 

1  Under  the  direction  of  a  special  teacher  of  physical  training. 

2  Required  for  a  minimum  of  two  half-hour  periods  a  week; 
not  to  include  time  spent  in  preparation  for  exercise  or  for  return 
to  a  subsequent  recitation. 

3  Uniform  urged:  a  sleeveless  white  shirt,  white  knee  running 
trousers,   socks  and  soft-soled  shoes    (sneakers)    for  boys  and  a 
simple  bloomer  outfit  for  girls.     Uniforms  must  be  kept  clean.    It 
is  a  good  plan  for  each  pupil,  particularly  for  boys  whose  uniforms 
are  white,  to  have  two  outfits.     Pupils  should  be  dressed  as  lightly 
and  as  comfortably  as  possible  during  their  exercise  periods.     If 
uniforms   can  not  be   provided,   outer  coats   and  collars  may  be 
removed  and  regular  shoes  exchanged  for  tennis,  gymnasium  or 
other  soft-soled  shoes. 

4  Exercise  period  should  be  followed,  if  possible,  by  a  bath  and 
a  clean  towel. 

5  Pupils  should  take  physical  training  appropriate  to  their  grade. 
The  child  should  not  work  in  one  group  one  day  and  in  another 
group  another  day.    Unless  there  are  serious  reasons  to  the  contrary, 
classes  should  be  scheduled  intact. 

6  No  class  ought  to  meet  for  exercise  within  an  hour  after  its 
lunch  period. 

7  Teacher  is  expected  to  emphasize  (a)  posture,  (b)  discipline 
and  (c)  health  through  the  development  of  habits  of  posture,  habits 
of  obedience  to  command,  and  habits  of  healthful  exercise.    These 
drill  periods  can  be  useful  only  as  they  produce  habits. 

8  The  marching  tactics  taught  are  to  conform  with  such  parts 
of  the  United  States  Infantry  Drill  regulations  as  are  reasonably 
applicable  to  school  equipment  and  conditions. 

9  Each  period  should  be  divided  into  three  parts : 

a  Elementary  marching. 

b  Mass  gymnastic  drills  with  or  without  hand  apparatus. 
c  Gymnastic    games,    group    dancing    or    squad    work    on 
apparatus. 

10  All  exercises  in  the  drills  presented  here  from  grade  6  on  have 
been   written   as'  "  two-count  ''   or    "  four-count  "   movements.      In 

[i99] 


2OO  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

leading  a  drill  it  is  better  not  to  count  from  i  to  8  or  from  i  to  16, 
but  rather  1-2  and  repeat,  or  1-2-3-4  and  repeat. 

11  The  teacher  of  physical  training  will  provide  his  own  pro- 
gram   for   the   third   division    of    the    gymnastic   period    (see    $c 
above). 

12  Schools  may  submit  drills  of  their  own  for  the  approval  of 
the  State  Department  of  Education.     Unless  such  drills  are  sub- 
mitted to,  and  approved  by,  the  State  Department  of  Education, 
the  drills  in  the  following  syllabus  must  be  used. 

13  More  advanced  classes  that  have  had  no  experience  will  have 
to  begin  their  work  with  the  drills  laid  down  for  the  more  elemen- 
tary classes  and  progress  as  rapidly  as  they  reasonably  can  to  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  grade  or  term  to  which  they  belong. 

14  The  drills  presented  here  for  grades   i   to  5  inclusive,  have 
been  taken  with  some  modification  from  the  syllabus  on  physical 
training  now  used  in  the  public  schools  of  Buffalo  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Miss  Alta  Wiggins.     The  drills  from  grade  6  to  the  last 
term  in  the  high  school  inclusive,  were  prepared  for  this  syllabus 
by  Frederic  A.  Woll,  assistant  professor  of  hygiene,  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York.     The  drills  from  i  to  5  inclusive,  are  planned 
for  use  in  the  classroom.     They  may  be  adapted  easily  to  the 
exercising  hall. 

GRADE  i :     FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

NOTE:  The  following  drills  from  i  to  5  inclusive,  are  planned  for  the 
classroom.  They  may  be  adapted  for  the  exercising  hall  by  omittin^  the 
work  which  is  indicated  for  use  in  the  classroom. 

1  Relaxation: 

(In  classroom)  Class,  stand  in  aisles  and  stretch!  Attention! 
(In  exercising  hall)  Class,  Stretch!  Attention! 

Let  each  pupil  stretch  in  the  way  he  chooses  (see  page  54). 
"Attention"  or  "Position"  should  be  correct  posture  —  "chest 
over  toes  "  or  "  chest  high  "  and  arms  hanging  easily  at  sides. 
May  use  "elevation  cues"  (see  page  143). 

2  Marching: 

Follow  one  directly  behind  another. 
Develop  leadership. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    £  2OI 

3  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!    (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times. 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,   Inhale!  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 

4  Group  dances,  games  or  play. 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation:    See  lesson  i. 

2  Marching: 

(In  classroom)     In  and  out,  up  and  down  the  aisles. 
(In  exercising  hall)      Follow  a  zigzag  course,  one  directly 
behind  another. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  forward  upward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

From  —  Arms  sidewards  to  fingers  on  shoulders,  Raise ! 
a  i  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 
2  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  i. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Repeat  lesson  2  running. 

3  Mass  drill: 


202  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  backward,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Heels,  Raise! 

2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

From  —  Arms  sideward,  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise ! 
a  i  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 
2  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Forward,  March !  Run !  Halt ! 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  backward,  and  heels,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  and  heels,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward 

2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  forward,  Bend! 
2  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  i. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  plays 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  2O3 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

(In  classroom)  Single  file  or  by  twos,  if  possible,  running 
and  skipping  in  and  out  up  and  down  the  aisles. 

(In  exercising  hall)  Single  file,  or  by  twos,  running  and 
skipping  a  zigzag  course. 

Group  A 

3  Mass  drill: 

a  i  Arms  backward,  Raise! 

2  Arms,  sideward,  Place! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  and  heels,  Raise! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  (In  classroom)  (i)  Hands  on  desks,  half  deep  knee  bend, 

Bend! 
(2)   Position. 

b  (In  exercising  hall)    (i)  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

(2)  Half  deep  knee  bend,  Bend! 

(3)  Position. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  plays 


GRADE  i :  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Single  file ;  each  pupil  to  have  practice  as  leader.  Leader  to 
carry  flag  or  wear  paper  cap.  Use  any  fitting  device  to 
stimulate  interest  in  celebrating  special  days  of  the  month. 

3  Mass  drill: 


2O4  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise! 

2  Elbows  up!  Back!  Down! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward  upward,  Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

Each  three  times. 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  u  position  "  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times. 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale!  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  plays 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Marching  ~] , 

Running     1  Single  and  double  circles. 

Skipping    J 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Arms,  upward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  Raise ! 

2  Arms  upward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING    E  2Q$ 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  I. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Forward,  March!      Run!    Skip!    Halt! 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward  (palms  up),  Raise! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Right    (left)    arm   forward  upward,  left    (right)    arm 

backward,  Raise! 
2  Position  (Face  and  point  to  one  of  the  cardinal  points  of 

the  compass  each  time) 
Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  I  Right  (left)  arm  forward,  Raise! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend!  (touch  floor) 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  i. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Double  file,  hands  joined  shoulder  high,  change  direction  at 
signal. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise !     (palms  up) 

2  Backward  circle,  Begin!    (four  times.     Count  one  for 

each  circle) 

3  Position 


2O6  PHYSICAL   TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

b  i  Right    (left)    arm   forward  upward,   left    (right)    arm 
backward,  Raise! 

2  Heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

3  Trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

4  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Marching  1  Single  and  double  files.     In  circle,  in  spiral  and 
Running  J        any  other  simple  figure. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  Raise !  Four  times. 

2  Outward  circles,  Begin!  (count  one" for  each  circle) 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise! 

2  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  downward,  Thrust ! 

3  Arms,   change!      (Bring   arms   to   shoulders   and   then 

thrust.    Done  in  two  counts). 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

1  Hips,  Firm ! 

2  Feet  sideward,  Place! 

3  Trunk  forward.  Bend ! 

4  Position! 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  2C>7 

GRADE  2  :     FIRST  TERM 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Review 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise ! 

2  Arms  upward  and  heels,  Raise ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  hands  on  chest,  Raise ! 

2  Thrust  arms  forward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  feet  sideward,  Place ! 
2  Trunk  forward,  Bend ! 
Four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale !  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

In  circle  with  hands  joined  shoulder  high. 
To  left,  March ! 
To  right,  March! 
1  Mass  drill: 


2O8  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  A 

a  i  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  half  sideward, 
Raise ! 

2  Arms,  Change!  (lower  left  arm,  raise  right  arm) 

3  Position. 

b  i   Left    (right)    arm   sideward  upward,   right   (left)    arm 
half  sideward,  and  heels,  Raise! 
Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Arms  forward,  knees,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  last  lesson. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

a  March  in  closed  circle. 

b  To  left  (right)  March!  Run!  Halt! 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i   Arms  backward,  Raise ! 

2  Heels,  Raise ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  backward.  Raise ! 

2  Arms  forward  and  heels,  Raise ! 
3.  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i   Hips,   Firm ! 

2  Half  deep  knee  bend,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  plays 


'> 


%im-»; 


•**. 


JOC] 


BASEMENT    PLAN 

Follow  the  line  of  stairways  down  from  the  first  story  plan.  Note  that 
they  lead  directly  to  exits,  that  from  the  left-hand  court  down  to  the  open 
area  being  for  special  use  of  pupils  going  to  or  from  the  locker  room  without 
passing  through  the  building.  Pure  water  in  the  swimming  pools  is  at  all 
times  assured  by  the  use  of  chemical'  filters  through  which  the  water  is  being 
constantly  circulated.  The  filters,  together  with  the  reheaters,  are  all  located 
in  the  engine  room,  so  as  to  reduce  the  need  of  the  operating  force  entering 
the  swimming  pool  inclosure. 


FIRST    STORY    PLAN 

Note  possibility  of  ready  control  through  location  of  the  principal's  office, 
the  janitor's  office,  within  easy  reach,  the  library,  with -stairway  communica- 
tion at  either  end  and  opening  directly  upon  the  entrance  hall.  The  ten  sets 
.of  exit  doors  opening  directly  to  the  outer  air,  and  widely  distributed,  insure 
against  congestion  at  times  of  dismissal. 


CM    S  -SuPT-fO. 'WO 

p.e«  Avt  S  39'" 


SECOND    STORY   PLAN 

The  six  rooms  across  the  front,  together  with  the  roof  playground,  are  for 
the  infant  school.  Folding-dqor  partitions  divide  the  kindergartens  and  the 
lA  classrooms.  The  circle  room,  34  by  60  feet,  is  subdivided  in  the  same 
way.  Here  there  are  three  large  spaces  splendidly  located  and  easily  adapted 
for  social  service  work.  The  gymnasium  on  the  girl's  side  may  be  duplicated 
in  the  other  wing  for  the  use  of  the  boys. 


3CMOOU- 


THIRD   STORY    PLAN 


The  science  room,  no.  301,  has  a  door  communicating  direct  to  the  con- 
servatory and  thence  to  the  roof  garden,  which,  with  its  abundance  of  light 
and  air,  may  readily  be  used  in  growing  such  plants  as  may  be  of  special 
interest.  The  open-air  classroom,  no.  316,  also  has  its  outdoor  space,  which 
the  anemic  children  will  find  both  enjoyable  and  beneficial  through  the 
opportunity  for  sun  baths. 


SCHOOL - 


FOURTH    STORY    PLAN 

This  is  given  over  almost  entirely  to  classrooms.  The  arrangements  of 
partitions  and  flue  spaces  are  such  as  to  permit  of  double-unit  rooms  being 
formed  if  such  be  required. 


h_ [_ 


/ 

1  Ux       i 

'"pu^j^r«o^   i       "TS       : 


-  DOpLICAJt    OCHOOL 


MAIN   ROOF   WITH    PLAYGROUND   PAVED  WITH   TILE   AND   SCREENED  IN 
WITH    WIRE    NETTING 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   E  2QQ 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

In  single  circle.    Pupils  follow  one  behind  another,  hands  on 
shoulders. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  behind  back,  Place! 

2  Arms  sideward  upward,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  behind  back  and  half  deep  knee,  Bend! 

2  Arms  sideward  upward,  and  heels,  Raise ! 

3  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Select  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Left    (right)    arm   forward   upward,  right    (left)    arm 
backward,  Raise! 

2  Left  (right)  leg  forward,  Step! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  backward,  left  (right)  leg  backward,  Step! 
2  Position! 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

3  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

4  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


. 

2IO  PHYSICAL  TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

GRADE  2 :     SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Marching  "1  Up  and  down,  in  and  out  of  aisles  in  classroom, 
Running  I  zigzag,  spiral  or  other  figures  in  exercising 
Skipping  J  hall. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise! 

2  Elbows,  Up!     Back!     Down! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

2  Left  leg  forward,  Step! 

3  Heel,  Raise! 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward,  hands  on  shoulders,  Raise! 

2  Trunk  left  (right)  sideward,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale !  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Running,  double  file,  hands  joined,  shoulder  high,  change 
direction  upon  signal.     Repeat  exercise,  hands  on  hips. 

3  Mass  drill: 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   E  211 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise !  > 

2  Left  leg  left  sideward,  Step! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

2  Left  leg  left  sideward,  Step ! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  last  lesson. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Choose  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  left  sideward,  Step! 

2  Heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  left  leg  forward,  Step! 

2  Arms  upward,  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

3  Trunk  left  sideward,  Bend! 

4  Trunk,  Raise! 

5  Position. 

Three  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


212  PHYSICAL   TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Skipping  double  file,  hands  joined,  shoulder  high,  change 
direction  upon  signal.    Repeat  exercise  with  hands  on  hips. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Arms  upward  and  heels,  Raise ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  backward,  left  leg  backward,  Place ! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward  upward,  Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 

2  Left  leg  forward,  Bend!      (Arms  downward  to  touch 

floor  with  hands). 

3  Arms  upward  and  trunk  upward,  Raise ! 

4  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Choose  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  Raise ! 

2  Arms  upward,  Raise!     (Head  erect!!) 

3  Position. 

b  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Left  knee.  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  213 

N 
Group  B 


a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

3  Trunk,  Raise! 

b  i  Trunk  backward,  Bend ! 

2  Trunk,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  two  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


GRADE  3 :     FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Follow  step: 

a  i  Step  left  leg  forward. 

2  Bring  right  foot  to  left  (heels  will  then  be  together). 

Repeat  half  way  around  the  room. 
b  i  Step  right  left  forward. 

2  Bring  left  foot  to  right  foot.    Repeat  half  way  around 
the  room. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  Raise ! 

2  Left  knee  upward,  Raise ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward  and  left  knee,  Raise! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Trunk  left,  Twist ! 
Four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose) 


214  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale!  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 
5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

From  —  Hands  on  Hips,  Place ! 
Alternate  follow  step. 
a  i   Step  left  leg  forward. 

2  Bring  right  foot  to  left  foot  (heels  will  then  be  together) 

3  Step  right  left  forward. 

4  Bring  left  foot  to  right  foot.     Repeat  around  the  room. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Arms  upward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Arms  sideward  and  heels,  Sink ! 

4  Position. 

Four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  feet  sideward,  Place! 

2  Trunk  left  sideward,  Twist! 

3  Trunk  forward,  Twist ! 

4  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  i. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Repeat  previous  lessons  in  double  column. 

3  Mass  drill: 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  215 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  left  knee  and  heel,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

2  Left  leg  forward,  Step! 

3  Heels,  Raise! 

4  Heels,  Sink! 

5  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Left  leg  forward,  Step ! 

3  Trunk  left  sideward.  Bend! 

4  Trunk,  Raise ! 

5  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing:     See  lesson  i. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Repeat  previous  lessons  with  alternate  left  and  right  turns 
of  the  body.  First  in  single  file  .with  "  hips,  firm !  "  Then 
in  double  column  holding  inside  hands,  swinging  arms 
up  and  down  as  the  steps  are  taken. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest,  Place! 

2  Thrust  arms  forward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Arm  to  chest,  Place ! 

4  Thrust  arms  sideward  and  heels,  Raise! 

5  Arms  to  chest,  Place! 

6  Thrust  arms  upward  and  heels,  Raise ! 

7  Hands  on  chest,  Place ! 

8  Repeat  2,  3,  4,  5,  6  and  7  to  count  of  i,  2-1,  2,  etc. 

9  Position. 

Each  two  times. 


2l6  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  left  leg  forward,  Step! 

2  Trunk  backward,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Choose  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Left  leg  sideward,  Step ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Arms  sideward  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step ! 

3  Heels,  Raise ! 

4  Heels,  Sink! 

5  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward,  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step! 

2  Trunk  left  sideward,  Bend ! 

3  Trunk,  Raise ! 

4  Position. 

•Four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

GRADE  3 :  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Follow  step  alternately  half  way  around  the  room ;  finish  with 
skipping  forward. 

3  Mass  drill: 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  217 

Group  A 
a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  downward. 

3  Left  leg  sideward  and  heels,  Raise! 

4  Position. 

b'  i  Arms  half   sideward,    Bend!      (Raise   arms    sideward, 
bend  at  elbows  to  form  a  right  angle.) 

2  Half  deep  knee,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  half  sideward  and  feet  sideward,  Place ! 

2  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  left  sideward,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!  (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times. 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale!    Rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Skip  left  sideward  half  way  around  the  room,  finish  right 
sideward. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Backward   arm  circles,  Begin    (count  4,  one   for  each 
circle). 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward  upward,  Raise! 

2  Outward   arm   circles,   Begin    (count  4,  one  for   each 

circle). 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 


2l8  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  B 
a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Straddle,  Jump! 

3  Trunk,  forward,  Bend ! 

4  Trunk,  Raise! 

5  Position. 

Four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  I. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Walk  four  steps  forward,  then  run  four  short  steps  forward. 
Repeat  around  the  room.  (Make  other  combinations  of 
walking  and  running  steps.) 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  and  left  leg  forward,  Step! 

2  Arms  upward  and  left  knee,  Bend!     (Head  erect!!} 

3  Arms  forward  left  knee,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step! 

2  Arms  upward,  left  knee,  Bend! 

3  Arms  sideward,  left  knee,  Straight ! 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward,  left  leg  forward,  Step! 

2  Trunk  forward,  left  knee,  Bend ! 

3  Trunk  and  left  knee,  Straight ! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  sideward,  Step! 

2  Trunk  left  and  left  knee,  Bend ! 

3  Trunk  and  knee,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING  E  219 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Choose  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  upward,  stride  stand,  Jump!    (left  leg 
forward)     (Head  erect!!) 

2  Arms  sideward,  left  knee,  Bend! 

3  Arms  upward  and  knee,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  and  straddle,  Jump ! 

2  Arms  sideward,  left  knee,  Bend! 

3  Arms  upward  and  left  knee,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms   forward   upward,    stride   stand,   Jump!      (Head 
erect!!) 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  left  knee,  and  trunk  left,  Twist ! 

3  Arms  upward,  left  knee  and  trunk,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  straddle,  Jump! 

2  Arms  sideward  left  knee  and  trunk  left,  Bend ! 

3  Arms  upward,  knee  and  trunk,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Choose  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  backward,  left  leg  backward,  Raise! 

2  Arms  forward,  left  leg  backward,  Step! 

3  Position. 


22O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Arms  upward,  left  leg  sideward,  Step ! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  forward,  Bend! 

2  Arms  upward,  raise  trunk  and  left  leg  forward,  Step! 

3  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward  and  left  leg  backward, 

Step! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  trunk  left  sideward,  Bend! 

2  Arms  upward,  raise  trunk,  left  leg  left  sideward,  Step! 

3  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left,  left  leg,  Replace! 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

GRADE  4:    FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

a  Simple  marching  in  single  and  in  double  columns. 
b  Follow   step,   alternately  right  and  left.      (See  lesson    i, 
first  month,  grade  3.) 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  forward  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward  and  heels,  Raise !    (Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  Bend! 

2  Position. 

b  i  Arms-  sideward,  trunk  left,  Twist! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  221 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position/'  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose.) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times. 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale !     Rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale! 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

a  Select  any  single  marching  and  running. 
b  Follow  step,  alternately  right  and  left.    Raise  the  advanc- 
ing foot  in  front  of  the  other  leg. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  I  Arms  sideward  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step! 

2  Left  sideward,  Sway!     Shift  weight  to  left  leg,  raise 

right  heel.     Repeat  the  swaying  left  and  right  four 
times,  then 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward  to  arch  (elbows  bent  and  finger 
tips  touching  over  the  head),  Raise! 

2  Deep  knee,  Bend! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Hips,  Firm! 

2  Twist  trunk  left  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step! 

3  Trunk  right,  Twist ! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  Bend! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  lesson  i. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


222  PHYSICAL   TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Select    from  previous   lessons.     Try  to  have   pupils,  keep 
good  "  time." 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  left  leg  forward,  Step! 

2  Forward,   Sway!     (Shift  weight  to  the  left  leg,  raise 

right  heel.) 

3  Backward,  Sway!     (Repeat  swaying  forward  and  back- 

ward four  times.) 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward  upward  and  heels,  Raise!   (Head  erect!!) 

2  Arms  forward,  and  deep  knee,  Bend! 

3  Arms  upward  and  knees,  Straight! 

4  Position. 

Four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward  upward,  Trunk  forward  and  downward, 
(head  erect!!)    Bend !    (Try  to  touch  fingers  to  floor.) 

2  Trunk,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  left  foot  left  sidewards  and  trunk  kft 

sideward,  Bend! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Select  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  223 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  backward,  Raise! 

2  Arms    forward   upward   and   left   leg   forward,    Step! 

(Head  erect!!) 

3  Position. 

b  I  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Arms  forward  upward  and  left  leg  sidewards,  Step! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Grwp  B 

a  I  Hands  on  chest,  straddle,  Jump! 

2  Thrust  arms  downward,  trunk  forward,  Bend! 

3  Hands  on  chest,  trunk,  Raise! 

4  Jump  to  —  Position. 

b  I  Arms  sideward  upward,  trunk  forward  and   straddle, 

Jump! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Select  from  previous  lessons. 

3  Mow  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward,  Place! 

2  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  forward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Arms  upward,  left  leg  forward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward  upward,  stretch  left  leg  backward  and 

right  knee,  Bend!     (Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 


224  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  I  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  sideward,  trunk  left  sideward, 

and  right  knee,  Bend! 
2  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

GRADE  4:  SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Select  from  any  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  outward  circles  (to  arms  sideward). 

2  And  straddle,  Jump !  Q^^A/f  '' 

3  Position. 

b  i  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  backward,  Raise! 

2  Bend  left  knee  and  right  leg  backward,  Stretch! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  I  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  straddle,  Jump! 

2  Trunk  backward,  Bend! 

3  Trunk,  Raise! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  twist  trunk  left,  stride  stand,  Jump; 

2  Trunk  right,  Twist ! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose.) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times. 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale!  Rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale! 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  225 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching: 

Column  right  (left). 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  bend  at  elbows  hands  on  chest  (palms 
outward)  Place! 

2  Arms  sideward,  deep  knee,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Hands  on  chest,  Place ! 

2  Thrust  arms  upward,  deep  knee,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  straddle,  Jump ! 

2  Arms  downward  between  legs,  trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

3  Trunk,  Raise! 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  straddle,  Jump! 

2  Trunk  left  sideward,  Bend ! 

3  Trunk,  Raise ! 

4  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing:    See  last  lesson. 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward  upward  and  left  knee,  Raise ! 

2  Arms   forward  downward   and  backward  and   left  leg 

backward,  Stretch ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward  upward,  left  leg  forward,  Step ! 

2  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  backward,  Step ! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 
8 


226  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  B 
a  i  Hips,  Firm  and  straddle,  Jump! 

2  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  left  sideward,  Twist! 

3  Trunk  front  and  hips,  Firm ! 

4  Position. 

b.  i  Neck,  Firm! 

2  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

3  Trunk,  Raise ! 

4  Position. 

4  Breathing 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching:    Countermarch. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 
a  i  Hip's,  firm  and  feet  sideward,  Place ! 

2  Left  knee,  Bend! 

3  Straighten  left  (right)  knee,  Bend! 

4  Continue  2  and  3  four  times. 

5  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise! 

2  Arms  upward  and  heels,  Raise! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms   forward  upward,   Raise!      (Head   erect!!) 

2  Trunk  backward,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  forward,  Step ! 

2  Left  knee,  Bend ! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  227 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching:    Select  from  any  previous  lessons. 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Hands  on  chest,  Place ! 

2  Thrust  arms  upward,  left  leg  forward  and  left  knee, 

Bend! 

3  Position. 

b  i  Hands  on  chest,  Place! 

2  Thrust  arms  sidewards,  left  leg  sideward  and  left  knee, 

Bend! 

3  Position. 

Each  four  times. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  trunk  backward,  left  leg,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Trunk  left  sideward,  left  leg,  Raise ! 
Each  four  times. 

4  Breathing: 

5  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

GRADE  5:     FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation: 

(In  classroom)  Class,  stand  in  aisles  and  stretch!  Attention! 
(In  exercising  hall)  Class,  stretch !  Attention  ! 

Let  each  pupil  stretch  in  the  way  he  chooses.  "Attention  " 
or  "Position"  should  be  correct  posture  —  "chest  over 

toes "   or   "  chest  high "   and   arms   hanging  easily  at   sides. 

May  use  "  elevation  cues." 

2  Marching: 

a  Simple  marching  in  single  or  double  column. 

b  Follow   step,   alternately  right   and  left.      (See  lesson    i, 

first  month,  grade  3).    Raise  the  knee  of  the  advancing 

foot  at  each  step  forward. 

3  Mass  drill: 


228  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  A 

The  following  exercises  throughout  the  term,  are  each  to  be  done 
to  command  first,  then, — -  Continue  the  exercise  to  count, —  Begin ! 
(1-2;  1-2;  six  or  eight  times  each). 
a  i  Arms  forward,  Raise! 

2  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise ! 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i  Left  leg  forward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 

b  i  Left  leg  sideward,  Raise ! 
2  Position. 

Group  C 

From  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Trunk  left  sideward,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position,"  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!  (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale!     Rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  month 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching:    Select  from  any  previous  lessons 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  left  leg  forward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  sideward,  Raise^i 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  backward,  left  leg  backward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING   E  22Q 


Group  '  B 

From  Hips,  Firm  ! 
a  i  Trunk  forward,  Bend! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Trunk  left  sideward,  Bend  ! 

2  Position. 

c  i  Trunk  backward,  Bend  ! 
2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing:    See  last  lesson. 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Third  month 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Ma^  </nV/: 


a  i  Arms  forward  one-half  deep  knee,  Bend  ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  deep  knee,  Bend  ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  deep  knee,  Bend  !   (Head  erect!!) 

2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  Hips,  Firm  ! 
a  i  Bend  trunk  forward  and  left  leg  forward,  Step  ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Bend  trunk  left  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step  ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Bend  trunk  backward,  left  leg  backward,  Step  ! 

2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fourth  month 
Lesson  4 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Mass  drill: 


230  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  and  left  leg  forward,  Step ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward  and  left  leg  backward,  Step ! 

(Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  left,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward  and  trunk  backward,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Fifth  month 
Lesson  5 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  and  heels,  Raise! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  jump  to  straddle  and  half  knee,  Ber.d! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  stretch  left  leg  backward  and 

right  knee,  Bend ! 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms    forward   upward    (touch   toes)    trunk    forward, 

Bend! 
2  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward  left  leg  side- 
ward and  left  knee,  Bend  ! 
2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  and  trunk  left,  Twist ! 
2  Position. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  23! 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

GRADE  5 :    SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  month 
Lesson  i 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

The  following  exercises  are  each  to  be  done,  throughout  the  term, 
two  times  to  command  first,  then  —  continue  the  exercise  to  count, 
Begin  !  ( 1-2  ;  1-2  ;  six  or  eight  times  each) . 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  Place ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  hands  under  armpits,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms    sideward    upward    to    arched    hands    overhead, 

Raise ! 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Heels,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i   One-half  deep  knee,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 

c  i  Deep  kne°.  Bend ! 
2  Position. 

Group  C 

From  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Trunk  forward,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Trunk  left  sideward,  Bend ! 

2  Position. 

c  i  Trunk  backward,  Bend ! 
2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing: 

Standing  in  "  position/'  hands  on  hipSo 


232  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

a  Inhale!     (Slowly,  through  nose) 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward,  Inhale !  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward,  Exhale ! 
6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

Second  and  third  months 
Lesson  2 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  one-half  sideward 

(below  the  horizontal),  Raise! 
2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  outward  circle  to  side  horizontal,  Raise! 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i   Left  leg  forward,  Step ! 

2  Position. 
b   i  Left  leg  sideward,  Step ! 

2  Position. 

c  i  Deep  knee,  Bend ! 
2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward  and  left 
,  leg  forward,  Step ! 

2  Position. 

b  i   Left  arm   sideward  upward,   right  arm,  one-half  side- 
ward, trunk  left  sideward  and  left  leg  sideward,  Step ! 
2  Position. 

c   i  Arms  outward  circle  to  side  horizontal  and  neck  back- 
ward, Bend!     (Chin  down  and  in) 
2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing:    See  last  lesson. 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  233 

Fourth  and  fifth  months 
Lesson  3 

1  Relaxation 

2  Marching 

3  Mass  drill: 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  on  chest,  Place!  (Flex  hard) 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  backward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Left  knee,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Left  leg  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
c  i  Left  leg  backward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  on  chest  and  left  knee,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sidewrard,  left  leg  sideward,  Raise ! 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward,  left  leg  backward  and  trunk  backward; 
Bend! 

2  Position. 

4  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  Breathing 

6  Group  dances,  games  and  play 

GRADE  6:    FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  ten  weeks 
i  Marching: 
Attention. 
Rest. 
At  ease. 
Parade  rest. 
Hand  salute. 


234  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Facing. 

a  Right. 

b  Left. 

c  About. 

d  Half,  Face. 
Stepping. 

a  Forward   ~\ 

b  Back  ^Guiding. 

c  Side  J 

Marching. 

a  Forward   "1  Guiding. 

b  Back          /      Halting. 
2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Position.' 
b  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward. 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
&  i   Bend  trunk  forward. 

2  Position. 

c  i   Bend  trunk  left  sideward. 
2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward;  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Positio'n. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  bend,  trunk  forward. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward. 
,  2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  jump  forward  to  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  trunk  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  235 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward,  lunge 

left. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:     For  general   more   vigorous   exercise,   the 
teacher  may  select  one  or  more  of  the  following  exercises  varying 
the  selection  from  time  to  time.     The  selections  made  in  any  indi- 
vidual  case   will   be   governed   by   special   local    room   and   school 
conditions,  as  well  as  by  the  strength  and  ability  of  the  children 
concerned. 

a  Double  time  marching  in  the  classroom. 

b  Double  time  marching  to  corridors,  or  out  of  doors  and 
return. 

c  Regular  fire  drill  (will  need  a  special  allotment  of  time). 

d  Bucket  brigade  drill  (fire  fighting  drill  —  will  need  a 
special  allotment  of  time). 

e  Up  on  toes  and  repeat. 

f  Hop  on  one  foot  and  then  on  the  other;  stationary  or 
around  the  room. 

g  Skipping. 

h  Running:  *(i)  around  the  rooms;  (2)  stationary;  (3) 
raise  heels;  (4)  raise  knees  high;  (5)  stiff  legged, 
throwing  legs  out  in  front  of  body,  lean  body  back- 
ward; (6)  "  maze  running." 

i  "  Criss  Cross  Jump." 

/  Springing  up  on  toes  (spring-board  jump). 

k  Stride  jump  (alternate  one  leg  in  front  of  the  other). 

/   Straddle  jump  (spread  legs  and  return). 

m  Combinations  of  (g)  and  (h). 

n  Short  jumps  forward  or  short  jumps  backward. 

o  Aisle  runs  forward. 

p  Aisle  runs  backward. 

q  Or  any  other  vigorous  exercise  that  is  practically  appli- 
cable to  the  conditions  under  which  the  class  is 
working. 

4  Breathing  exercise: 

Standing  in  "  position  "  hands  on  hips. 
a  Inhale!    (Slowly,  through  nose). 
b  Exhale! 

Repeat  four  or  five  times. 

or 

a  Arms  sideward  upward  —  Inhale!  rise  on  toes. 
b  Arms  sideward  downward  —  Exhale  ! 


236  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

5  a  Group  dances. 
b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

,     Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
March  time. 
Column  right  (left). 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward. 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Twist  trunk  left. 

2  Position. 
c  i  One-half  turn  left,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  twist  trunk  left. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  one-quarter  turn  left,  lunge  left 

forward. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  on  upward  jump,  one-quarter  turn  left, 
deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  twist  trunk  left,  lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Position. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  237 

c  I  Arms  forward  up,  bend  trunk  backward,  one-half  turn 

left,  lunge  left  forward. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  ten  weeks. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  ten  weeks, 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 


GRADE  6:     SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Countermarch. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  backward. 

2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Deep  bend  right  knee,  extend  left  leg  backward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Lunge  left  forward. 

2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend  with  right  knee,  extend 
left  leg  backward.  . 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  leg  sideward. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  backward,  lunge  left  leg  forward. 

2  Position. 


238  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend  with  right  knee,  left  leg 

backward,  bend  trunk  backward. 
2  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  sideward  (a  long  lunge,  bend 
knee  to  an  acute  angle),  bend  trunk  left  sideward 
(touch  left  hand  to  floor). 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms   backward,   lunge   left   leg   forward,   bend   trunk 

forward. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  ten  weeks. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  ten  weeks. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward.     (Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Raise  left  leg  forward  and  raise  right  heel. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Raise  left  leg  sideward  and  raise  right  heel. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Raise  left  leg  backward   (stiff  leg)   raise  right  heel. 
2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward,  raise  left  leg  forward,  and  raise  right 

heel. 
2  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  239 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  raise  left  leg  sideward,  and  raise  right 

heel. 

2  Position. 
c  I  Arms  forward  upward,  raise  left  leg  backward  and  raise 

right  heel.     (Head  erect! !) 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  raise  left  leg  and 

raise  right  heel. 
2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  raise  left  leg  and 

raise  right  heel. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  raise  left 

leg  backward  and  rise  on  right  heel. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

GRADE  7:     FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Double  time. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward. 

~2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward. 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i  Deep  knee  bend. 
2  Position; 


24O  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  I  Lunge  left  leg  diagonally  forward  to  the  right. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Rise  on  toes. 

2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 

b  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  lunge 
left  leg  diagonally  forward  to  the  right  (cross  lunge). 
2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  rise  on  toes. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  jump  forward  to  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 

b  i  Swing  arms  downward  between  legs,  bend  trunk  for- 
ward, lunge  left  leg  diagonally  right    (cross  lunge). 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  bend  trunk  left,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 
b  Apparatus. 

c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching*: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lesson. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms   sideward   and  bend  in   front  of  chest,   knuckles 

toward  chest. 
2  Position. 

b  i  Arms    forward    upward   over   left    shoulder,     bend    at 
elbows,  hands  on  back  of  shoulder.     (Head  erect  !!) 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward  to  downward  slightly  above  side 

horizontal  (like  the  letter  "  Y"). 
2  Position. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  24! 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Straddle  jumps. 

2  Position. 

c'  i  Kneel  on  left  knee. 
2-  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms   sideward  and  bend  in   front  of   chest,  knuckles 

toward  chest,  deep  knee  bend. 
2  Position. 
b  i  Arms    forward    upward   to   hands    over   left   shoulder, 

straddle  jump.     (Head  erect! /) 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  upward  to  a  letter  "  Y  "  position,  kneel 

on  left  leg. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms   sideward  and  bend   in   front  of   chest,  jump  to 

deep  knee  with  a  quarter  left  turn. 
2  Position. 

b  i   Swing  arms   downward   between   legs,   straddle   jumps. 
2  Position. 

NOTE:     When  coming  to  position  the  first  time,  bring  both 
arms  over  left   (right)    shoulder,  and  begin  all  the  following 
first  counts  from  that  position. 
c  i  Arms  forward  up  to  "  Y,"  bend  trunk  backward,  kneel 

on  left  leg. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

GRADE  7:     SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Change  step. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 


242  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  A 

a  i  Raise  arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  under  armpits. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders. 

2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Rise  on  toes. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Jump  to  straddle. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Jump  to  stride  stand. 

2  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Raise  arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  under  armpits,  jump  to 

straddle. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  jump  to 

stride  stand. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Raise  arms  forward,  jump  forward,  land  on  toes.    < 

2  Position. 
b  i  Swing  arms  between  legs,  bend  trunk  forward,  jump  to 

straddle. 
2  Position. 
c  i   Raise -arms  sideward  upward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward, 

jump  to  stride  stand   (left  leg  forward). 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  243 

Second  ten  v  eeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
To  the  rear. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Left   arm    forward,    right   arm   sideward   and   bend  to 
right  hand  in  front  of  left  breast  (knuckles  on  chest). 
2  Position. 
b  i   Left   arm   sideward,   right  arm   sideward   and  bend   to 

right  hand  in  front  of  chest. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  sideward  upward 

and*  bend  over  head,  knuckles  to  the  rear. 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Raise  left  leg  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i   Raise  left  leg  sideward. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Raise  left  leg  backward. 
2  Position. 

•  Group  C 

a  i  Left  arm  forward,  right  arm  sideward  and  bend  to  right 

hand  in  front  of  left  breast,  raise  left  leg  forward. 
2  Position. 
b  i  Left  arm  sideward,  right  arm  sideward  and  bend  in  front 

of  left  breast,  raise  left  leg  sideward. 
2  Position. 
c  i   Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  sideward  upward 

and  bend  over  head,  raise  left  leg  backward. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Left  arm  forward,  right  arm  sideward  and  bend  in  front 
of  left  breast,  bend  trunk  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 
2  Position. 
b  i  Left   arm   sideward,   right   arm   sideward   and   bend   in 

front  of  left  breast,  bend  trunk  left,  lunge  left. 
2  Position. 


244  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

c  I  Left    arm    forward    upward,    right   arm    sideward   and 
bend    over   head,    bend   trunk   backward,    lunge   left 
backward. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances.  . 
b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

GRADE  8:     FIRST  HALF  YEAR 

First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Right,  (left)  Dress. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Raise  arms  forward,  raise  left  leg  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Raise  arms  sideward,  raise  left  leg  sideward. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Raise  arms  forward  upward,  raise  left  leg  backward. 

(Do  not  bend  leg  at  knee)     (Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  sideward. 

.2  Position. 
c  i  Arms   forward  upward,  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms  forward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  lunge  left  side- 
ward. 

2  Position! 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  lunge  left 
backward.     (Head  erect!!) 

2  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  245 

Group  D 

a  I  Arms  forward,  jump  left  leg  forward  right  leg  back- 
ward. 

(Stride  stand) 
2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms    forward   upward,   jump   to    cross   legs.      (Head 

erect!!) 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching:    Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Left  arm   forward  upward,   right  arm  backward,   step 

left  leg  forward. 
2  Position. 
b  i  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  one-half  sideward, 

step  left  leg  sideward. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Left  arm  obliquely  forward  upward,  right  arm  obliquely 

backward  (left  behind  right). 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

a  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  lunge 

left  forward.     (Head  erect!!) 
2  Position. 
b  i  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  one-half  sideward, 

lunge  left  sideward. 
2  Position. 

c  i  Left  arm  obliquely  forward  upward,  right  arm  obliquely 
backward,  lunge  left  obliquely  backward  (left  behind 
right). 
2  Position. 


246  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS  , 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest,  straddle  jump. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward  to  hands  on  chest,  straddle  jump. 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  to  finger  tips  on  shoulders,  one-quarter 
left  turn,  straddle  jump. 

2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i   Bend  forward,  swing  arms   forward  between  legs  and 

straddle  jump. 
2  Position. 

b  I  Bend  forward,  swing  arms  forward  between  legs,  one- 
quarter  left  turn,  straddle  jump. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms   sideward  finger  tips  on   shoulders,  one-halt  left 

turn,  straddle  jump. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 


GRADE  8 :    SECOND  HALF  YEAR 

First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Eyes  right  (left). 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  one-half  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  forward. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  backward,  bend  trunk  backward. 

2  Position. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING   E  247 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward'  to  hands  on  shoulders,  jump  to  straddle 

2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward. 
2  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms  forward  upward,  deep  knee  bend.    (Head  erect!!) 

2  Position. 
b  i  Arms  sideward,  twist  trunk  left  sideward,  one-quarter 

turn  left  and  jump  to  straddle. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms   backward,  bend  trunk  backward,   kneel   on   left 

knee. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  one-quarter  turn  left,  jump  to  deep  knee 

bend. 

2  Position. 
b  i   Swing  arms  downward  between  legs,  one-quarter  turn 

left  and  jump  to  straddle. 
2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  turn  left,  lunge  left  side- 
ward, bend  trunk  left   (left  hand  to  floor). 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  jump  to  straddle. 
2  Position. 


248  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  i  Arms  forward,  hands  to  floor,  bend  trunk  forward,  left 
leg  diagonally  backward  (back  of  right  leg)  bend  right 
knee. 

2  Position. 
c  i  Arms   sideward,  bend   trunk  left   sideward,   lunge  left 

forward. 
2  Position. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms    sideward,    one-quarter   left   turn   and    jump    to 

straddle. 
2  Position. 
b  i  Arms   sideward   (left  hand  to  floor)   bend  trunk  left, 

bend  left  knee,  extend  right  leg  backward. 
2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  trunk  backward,  lunge  left  back- 
ward. 
2  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms   forward,  jump  to   legs   crossed    (left   and   right 

legs  alternately  in  front)! 
2  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  under  left  knee,  lunge  left  for- 
ward. 
2  Position. 
c  i  Arms  sideward,  trunk  left  twist,  jump  to  stride  stand, 

left  leg  forward. 
2  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  one-quarter  left  turn  and  jump  to  legs 

crossed, 
2  Position. 

b  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,   right  arm  backward,  one- 
half  left  turn,  lunge  left  forward. 
2  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  upward,  forward,  downward  and  back- 
ward, trunk  forward,  straddle  jump. 
2  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  naif  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  249 

HIGH  SCHOOL 

First  year       First  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Count  off. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm! 
b  i  Raise  left  leg  forward. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward,  raise  left  leg  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Raise  left  leg  sideward. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  sideward. 

3  "Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  raise  left  leg  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward  lunge  left  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position, 

Group  C 

a  i  Hands  on  chest,  raise  left  leg  forward. 

2  Swing  arms  downward  between  legs,  lunge  left  forward, 

one-quarter  right  turn  of  body. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 


25O  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  I  Arms  sideward,  raise  left  leg  sideward. 

2  Lunge  left,  bend  trunk  left  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

First  year       First  term       Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Take  interval,  to  the  right  (left). 
Assemble,  to  the  right  (left). 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Raise  arms  sideward. 

2  Left  arm  downward  and  backward,  right  arm  bent  in 

front  of  chest  (knuckles  on  chest). 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
b  i   Step  left  forward. 

2  Lunge  left  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Repeat  four  times, 
r  i  Raise  arms  sideward,  step  left  forward. 

2  Left  arm  downward  backward,  right  arm  bent  in  front 

of  chest,  lunge  left  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Left  arm  sideward,  right  arm  bent  overhead   (knuckles 

backward). 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

From — Hips,    Firm! 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  25! 

b  i  Step  left  sideward. 

2  Lunge  left  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward,  step  left  sideward. 

2  Left  arm  sideward,  right  arm  bent  over  head,  lunge  left. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

. 
Group  C 

a  i  Arms  backward. 

2  Left  arm  forward,  right  arm  bent  in  front  of  chest. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
b  i   Step  left  backward. 

2  Lunge  left  backward. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward,  step  left  backward. 

2  Left  arm   forward,   right  arm  bent  in   front  of   chest, 

lunge  left  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Left  arm  downward  backward,  right  arm  bent  in  front 
of  chest,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Swing  arms  downward  between  legs,  bend  trunk  for- 

ward, quarter  turn  right  on  heels,  both  knees  bent. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

b   i  Left   arm   sideward,   right  arm  bent   over  head,   lunge 
left  sideward. 

2  Bend   left   arm   over   head,    right   arm   sideward,   bend 

trunk  right,  straighten  left  knee,  bend  right. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Left  arm  backward,  right  arm  bent  in   front  of  chest, 
lunge  left  backward. 

2  Arms  forward,  bring  left  leg  to  the  right  leg  and  deep 

knee  frend. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


252  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

First  year       Second  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Take  distance. 
Assemble. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  downward  back- 

ward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
b  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Rise  and  step  left  leg  obliquely  right  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

v     c  i  Arms  sideward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  downward  backward,  step 

left  leg  obliquely  right  backward. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward  upward. 

2  Arms  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 
4'  Position, 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
b  i  Rise  on  toes. 

2  Step  obliquely  forward  left  with  left  leg. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Arms   forward,  step  left  obliquely  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E  253 

Group  C 

a  I  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward. 

2  Reverse  position  of  arms. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
b  i  Step  left  leg  obliquely  right  backward. 

2  Lunge  left  obliquely  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Left  arm   forward   upward,   right  arm  backward,   step 
left  leg  obliquely  right  backward. 

2  Reverse  position  of  arms,  lunge  left  obliquely  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Left  arm   forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  bend 

trunk  forward,  lunge  left  leg  obliquely  right  back- 
ward (both  knees  may  be  slightly  bent,  left  hand 
touching  floor). 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Arms    forward    downward    between    legs,    bend   trunk 

forward,  lunge  left  obliquely  forward,  bend  knees. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  lunge 
left  leg  obliquely  right  backward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward,  eighth  turn 

on  heels  (touch  left  hand  to  the  floor  outside  -of  left 
foot). 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 


254  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

First  year       Second  term       Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Squads  right  (left). 

2  Mass  drill,,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Arms  upward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position 

b  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position 

c  i  Arms  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  \ 
a  i   Step  left  leg  forward. 

2  Lunge  right  leg  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position 

b  i   Step  left  leg  left  sideward. 
2  Lunge  right  leg  right  sideward. 

^  Return  to  i. 
«-> 

4  Position 
c  i   Step  left  leg  backward. 

2  Lunge  right  leg  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms  forward,  step  left  forward. 

2  Arms  upward,  lunge  right  forward.     (Head  erect!!) 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  step  left  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward,  lunge  right  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  255 

Group  D 

a  I  Arms    forward    upward,    step    left    forward.       (Head 
erect! !) 

2  Arms    downward    between    legs,    one-quarter    turn    left 

and  bend  trunk  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  step  left  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  right,  lunge  right  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  year       First  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Squads  right  (left)  about. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  downward  and  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  downward  to  one- 

half  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Croup  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
a  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  forward. 


256  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Deep  -knee  bend. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i   Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Left  arm  forward  upward,  lunge  left  forwrard. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  downward  to  one- 

half  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Swing    arms    between    legs,    bend    forward,    jump    to 

straddle. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Arms  upward,  trunk  backward,  jump  to  straddle. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  year       First  term       Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  257 

Group  A 

a  I   Arms  sideward. 
2.  Arms  upward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward. 

2  Arms  downward  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward.     (Head  erect!!) 

2  Arms  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
a  i  Jump  to  straddle. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Jump  to  straddle. 

2  Lunge  left  leg  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Jump  to  straddle. 

2  Bend  trunk  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Arms  upward,  lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Arms  downward  backward,  lunge  left  leg  backward. 

3  Retunj  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  jump  to  straddle.   (Head  erect!!) 

2  Arms  forward,  jump  to  deep  knee  bend. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


258  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Swing  arms  downward  between  legs,  bend  trunk  for- 

ward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Bend  trunk  left,  bend  left  knee. 

3  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Second  year       Second  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  grade  5. 
Right  by   squads. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  hand  apparatus. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest. 

2  Arms  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  under  armpits. 

2  Extend  arms  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms    sideward    upward,    finger    tips    on    shoulders. 

2  Arms    upward. 

3  Return  to  i 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
a  i  Rise  on  toes. 

2  One-quarter  right  turn,  lunge  left  leg  sidewards. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E 

b  i  Rise  on  toes. 

2  One-quarter  left  turn,  lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Arms   forward,   one-quarter   right   turn,   lunge   left   leg 

sidewards. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  under  armpits,  rise  on 
toes. 

2  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  lunge  left  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  to  finger  tips  on  shoulders,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Arms  upward,  one-quarter  left  turn,  lunge  left  leg  side- 

wards. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward  to  hands  on  chest,  rise  on  toes. 

2  Arms  downward  between  legs,  one-quarter  turn   right, 

bend  trunk  forward,  lunge  left  sidewards. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Raise  arms  sideward  to  hands  under  armpits,  rise  on 
toes. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward,  one-quarter 

left  turn,  lunge  left  sidewards.     (Touch  left  hand  to 
floor.) 

3  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work 
c  Gymnastic  games. 


260  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Second  year       Second  term       Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  hand  apparatus. 

Group  A 

'a  l  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward. 

2  Arms  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  one-half  sideward. 

2  Arms  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward.     (Head  erect!!) 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
a  i  Lunge  left  leg  forward. 

2  One-quarter  turn  on  heels,  straighten  left  knee  and  bend 

right  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Straighten  left  knee,  bend  right  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Lunge  left  backward. 

2  Straighten  left  knee,  bend  right  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  lunge 
left  forward. 

2  Arms  forward,  one-quarter  turn  right  on  heels,  straighten 

left  knee  and  bend  right  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  26l 

b  I  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  one-half  sideward, 
left  leg  sideward,   Lunge ! 

2  Arms    sideward,    straighten   left   knee    and   bend    right 

knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  I  Arms  backward,  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward,  bend  right  knee  and  straighten 

left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  I  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  backward,  lunge 
left  forward: 

2  Swing  downward   between   legs,   bend  trunk    forward, 

one-quarter  right  turn  on  heels. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  I  Left  arm  sideward  upward,  right  arm  one-half  sideward, 
lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  trunk  right  sideward,  bend  right  knee 

and  straighten  left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Third  year       First  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
By  the  right  (left)  flank. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward,  bend  at  elbows,  finger  tips  touching  in 

front  of  face,  knuckles  to  face. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


262  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  I  Arms  sideward. 

2  Left  arm  over  head,  right  arm  behind  back. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Outward  arm  circles  to  hands  behind  back  (left  arm 
moves  counterclockwise  across  and  upward  before 
the  body;  right  arm  clockwise). 

2  Raise  arms  sideward  upward. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

From  —  Hips,  Firm! 
a  i  Touch  step  left  forward. 

2  Lunge  left  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 
.    4  Position. 

b  i  Touch  step  left  sideward. 

2  Lunge  left  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Touch  step  left  backward. 

2  Lunge  left  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  touch  step  left  forward. 

2  Arms  upward,  bend  at  elbows,  ringer  tips  touching  in 

front  of  face,  lunge  left  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  touch  step  left  sideward. 

2  Left  arm  over  head,  right  arm  behind  back,  lunge  left 

sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Outward  arm  circles  to  hands  behind  back  (see  group 
A,  c)  touch  step  left  backward. 

2  Arms  sideward  upward,  lunge  left  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  263 

Group  D 

a  I  Arms  sideward  upward  to  finger  tips  in  front  of  face, 
lunge  left  forward. 

2  Stretch  arms  upward,  bend  trunk  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Positio'n. 

b  i  Left  arm  over  head,  right  arm  behind  back,  lunge  left 
sideward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left  sideward    (touch  left 

hand  to  floor). 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Arms  sideward  downward  behind  back,  trunk  backward, 

bend. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    'See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Third  year     First  term     Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  order  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  l  Arms  forward,  step  left  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  step  left  sideward. 

2  Flex  arms  to  hands  on  shoulders,  bend  left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  I  Arms    forward    upward,    step    left   backward.      (Head 
erect!!} 

2  Arms  forward  downward  and  backward,  bend  left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


264  PHYSICAL  TRAINING   SYLLABUS 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  forward,  step  forward  left,  bend  left  knee. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  step  left  sideward,  bend  left  knee. 

2  Flex  arms,  hands  to  shoulders,  bend  trunk  left. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms   forward  upward,  step  left  backward,  bend  left 
knee. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  far  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Flex  arms,  hands  on  shoulders,  bend  and  twist  trunk 

left. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms   forward   upward,   lunge  left  backward.      (Head 
erect!!) 

2  Arms    forward   downward,    bend   trunk   backward   and 

kneel  on  left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Hands  to  floor,  bring  left  leg  back  to  right  leg  and  come 

to  front  leaning  rest. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left,  lunge  left  sideward  (left 
hand  to  floor). 

2  Swing  arm  between  legs,  bend  trunk  forward  and  bend 

both  knees. 

3  Return  to  i. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  265 

• 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward,  bend  trunk  backward  and  kneel  on  left 
knee. 

2  Arms   forward   upward,   rise   and   jump   upward,    feet 

together.     (Head  erect!!) 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Third'  year       Second  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
On  right  into  line. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms    forward   upward,    lunge    left    forward.      (Head 
erect! !) 

2  Arms  forward  downward  and  backward,  half  turn  right 

on  heels,  bend  right  knee,  straighten  left. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Raise  both   arms   right   sideward,   shoulder  high,   lunge 
left  sideward. 

2  Raise  arms  upward,  quarter  left  turn  on  heels. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms   forward  upward,   lunge  left  backward.      (Head 
erect!!) 

2  Arms    forward    downward    and   backward,   bend    right 

knee,  straighten  left. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  forward  upward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Arms  downward,  hands  to  floor,  bend  trunk  forward. 

3  Return  to  I. 

4  Position. 


266  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

• 

b  i  Arms  right  sideward,  shoulder  high,  lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  left,  quarter  left  turn  on  heels. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward,  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Arms    forward   downward   and  backward,   bend   trunk 

backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  sideward  and  cross  in  front  of  chest,  deep  knee 
bend. 

2  Uncross  arms  and  stretch  upward  in  a  letter  "  Y  "  posi- 

tion, jump  to  straddle. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Raise  arms  to  right  sideward,  shoulder  high,  step  left 
leg  backward  and  behind  right  (cross  step). 

2  Swing  arms  downward,  in  complete  circles  with  right 

arm  (right  sideward),  left  arm  bent  over  head,  lunge 
left  sideward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward  upward  to  letter  "  Y  "  position,  jump  to 
straddle. 

2  Arms  bent  or  folded  in  front  of  chest,  jump  to  deep 

knee  bend. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  D 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  bend  at  elbows,  hands  in  front  of  chest, 
knuckles  toward  chest,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward  downward  to  behind  back,  bend  trunk 

forward,   lunge   right   forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Raise  arms  right  sideward  upward  and  downward  to 
left  sideward   (left  horizontal),  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Reverse    the    arm    movement,    bend    trunk    backward, 

lunge  right  backward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  267 

c  I  Arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  kneel  on  right 
knee  (left  leg  forward). 

2  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  left. 

3  Return  'to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Third  year       Second  term       Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  step  left  backward. 

2  Right  arm  downward  and  forward   (front  horizontal) 

quarter  turn  left  on  heels. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Left  arm  backward,   right   forward  upward,   step   left 
backward. 

2  Both  arms  upward,  half  left  turn  on  heels. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  step  left  backward. 

2  Right  arm  upward  and  forward  (front  horizontal)  half 

left  turn. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

a  I  Arms  backward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Left   arm   upward,    right   arm   backward,   quarter  left 

turn  on  left  foot,  lunge  sideward  right. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Left  arm  behind  back,  right  arm  sideward,  lunge  left 

sideward. 

2  Left   arm   backward,   right   arm   bent   over  head,   half 
turn  on  left  foot,  lunge  right  sideward. 


268  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

3  Return  to   i. 

4  Position, 

c  i  Left  arm  backward,  right  arm  across  chest,  knuckles 
toward  chest,  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Left  arm  forward  upward,  right  arm  downward  back- 

ward, half  turn  left  on  left  foot,  lunge  right  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Left  arm  backward,  right  arm  upward,  lunge  left 
obliquely  forward. 

2  Reverse  position  of  arms,  bend  trunk  right  sideward, 

quarter  right  turn. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

b  I  Arms  left  sideward  (left  horizontal),  lunge  left  side- 
ward. 

2  Swing  arms  upward  and  downward  to  arms  backward, 

making    a    quarter    right    turn,    bend    right    knee, 
straighten  left,  bend  trunk  forward. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

c  I  Left  arm  forward,  right  arm  sideward  to  bent  position 
in  front  of  chest,  knuckles  toward  chest,  lunge  left  leg 
obliquely  backward  to  the  right. 

2  Swing  arms  downward,  passing  the  front  of  the  body 

to   forward  upward,  making  a  half  left  turn,  bend 
backward,  straighten  left  knee. 

3  Return  to  i. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Fourth  year     First  term     First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  grade  5. 
Right  front  into  line. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  269 

Group  A 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward. 

3  Arms  upward.     (Head  erect! /) 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Left  leg  touch  step  forward. 

2  Left  leg  step  left  sideward. 

3  Bend  right  knee. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward,  left  leg  touch  step  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  left  leg  step  left  sideward. 

3  Arms  upward,  bend  right  knee. 

4  Position. 

d  i  Arms  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Arms   sideward,   lunge   left   sideward,   bend   trunk   left 

(touch  left  hand  to  floor). 

3  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  right,  bend  right  knee  and 

straighten  left. 

4  Position. 

e  i  Arms  forward,  bend  trunk  forward,  lunge  left  leg  for- 
ward (chest  almost  touch  left  knee). 

2  Arms   sideward,   lunge  left  sideward,  bend  trunk   left 

(touch  left  hand  to  floor). 

3  Arms  upward  and  downward   right,  bend  trunk  right 

turn,  bringing  both  hands  to  the  floor,  bend  right  and 
straighten  left  knee. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward.     (Head  erect!!} 

3  Arms  sideward. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 
b  i  Left  leg  touch  step  backward. 

2  Left  leg  step  forward. 

3  One-quarter  right  turn  on  heels. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward,  left  leg  touch  step  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward,  left  leg  step  forward. 

3  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  right  turn  on  heels. 

4  Position. 


270  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

d  I  Arms  backward,  lunge  left  leg  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward,  lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  right  turn  on  heels,  bend 

right  knee  and  straighten  left. 

4  Position. 

e  i  Arms  backward,  bend  trunk   forward,   lunge  left   leg 
backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward,  raise  trunk  and  bend  backward, 

lunge  left  leg  forward. 

3  One-quarter  right  turn  on  heels,  bend  trunk  forward, 

arms  downward,  bend  right  knee,  straighten  left. 
(Left  arm  between  legs,  right  arm  outside  of  right 
leg.) 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Fourth  year       First  term       Second  ten  weeks 

i.  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 
a  i  Outward  arm  circles  to  arms  sideward. 

2  Arms  forward. 

3  Arms  upward. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Jump  to  straddle. 

2  Jump  to  deep  knee  bend. 

3  Lunge  left  leg  forward. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Outward  arm  circles  to  arms  sideward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Arms  forward,  jump  to  deep  knee  bend. 

3  Arms  upward,  lunge  left  leg  forward. 

4  Position. 

d  i  Outward  arm  circles  to  arms  sideward,  jump  to  straddle, 

knees  bent. 
2  Arms  forward,  jump  to  deep  knee  bend. 


PHYSICAL  TRAINING    E  271 

3  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  forward,  lunge  left  leg  for- 

ward. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward. 

3  Arms  upward. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Lunge  left  sideward. 

3  Straighten  left  knee,  bend  right. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  sideward. 

3  Arms  upward,  straighten  left  knee,  bend  right. 

4  Position, 

d  i  Arms  forward,  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Arms  sideward,  bend  trunk  left,  lunge  left  sideward, 

touch  left  hand  to  floor. 

3  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  right,  straighten  right  knee 

and  bend  left. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward. 

3  Arms  downward  backward. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Fitan  ! 
h  i  Lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Lunge  left  forward. 

3  Lunge  left  backward. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  sideward. 

2  Arms  upward,  lunge  left  forward. 

3  Arms  downward  backward,  lunge  left  backward. 

4  Position. 

d  i  Arms  sideward,  one-quarter  left,  lunge  left  sideward, 
bend  trunk  left,  left  hand  to  floor. 

2  Arms  upward,  bend  trunk  forward,  lunge  left  forward. 

3  Arms  downward  backward,  bend  trunk  backward,  lunge 

left  backward. 

4  Position. 


272  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Fourth  year       Second  term       First  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 
Right  by  twos. 
Right  by  file. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  forward,  touch  step  left  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  forward. 

3  Arms  upward,  left  leg  to  the  right  leg,  deep  knee  bend. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward  to  hands  on  shoulders,  touch  step  left 
sideward. 

2  Arms  upward,  lunge  left  sideward. 

3  Left  arm  downward  to  one-half  sideward  (slightly  below 

the  horizontal)  right  arm  downward  to  one-half 
upward  (slightly  above  the  horizontal)  shift  weight 
to  right  leg  raise  right  heel  and  left  leg  off  the  floor. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward,  touch  step  left  backward. 

2  Arms   downward    sideward    and   backward,    lunge   left 

backward. 

3  Arms  forward  upward,  shift  weight  to  right  foot,  raise 

right  heel.     (Head  erect!!) 

4  Position. 

Group  B 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  forward. 

2  Arms  upward,  kneel  on  right  knee. 

3  Arms  forward,  left  leg  to  the  right  leg  and  deep  knee 

bend. 

4  Position.    . 

b  i  Arms    forward   upward,   lunge   left   sideward.      (Head 

erect!!) 

2  Arms   downward  sideward  and  backward,  bend  right 
knee,  straighten  left. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  273 

3  Arms  forward,  straighten  right  knee  (both  straightened). 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward,  lunge  left  backward. 

2  Left  arm  bent  in  front  of  chest,  knuckles  on-  chest,  right 

arm'  forward,  bend  right  straighten  left  knee. 

3  Arms  sideward,  bring  left  leg  to  right  leg,  one-half  deep 

knee  bend. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 

a  i  Arms  sideward,  jump  to  stride  stand  (left  leg  forward). 

2  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  downward,  shift  weight  to 

left  leg  and  raise  heels. 

3  Arms  forward,  step  left  leg  to  right  leg,  deep  knee  bend. 

4  Position. 

b  i  Arms  sideward,  jump  to  straddle. 

2  Left  arm  upward,  right  arm  downward,  shift  weight  to 

left  leg,  raise  heel. 

3  Arms  upward,  lunge  right  sideward. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  backward,  step  left  backward. 

2  Arms  forward  upward,  bend  trunk  backward,  raise  right 

leg.     (Head  erect!!) 

3  Arms  sideward,  lunge  forward  right. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

Fourth  year       Second  term       Second  ten  weeks 

1  Marching: 

Select  orders  from  previous  lessons. 

2  Mass  drill,  with  or  without  dumbbells. 

Group  A 

a  i  Arms  sideward  upward. 

2  Arms  downward  behind  back. 

3  Arms  sideward. 

4  Position.    • 

From  —  Hips,  Firm  ! 


2/4  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

b  I  Step  left  forward. 

2  Step  back  to  right  foot,  deep  knee  bend. 

3  Lunge  left  sideward. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward  upward,  step  left  forward. 

2  Arms  down  behind  back,  step  back  to  right  foot,  deep 

knee  bend. 

3  Arms  sideward,  lunge  left  sideward. 

4  Position. 

Group  B 
a  i  Arms  sideward. 

2  Arms  bent  over  head. 

3  Arms  sideward. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Step  left  sideward. 

2  Kneel  on  right  knee,  one-quarter  turn  left. 

3  Partly  rise  to  bring  left  leg  to  right  leg  one-quarter  right 

turn  and  deep  knee  bend. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  sideward,  step  left  sideward. 

2  Arms  bent  over  head,  kneel  on  right  knee,  one-quarter 

turn  left. 

3  Arms  sideward,  partly  rise  to  bring  left  leg  to  the  right, 

left  sideward  left  horizontal  deep  knee  bend. 

4  Position. 

Group  C 
a  i  Arms  forward. 

2  Arms  sideward. 

3  Arms  upward. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Step  left  backward. 

2  One-half  left  turn  and  kneel  on  right  knee. 

3  One-half  right  turn  and  bend  right  knee,  straighten  left. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Arms  forward,  step  left  backward. 

2  Arms  sideward,  one-half  left  turn  and  kneel  on  right 

knee. 

3  Arms  upward,  one-half  right  turn  and  bend  right  knee, 

straighten  left. 

4  Position. 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E  275 

Group  D 

a  i  Raise  arms  right  sideward  upward  and  downward  to 
left  sideward  (left  horizontal). 

2  Keep  left  arm  in  place,  move  right  arm  upward  and 

downward  to  right  sideward. 

3  Bring  right  arm  upward  and  over  to  left  arm. 

4  Position. 

From  —  Hips,  Firm ! 
b  i  Deep  knee  bend. 

2  Jump  to  straddle,  left  knee  bent. 

3  Bend  right  and  straighten  left  knee. 

4  Position. 

c  i  Raise  arms  right  sideward  upward  and  downward  to  left 
sideward  (left  horizontal)  deep  knee  bend. 

2  Keep  left  arm  in  place,  move  right  arm  upward  and 

downward  to  right  sideward,  jump  to  straddle. 

3  Bring  right  arm  upward  and  over  to  left.     Bend  right 

and  straighten  left  knee. 

4  Position. 

3  General  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

4  Breathing  exercise:    See  grade  6,  first  half  year. 

5  a  Group  dances. 

b  Apparatus  work. 
c  Gymnastic  games. 

REFERENCES 

Anderson,  W.  G.    Best  Methods  of  Teaching  Gymnastics. 

— .     Light  Gymnastics. 

— .     Manual  of  Physical  Training  for  Boys  and  Girls. 
Bailey,  Ruth  M.     Physical  Training  Methods  for  the  School  Room. 
Bancroft,  Jessie  H.    School  Gymnastics,  Free  Hand. 
.     The  Posture  of  School  Children. 

— .     School  Gymnastics,  Light  Apparatus. 
Bowen,  W.     Teaching  of  Elementary  School  Gymnastics. 
Keene,  Charles  H.     Manual  of  Physical  Training,  Games  and  Mass  Com- 
petitions. 

Koehler,  H.  J.    Manual  of  Physical  Training. 
Kuenzli,    F.    A.     Manual    of    Physical   Training  and    Preparatory   Military 

Instruction. 
McCurdy;  James  H.    Hygienic  Dumb-Bell  Drill. 

.     Nomenclature. 

McKenzie,  R.  Tait.     Exercise  in  Education  and  Medicine. 
Michigan.     Physical  Training  for  the  City  Schools. 


276  PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

Newark,    New    Jersey.     Course    of    Study    in    Physical    Training    for   the 

Elementary  Schools. 

New  York  City.     Syllabus  on  Physical  Training. 
Philadelphia.     Course  of  Study  in  Physical  Education. 
Rath,  Emil.    Theory  and  Practice  of  Physical  Education. 

Free  exercises  without  and  with  Hand  Apparatus. 

Apparatus,  Track,  and  Field  Work  for  Women. 
Roberts,  R.  J.    Home  Dumb-Bell  Drill. 
Rochester.     Syllabus  on  Physical  Training. 
Schrader,  Carl  L.  Tactics. 

Skarstrom,  William.     The  Teaching  of  Gymnastics. 
Stecher,  W.  A.     Handbook  ->f  Graded  Lessons  in  Physical  Training. 

.     Educational  Gymnastics. 

United  States  Infantry  Drill  Regulations. 

Y.  M.  C.  A.    Nomenclature. 

Ziegler,  Carl.     Manual  of  Exercises  in  Physical  Training,  parts  i  and  2, 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E 


277 


in 
>J 

_l 

HH 

K 

P 

^  u 
b  ^ 
>  H 


2/8 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    E 


279 


£• 

5     CO  0 

1; 

|\ 

»> 

DRAWINGS  ! 

tor's  Branch  of  the 

*\ 

"S        2 

g       5 

280 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


O 


JK          H 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


rt  s  3 

ffi  ^        5 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    E 


LAWS 
Chap.  566. 

v_/ 

A.N  ACT  to  amend  the  military  law,  in  relation  to  a  military  train- 
ing commission  and  to  military  and  disciplinary  training  and 
making  an  appropriation  therefor. 

Became  a  law  May   15,    1916,  with  the  approval  of  the  Governor.     Passed, 
three-fifths  being  present. 

The  People  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in  Senate  and 
Assembly,  do ,enact  as  follows: 

Section  i.  Chapter  forty-one  of  the  laws  of  nineteen  hundred  and 
nine,  entitled  "An  act  in  relation  to  the  militia,  constituting  chapter 
thirty-six  of  the  consolidated  laws/'  is  hereby  amended  by  adding 
thereto  a  new  article  to  be  article  one-a  and  to  read  as  follows : 

ARTICLE  i-A. 
MILITARY  AND  DISCIPLINARY  TRAINING. 

Section  26.       Military    training    commission,    its    assistants,    em- 
ployees and  expenses. 

27.  Physical  and  disciplinary  training  in  schools ;  mili- 

tary training. 

28.  Field  training  for  boys. 

29.  General  powers  and  duties  of  the  commission. 

29~a.  State  military  property,  including  armories,  may  be 

used. 

29-b.  Use  of  school  buildings. 
29-c.  Expenses  of  detailed  officers  and  men. 
29-d.  Definitions;  article  not  applicable  to  certain  schools. 

§  26.  Military  training  commission,  its  assistants,  employees 
and  expenses.  A  military  training  commission  for  the  state  is 
hereby  established  composed  of  the  major  general  commanding  the 
national  guard  ex  officio,  who  shall  be  chairman  of  the  commission, 
a  member  to  be  appointed  by  the  board  of  regents  of  the  university 
of  the  state  and  a  member  to  be  appointed  by  the  governor.  The 
appointed  members  shall  hold  office  for  terms  of  four  years. 

[284] 


LAWS  285 

The  commission  shall  meet  at  such  places  within  the  state  at  such 
stated  times  as  it  determines  'and  other  meetings  shall  be  held  at  the 
call  of  the  chairman  or  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
mission at  a  time  and  place  stated  in  the  call. 

The  commissioners  shall  not  receive  any  compensation  for  their 
services  as  such,  but  they  shall  be  paid  their  traveling  expenses 
actually  and  necessarily  incurred  in  the  performance  of  their  duties 
as  commissioners. 

The  commission  may  appoint  and  at  pleasure  remove  an  inspector 
of  physical  training  at  a  salary  not  exceeding  five  thousand  dollars 
a  year  and  other  assistants  and  clerks  and  employees  at  salaries  to 
be  fixed  by  the  commission. 

The  commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  to  the  governor  con- 
taining a  summary  of  the  business  transacted  with  a  statement  in 
detail  of  its  expenditures. 

§  27.  Physical  and  disciplinary  training  in  schools;  military 
training,  (i)  The  military  training  commission  shall  advise  and 
confer  with  the  board  of  regents  of  the  university  of  the  state  of 
New  York  as  to  the  courses  of  instruction  in  physical  training  to 
be  prescribed  for  elementary  and  secondary  schools  as  provided  in 
the  educational  law. 

In  order  to  more  thoroughly  and  comprehensively  prepare  the 
boys  of  the  elementary  and  secondary  schools  for  the  duties  and 
obligations  of  citizenship,  it  shall  also  be  the  duty  of  the  military 
training  commission  to  recommend  from  time  to  time  to  the  board 
of  regents  the  establishment  in  such  schools,  of  habits,  customs  and 
methods  best  adapted  to  develop  correct  physical  posture  and  bear- 
ing, mental  and  physical  alertness,  self-control,  disciplined  initiative, 
sense  of  duty  and  the  spirit  of  cooperation  under  leadership. 

(2)  After  the  first  day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and 
sixteen,  all  boys  above  the  age  of  sixteen  years  and  not  over  the  age 
of  nineteen  years,  except  boys  exempted  by  the  commission,  shall 
be  given  such  military  training  as  the  commission  may  prescribe  for 
periods  aggregating  not  more  than  three  hours  in  each  week  during 
the  school  or  college  year,  in  the  case  of  boys  who  are  pupils  in 
public  or  private  schools  or  colleges,  and  for  periods  not  exceeding 
those  above  stated  between  September  first  of  each  year  and  the 
fifteenth  day  of  June  next  ensuing  in  the  case  of  boys  who  are  not 
pupils ;  but  any  boy  who  is  regularly  and  lawfully  employed  in  any 
occupation  for  a  livelihood  shall  not  be  required  to  take  such  train- 
ing unless  he  volunteers  and  is  accepted  therefor.  Such  training 
periods,  in  the  case  of  pupils  in  such  schools  and  colleges,  shall  be 


286  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

in  addition  to  prescribed  periods  of  other  instruction  therein  and 
outside  the  time  assigned  therefor.  Such  training  shall  be  con- 
ducted under  the  supervision  of  the  military  training  commission 
by  such  'male  teachers  and  physical  instructors  of  schools  and  col- 
leges as  may  be  assigned  by  the  boards  of  education  or  trustees  of 
such  schools  or  governing  bodies  of  such  colleges  and  accepted  by 
the  commission,  and  by  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  national 
guard  and  naval  militia  detailed  for  that  purpose  by  the  major 
general  commanding  the  national  guard  or  such  officer  and  enlisted 
men  of  the  United  States  army  as  may  be  available.  The  officers 
and  enlisted  men  of  the  national  guard  and  naval  militia  so  detailed 
shall,  while  in  the  actual  performance  of  the  duties  of  the  detail, 
receive  such  percentage  of  the  pay  authorized  by  this  chapter  for 
officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  national  guard  and  naval  militia  of 
their  respective  grades  and  length  of  service  as  may  from  time  to 
time  be  fixed  by  the  commission.  Teachers  and  instructors  assigned 
from  schools  and  colleges  shall  be  paid  such  compensation  as  the 
commission  may  determine  out  of  moneys  appropriated  for  carry- 
ing out  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

§  28.  Field  training  for  boys.  Within  the  limit  of  appropria- 
tions therefor,  the  commission  shall  establish  and  maintain  state 
military  camps  of  instruction  for  field  training  of  boys  who  are 
physically  'fit  and  above  the  age  of  sixteen  years  and  not  over  the 
age  of  nineteen  years  and  who  are  accepted  therefor  by  the  com- 
mission. In  determining  the  persons  to  receive  such  field  training, 
where  moneys  available  are  not  sufficient  to  provide  for  all,  prefer- 
ence shall  be  given  in  the  following  order  unless  otherwise  pro- 
vided by  law :  ( I )  To  male  pupils  in  attendance  during  the  pre- 
ceding school  year  in  secondary  schools;  (2)  pupils  in  attend- 
ance at  state  agricultural  schools  and  state  agricultural  colleges 
during  that  period;  (3)  the  other  boys  above  specified.  The  camps 
shall  be  located  in  such  places  throughout  the  state  as  the  com- 
mission may  determine.  Any  society,  organization  or  association 
having  a  fair  ground  and  entitled  to  an  apportionment  of  state 
moneys  under  sections  three  hundred  and  ten  and  three  hundred 
and  eleven  of  the  agricultural  law,  shall,  upon  the  request  of  the 
commission,  allow  the  use  of  its  grounds,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
such  camp,  when  the  grounds  are  not  needed  for  its  own  purposes, 
unless  previously  leased  to  other  parties ;  and  if  any  such  society, 
association  or  organization  shall  refuse  to  allow  the  use  of  its 
grounds  as  above  provided,  the  moneys  otherwise  due  to  it  under 
such  law  shall  be  withheld  each  year  in  which  such  refusal  occurs. 


LAWS  287 

Such  field  training  shall  be  given  annually,  during  the  summer 
months,  and  shall  for  each  detachment  of  boys  cover  a  period  of  not 
less  than  two  or  more  than  four  weeks,  as  the  commission  may 
determine.  Such  camps  and  the  training  and  discipline  thereat  shall 
be  under  the  direction  and  charge  of  the  major  general  commanding 
the  national  guard,  subject  to  the  supervision  of  the  commission. 
The  major  general  commanding  the  national  guard  shall  detail  for 
service  at  such  camps,  such  number  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  of 
the  national  guard  and  naval  militia  as  may  be  required  by  the  com- 
mission. Such  officers  and  enlisted  men  during  such  detail  shall 
receive  pay,  subsistence  and  transportation  as  authorized  in  this 
chapter  and  the  •  regulations  issued  thereunder  for  officers  and 
enlisted  men  of  their  grades  and  length  of  service  on  duty  under 
orders  of  the  major  general,  commanding  the  national  guard. 

§  29.  General  powers  and  duties  of  the  commission.  The  com- 
mission in  addition  to  the  powers  elsewhere  in  this  article  con- 
ferred on  it  shall  have"  power  to 

1.  Provide  for  the  observation  and  inspection  of  the  work  and 
methods  prescribed  under  the  provisions  of  this  article,  or  under 
the  provisions  of  the  education  law  relating  to  instruction  in  phys- 
ical training  prescribed  after  conference  with  the  commission. 

2.  Prescribe  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  inspector  of  physical 
training. 

3.  Regulate    the    duties    of    clerical    and    other    assistants    and 
employees  of  the  commission. 

4.  Prescribe   rules   and   regulations    for   compulsory   attendance 
during  the  periods  of  military  training  provided  in  this  article. 

5.  Regulate    individual    exemptions     from    prescribed    military 
training. 

6.  Maintain,   and   cooperate   with   the   colleges   in   the   state   or 
the   federal  authorities  in  maintaining  courses   of  instruction   for 
male  teachers  and  physical  instructors  and  others  who  volunteer 
and  are  accepted  by  the  commission. 

7.  Make  regulations  and  rules  for  fully  carrying  into  effect  the 
provisions  of  this  article. 

§  2Q-a.  State  military  property,  including  armories,  may  be 
used.  The  authorities  in  charge  of  armories  may,  upon  the  applica- 
tion of  the  military  training  commission,  allow  the  use  of  any 
armory  of  the  national  guard  and  naval  militia  for  the  conduct  of 
.military  drills  provided  for  by  this  article,  and  may  authorize  the 
temporary  use  by  boys  for  whom  military  instruction  is  provided 
as  prescribed  in  this  article,  for  the  purpose  of  such  drills,  of  arms 


288  PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 

and  other  equipment  of  the  national  guard  and  naval  militia,  belong- 
ing to  the  state,  not  then  required  for  the  use  of  the  national  guard 
or  naval  militia,  and  of  arms  and  other  equipment  which  may  have 
been  rendered  obsolete  and  unserviceable  and*  which  may  be  retained 
and  issued  for  such  purpose,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as 
the  proper  military  authorities  may  prescribe.  The  military  authori- 
ties of  the  state  are  authorized  and  empowered  to  loan  to  the 
military  training  commission  such  military  property  as  may  be 
necessary  in  the  organization  and  maintenance  of  field  training 
camps,  and  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

§  29-b.  Use  of  school  buildings.  The  school  authorities  through- 
out the  state  are  authorized  to  permit  the  use  of  school  buildings  and 
school  grounds  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 
this  article. 

§  29-c.  Expenses  of  detailed'  officers  and  men.  The  expenditures 
authorized  to  be  made  by  this  article  to  officers  and  enlisted  men 
of  the  national  guard  detailed  as  therein  authorized  shall  be  paid 
from  funds  appropriated  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  article. 

§  29-d.  Definitions;  article  not  applicable  to  certain  schools. 
The  expression  "  school  authorities  "  as  used  in  this  article  shall 
be  construed  to  have  the  same  meaning  and  effect  as  is  given 
to  such  expression  in  the  education  law.  "  Secondary  schools  " 
mean  schools  for  "  secondary  education,"  as  defined  in  such  law, 
to  the  extent  that  they  provide  such  education.  None  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  article  shall  apply  to  any  agricultural  college  in  any 
institution  in  this  state  which  receives  the  benefits  of  the  act  of 
congress  of  July  second,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-two,  providing 
for  instruction  in  agriculture,  the  mechanic  arts,  and  military  train- 
ing, and  in  which  instruction  in  military  tactics  is  now  required  of 
pupils,  nor  shall  it  apply  to  pupils  therein. 

§  2.  The  sum  of  one  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($100,000),  or  so 
much  thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  is  hereby  appropriated  to  carry 
out  the  provisions  of  thi-s  act,  which  sum  shall  be  expended  under 
the  direction  of  the  military  training  commission  for  its  expenses, 
the  salary  of  assistants,  clerical  hire,  pay  and  expenses  of  detailed 
officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  national  guard  and  naval  militia, 
compensation  of  teachers  and  instructors  assigned  from  schools 
and  colleges  for  conducting  military  training,  and  the  cost  of  main- 
taining training  camps. 

§  3.  All  laws  and  parts  of  laws  inconsistent  with  the  provisions 
of  this  act  are  repealed. 

§  4.  This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


LAWS  289 


LAWS  OF  NEW  YORK—  By  Authority. 

Chap.  567. 

AN  ACT  to  amend  the  education  law,  in  relation  to  courses  of 
instruction  in  physical  training  and  discipline  in  the  schools  of 
the  state. 

Became  a  law  May  15,  1916,  with  the  approval  of  the   Governor.       Passed, 
three-fifths  being  present. 

The  People  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in  Senate 
and  Assembly,  do  enact  as  follows: 

Section  i.  Chapter  twenty-one  of  the  laws  of  nineteen  hundred 
and  nine,  entitled  "An  act  relating  to  education,  constituting  chapter 
sixteen  of  the  consolidated  laws,"  as  amended  by  chapter  one  hun- 
dred and  forty  of  the  laws  of  nineteen  hundred  and  ten,  is  hereby 
amended  by  inserting  therein  a  new  article,  to  be  article  twenty- 
six  -a,  to  read  as  follows : 

ARTICLE  26-A. 

DISCIPLINE  AND  PHYSICAL  TRAINING. 

Section  695.  Instruction  in  physical  training  and  kindred  subjects. 

696.  Rules  of  regents. 

697.  State  aid  for  teachers  employed. 

§  695.  Instruction  in  physical  training  and  kindred  subjects. 
After  the  first  day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  sixteen, 
all  male  and  female  pupils  above  the  age  of  eight  years  in  all  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools  shall  receive  as  part  of  the  prescribed 
courses  of  instruction  therein  such  physical  training  as  the  regents 
after  conference  with  the  military  training  commission  may  deter- 
mine, during  periods  which  shall  average  at  least  twenty  'minutes  in 
each  school  day.  Pupils  above  such  age  attending  the  public  schools 
shall  be  required  to  attend  upon  such  prescribed  courses  of  instruc- 
tion. The  boards  of  education  and  trustees  of  the  several  cities  and 
school  districts  in  the  state  shall  require  the  prescribed  instruction 
to  be  given  in  such  courses,  within  such  cities  and  districts  respec- 
tively, under  the  direction  of  the  commissioner  of  education  and  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  regents.  Such  boards  of  education 
or  trustees,  when  the  number  of  pupils  in  the  city  or  district 

10 


PHYSICAL   TRAINING    SYLLABU3 

required  to  attend  upon  such  instruction  is  sufficient,  shall  employ 
a  competent  teacher  or  teachers  to  give  such  instruction.  The 
trustees  or  boards  of  education  of  two  or  more  contiguous  districts 
in  the  same  supervisory  district,  when  authorized  or  directed  by  the 
commissioner  of  education,  may  join  in  the  employment  of  a  com- 
petent teacher  to  give  such  instruction;  and  the  salary  of  such 
teacher  and  the  expenses  incurred  on  account  of  such  instruction 
shall  be  apportioned  by  the  district  superintendent  among  such 
districts  according  to  the  assessed  valuation  thereof,  and  as  so 
apportioned  shall  be  a  charge  upon  each  of  such  districts.  Similar 
courses  of  instruction  shall  be  prescribed  and  maintained  in  private 
schools  in  the  state,  and  all  pupils  in  such  schools  over  eight  years 
of  age  shall  attend  upon  such  courses ;  and  if  such  courses  are  not 
so  established  and  maintained  in  any  private  school,  attendance 
upon  instruction  in  such  school  shall  not  be  deemed  substantially 
equivalent  to  instruction  given  to  children  of  like  ages  in  the  public 
school  or  schools  of  the  city  or  district  in  which  the  child  resides. 

Whenever  the  regents  shall  adopt  recommendations  of  the  mili- 
tary training  commission  in  relation  to  the  establishment  in  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools  of  habits,  customs  and  methods 
adapted  to  the  development  of  correct  physical  posture  and  bear- 
ing, mental  and  physical  alertness,  self-control,  disciplined  initiative, 
sense  of  duty  and  spirit  of  co-operation  under  leadership,  as  pro- 
vided in  the  military  law,  the  regents  shall  prescribe  and  enforce 
such  rules  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  into  effect  the  recommenda- 
tions so  adopted. 

§  696.  Rules  of  regents.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  regents  to 
adopt  rules  determining  the  subjects  to  be  included  in  courses  of 
physical  training  provided  for  in  this  article,  the  period  of  instruc- 
tion in  each  of  such  courses,  the  qualifications  of  teachers,  the 
attendance  upon  such  courses  of  instruction,  and  relating  to  carry- 
ing out  the  recommendations  of  the  military  training  commission 
when  adopted  by  the  regents  as  provided  for  in  this  article. 

§  697.  State  aid  for  teachers  employed.  The  commissioner  of 
education,  in  the  annual  apportionment  of  state  school  moneys, 
shall  apportion  therefrom  to  each  city  and  school  district  on  account 
of  courses  of  instruction  as  provided  in  this  article,  established 
and  maintained  in  the  schools  of  s,u,ch  city  or  district  during  the 
school  y^ar  or  any  part  thereof,  a  sum  equal  to  one-half  of  the 
salary  paid  to  each  teacher  on  account  of  instruction  given  in  such 
courses,  but  the  entire  amount  apportioned  on  account  of  a  single 


LAWS  291 

teacher  during  a  school  year  shall  not  exceed  six  hundred  dollars. 
Such  apportionments  shall  be  made  out  of  moneys  to  be  appro- 
priated therefor,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  law  relative  to  appor- 
tionments of  public  money  to  the  public  schools  of  the  state.  Such 
apportionments  shall  not  be  made  unless  such  courses  of  instruction 
shall  be  approved  by  the  commissioner  of  education  and  the  instruc- 
tion therein  shall  meet  the  standards  prescribed  and  conform  to  the 
provisions  of  this  article  and  the  rules  of  the  regents  of  the  uni- 
versity in  respect  thereto.  If  two  or  more  districts  shall  jointly 
maintain  such  courses  of  instruction,  the  commissioner  of  education 
shall  apportion  a  like  amount  on  account  of  the  salary  paid  to  the 
teacher,  which  shall  be  apportioned  to  the  school  districts  in  accord- 
ance with  the  amount  required  to  be  paid  by  each  district  for  the 
maintenance  of  such  courses  of  instruction. 
§  2.  This  actr  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


INDEX 


All-up  Indian  club  race,  192 
Athletic  badge  tests  for  girls,   191 
Athletics,  school,  18,  183-96 
for  girls,  190 

Badges,  195 

Balancing,   193 

Basketball  goal  throwing,   193. 
Board  of  Regents,  action  by,  12 
syllabus  adopted  by,  25 

Commissioner   of   Education,   letter 

of,  9-12 
Community      recreational      projects, 

146-55 
Concentric  circles,  154 

Dances 

folk,  17 

group,  1 6,  167-72 
Drills,  gymnastic,  199-275 

Elementary  schools,  games  for,  156- 

62 
See  also  Grades 

Finley,  John  H.,  A  personal  word  to 

the  teachers  of  the  state,  5-6 
letter  of,  9-12 
Floor  formation,  153 
Folk  dances,  17 

Games,  16,  17 

general  instructions,  146-55 

group  games,  arranged  by  grades, 

155 

lists  of,  156^62,  175-81 
elementary  schools,  156-62 
high  schools,  163 
playgrounds  and  gymnasiums,  164 
team,  167 
report  suggesting  games  to  be  used 

by  schools  as  part  of  our  educa- 

>tional  system,  172-81 
equipment,  182 


Girls,  athletics  for,  190-91 
athletic  badge  tests  for,  191 

Grade  I,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  200-3 
second  half  year,  203-6 

Grade  2,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  207-9 
second  half  year,  210-13 

Grade  3,  Physical  training  B 
first  half  year,  61-64 
second  half  year,  65-68 

Grade  3.,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  213-16 
second  half  year,  216-20 

Grade  4,  Physical  training  B 
first  half  year,  68-72 
second  half  year,  72-75 

Grade  4,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  220-24 
second  half  year,  224-27 

Grade  5,  Physical  training  B 
first  half  year,  76-79 
second  half  year,  80-84 

Grade  5,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  227-31 
second  half  year,  231-33 

Grade  6,  Physical  training  B 
first  half  year,  84-89 
second  half  year,  89-94 

Grade  6,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  233-37 
second  half  year,  237-39 

Grade  7,  Physical  training  B 
first  half  year,  94-99 
second  half  year,  99-104 

Grade  7,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  239-41 
second  half  year,  241-44 

Grade  8,  Physical  training  B 
first  half  year,  104-9 
second  half  year,  109-13 

Grade  8,  Physical  training  E 
first  half  year,  244-46 
second  half  year,  246-48 

Group  dances,  16,  167-72 


[293] 


294 


PHYSICAL    TRAINING    SYLLABUS 


Group  formations,  155 

Group    games    arranged    by    grades, 

155 

Gymnasiums,  games  for,  164 
Gymnastic  drills,  16,   17,   109-275 

drawings  illustrating,  277-83 

Health  inspection,  31 

High  schools 

setting-up   drills,    17,  52-60,   113-37 
games  for,  17,  163 
gymnastic  drills,  17,  249-75 

Home  recreational  projects,   146-55 

Laws,  284-91 

Marching,  199-275 

Medical  Inspector  of  Schools,  corre- 
lation with  work  of,  31 

Military        Training        Commission, 

members,  4 
letter  from,  7-8 
law,  284-88 

Physical  training,  reports  on,  23 
requirements  in,  27 
courses  of  instruction  in,  law,  298- 

9i 

law,  288-91 

Physical  training  A,  31-44 
directions   to  teachers,  health  and 

sanitary  inspections,  31-38 
time  requirement,  29 
Physical  training  B,  45-144 
setting-up  drills,  45,   139-42 
response  and  rhythmic  commands, 

47-52 
grade  3,  first  half  year,  61-64 

second  half  year,  65-68 
grade  4,  first  half  year,  68-72 

second  half  year,  72-75 
grade  5,  first  half  year,  76-79 

second  half  year,  80-84 
grade  6,  first  half  year,  84-89 

second  half  year,  89-94 
grade  7,  first  half  year,  94-99 

second  half  year,  99-104 

grade  8,  first  half  year,  104-9 

second  half  year,   109-113 
secondary  schools,  first  year,  both 

terms,  113-18 
second  year,  both  terms,  119-24 


Physical   training   B  —  Cont'd 
third  year,  both  terms,  125-31 
fourth  year,  both  terms,  131-37 
time  requirement,  29 
Physical    training    C,    time    require- 
ment, 29 

Physical  training  D,  145-97 
games,    play,    athletics    and    home 

and       community       recreational 

projects,   146-55 
lists  of  games,  156-62,  175-81 
play  "equipment  and   supplies,   182 
time  requirement,  29 
Physical  training  E,  199-275 

suggestions  to  teachers,   199-200 
grade  i,  first  half  year,  200-3 

second  half  year,  203-6 
grade  2,  first  term,  207-9 

second  half  year,  210-13 
grade  3,  first  half  year,  213-16 

second  half  year,  216-20 
grade  4,  first  half  year,  220-24 

second  half  year,  224-27 
grade  5,  first  half  year,  227-31 

second  half  year,  231-33 
grade  6,  first  half  year,  233-37 

second  half  year,  237-39 
grade  7,  first  half  year,  239-41 

second  half  year,  241-44 
grade  8,  first  half  year,  244-46 

second  half  year,  246-48 
high  school,  249-75 
time  requirement,  29 
Plan    for   physical   training   for   ele- 
mentary    and    secondary    schools, 
13-25 
Play,  17 

general  instructions,  146 
uses  of,  146-55 
equipment  and  supplies,    182 
Playgrounds,     should     contain     four 

acres,   146 
games  for,  164 
Plays,  list  of,  175-81 
Posture,  drawings  illustrating,  39-43 
special  notes  on,  48 
triple  test  for,  49-51 
elevation  cues  for,  52 
exercises   and   elevation   cues    for, 

M3-44 
Potato  race,  192 


INDEX 


295 


Recreation,  supervised,  16,  17,  145 

other  equivalents  that  may  be 
accepted  as  meeting  require- 
ments in,  195 

Recreational  equipment,  146 
References,  school  hygiene,  38 

plays  and  games,  196-97 

gymnastics,  275-76 
Regents,  see  Board  of  Regents 
Report  on  physical  training,  23 
Response    and    rhythmic    commands, 

explanation  and  description,  47-52 
Rhythmic    exercises     for    setting-up 

drills,  139-42 
Ring  formation,  153 
Running  and  catching,  194 
Rural  schoolyard  apparatus,  182 

Sanitary  inspection,  31 
School  athletics,  183-96 
School  superintendent,  report  on 

physical  training,   14,  23 
Secondary  schools 

setting-up  drills,   17,  52-60,   113-37 

games  for,  17,  163 

gymnastic  drills,  17,  249-75 


Setting-up  drills,  16,  17,  45 
for   grades   3   to   8   in   elementary 
school      and      four      years      of 
secondary  school,  52-60 
typical,   138-39 

rhythmic  exercises  for,  139-42 
drawings  illustrating,  277-83 
Storey,     Thomas     A.,     acknowledg- 
ments of  assistance,  26 

Teachers,  report  on  physical  train- 
ing, 23 

Teachers,  suggestions  to 
health     and     sanitary     inspections, 

31-37 

setting-up  drills,  45,  52-60 
supervised  recreation,   145-46 
gymnastic     drills     and     marching, 

199-200 

Team  games,  167 
Throwing  for  distance,  194 
Time  requirement,  summary  of,  29 

Volley  ball  serving,  194 


VC  2755S 


ITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  THE  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK 

Regents  of  the  University 

With  years  when  terms  expire 

(May  i,  1916) 

1926  PLINY  T.  SEXTON  LL.B.  LL.D.  Chancellor    -  Palmyra 

1927  ALBERT  VANDER  VEER  M.D.  M.A.  Ph.D.  LL.D. 

Vice  Chancellor  Alban 

1922  CHESTER  S.  LORD  M.A.  LL.D.  -----  Brook    i 

1918  WILLIAM  NOTTINGHAM  M.A.  Ph.D.  LL.D.  -    -  Syract    5 
1921  FRANCIS  M.  CARPENTER  -    -    -    -    -    -    -  Mouir    '-'see 

1923  A^RAM  I.  ELKUS  LL.B.  D.C.L.  -----  New  ^     k: 

1924  ADELBERT  MOOT  LL.D.         ______  Buffal 

1925  CHARLEsB.ALEXANDERM.A.LL.B.LL.D.Litt.D.Tuxec 

1919  JOHN  MOORE     ----------  Elmirr 

1928  WALTER  GUEST  KELLOGG  B.A.  -    -    -    -    -  Ogden     .rg 
1917  WILLIAM  BERRI  _____„_  Brookl  n 

1920  JAMES  BYRNE  B.A.  LL.B.      -------  New  Vork 

President  of  the  University  and  Commissioner  of  Education 

JOHN  H.  FINLEY  M.A.  LL.D.  L.H.D. 

Deputy  Commissioner  and  Assistant  Commissioner  for  Elementary  Education 

THOMAS  E.  FINEGAN  M.A,  Pd.D.  LL.D. 

Assistant  Commissioner  for  Higher  Education 

AUGUSTUS  S.  DOWNING  M.A.  L.H.D.  LL.D. 

Assistant  Commissioner  for  Secondary  Education 

CHARLES  F.  WHEELOCK  B,S.  LL.D. 

Director  of  State  Library 

JAMES  I.  WYER,  JR,  M.L.S. 

Director  of  Science  and  State  Museum 

JOHN  M.  CLARKE  Ph.D.  D.Sc.  LL.D. 

Chiefs  and  Directors  of  Divisions 

Administration,  GEORGE  M.  WILEY  M.A. 

Agricultural  and  Industrial  Education,  ARTHUR  D.  DEAN  D     \, 

I  'rector 

Archives  and  History,  JAMES  SULLIVAN  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Direct  - 
Attendance,  JAMES  D.  SULLIVAN 
Educational  Extension,  WILLIAM  R.  WATSON  B.S. 
Examinations  and  Inspections,  HARLAN  H.  HORNER  M.A.,  Director 
Law,  FRANK  B.  GILBERT  B.A,,  Counsel  for  the  University 
Library  School,  FRANK  K.  WALTER  M.A.  M.L.S. 
School  Buildings  and  Grounds,  FRANK  H.  WOOD  M.A. 
School  Libraries,  SHERMAN  WILLIAMS  Pd.D. 
Statistics,  HIRAM  C.  CASE 
Visual  Instruction,  ALFRED  W.  ABRAMS  Ph.B. 


